DocuColor 2006 Documentation

DocuColor 2006 Documentation
DocuColor 2006
Documentation
The Document Company
XEROX
©2001 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.
Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of
copyrightable material and information now allowed by statutory or
judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation, material
generated from the software programs that are displayed on the
screen such as styles, templates, icons, screen displays, looks, etc.
Xerox®, The Document Company®, the digital X®, and all Xerox product
names and product numbers mentioned in this publication are
registered trademarks of Xerox Corporation. Xerox Canada is a
licensee of all the trademarks. Other company brands and product
names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
companies and are also acknowledged.
Changes are periodically made to this document. Technical updates
will be included in subsequent editions.
Printed in the United States of America.
Safety Notes, Compliances
Certifications, and other notices
Xerox Corporation reserves the right to change this information without
notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this
information. Xerox shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including
consequential or special damages, resulting from the use of this information,
even if loss or damage is caused by Xerox negligence or other fault.
For the latest information, go to www.xerox.com.
Safety Notes
Your DocuColor 2006 and its supplies have been designed and tested to
meet strict safety requirements. These include safety agency examination
and approval, and compliance with established environmental standards.
Please read the following instructions carefully before operating the
DocuColor 2006.
Failure to follow the recommendations in this section may result in personal
injury or rescinding of the machine maintenance agreement.
WARNING
An improper connection to the DocuColor 2006 grounding conductor can
result in electrical shock. Always connect the copier to a properly grounded
wall outlet. If in doubt, have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician.
Never use an extension cord between the copier power cord and an electrical
outlet.
Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord.
Do not place the DocuColor 2006 where people may step on the power cord.
Follow all warnings and instructions that are marked on or supplied with the
DocuColor 2006.
Never override or "cheat" electrical or mechanical interlock devices.
Always locate the DocuColor 2006 on a solid support surface with adequate
strength for the weight of the copier.
Do not use the DocuColor 2006 near water, wet locations, or outdoors.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
iii
Safety Notes, Compliances, Certifications, and other notices
Never push objects of any kind into the slots in the covers, as they may touch
dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or
electric shock.
The DocuColor 2006 is designed to prevent user access to unsafe areas and
to ensure that the device will not operate with the covers opened. Never
attempt any maintenance function that is not specified in the Xerox DocuColor
2006 User Information.
Never remove any covers or guards that require a tool for removal, unless
you are instructed to do so. Ensure that you read all Warnings and Cautions,
and follow each step in the instructions exactly as they are written.
Never attempt any activity that is not specified in the Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Information, or on the User Interface, or that is not specifically directed
by an authorized Xerox Representative.
Do not look directly at the exposure lamps. The exposure lamps are not
harmful but they are very bright and may cause discomfort. It is
recommended that the Scanner Cover be closed when the DocuColor 2006 is
in use.
Never operate the DocuColor 2006 if unusual noises or odors are detected.
Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet and call Xerox Service to
correct any problems.
Maintenance Safety
Refer to these instructions as needed in order to ensure the safe operation
of the Printer Copier.
Always use materials that are supplied or approved by Xerox. Use of other
materials may result in poor performance and could create a hazardous
situation.
Do not use aerosol cleaners. Follow the instructions in the Xerox DocuColor
2006 User Information for the appropriate cleaning methods.
Never use supplies or cleaning materials for purposes other than what they
were intended. Keep all supplies and cleaning materials out of the reach of
children.
Never place coffee or other liquids on the copier.
Never spill liquid of any kind on the copier.
The DocuColor 2006 is equipped with an energy-saving device to conserve
power when the machine is not in use.
iv
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Safety Notes, Compliances, Certifications, and other notices
Unplug the DocuColor 2006 from the wall outlet and refer servicing to
qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
•
When the power cord is damaged or frayed
•
If liquid has been spilled into the DocuColor 2006
•
If the DocuColor 2006 has been exposed to rain or water
•
If the DocuColor 2006 is producing unusual noises or odors
If the system does not work or continues to malfunction after following the
Problem Solving procedures in the Xerox DocuColor 2006 User Information,
call your local Xerox Service Representative.
For additional safety information concerning the DocuColor 2006 or Xerox
supplied materials, call the following toll-free number:
1-800-828-6571
Ozone Safety
The DocuColor 2006 produces ozone during normal operation. The ozone
produced is heavier than air, and the quantity is dependent on the copy/print
volume. Providing the correct environmental parameters, as specified in
Xerox installation procedures, ensures that the concentration levels meet safe
limits for Ozone depleting substances per the US Clean Air Act (1990) and
the 1987 Montreal Protocols.
If additional information concerning ozone is needed, request the Xerox
publication, Ozone, 600P83222, by:
•
Calling 1-800-828-6571
•
Contacting your local Xerox representative
Laser Safety
Using the controls or adjustments, or performing any procedures other than
those specified herein, may result in a hazardous exposure to laser radiation
exposure.
This equipment complies with safety standards. With specific regard to laser
safety, the equipment complies with performance standards for laser products
set by government agencies as a Class I laser product and does not emit
hazardous lights, the beam is totally enclosed during all modes of customer
operation and maintenance.
.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
v
Safety Notes, Compliances, Certifications, and other notices
Safety Notes
FCC
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference
when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment
in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the
user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense
Changes or modifications to this equipment not specifically approved
by the Xerox Corporation may void the user’s authority to operate this
equipment.
Shielded cables must be used with this equipment to maintain compliance
with FCC regulations.
European Union
The CE marking applied to this product symbolises XEROX Limited
Declaration of Conformity with the following applicable Directives of the
European Union as of the dates indicated:
January 1, 1995:
Council Directive 73/23/EEC amended by Council Directive
93/68/EEC, approximation of the laws of the member states related to
low voltage equipment.
vi
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Safety Notes, Compliances, Certifications, and other notices
January 1, 1996:
Council Directive 89/336/EEC, approximation of the laws of the
member states related to electromagnetic compatibility.
A full declaration, defining the relevant directives and referenced
standards can be obtained from your XEROX Limited representative or
by contacting:
•
Environment, Health and Safety,
•
XEROX Limited,
•
PO Box 17,
•
Bessemer Road,
•
Welwyn Garden City,
•
Hertfordshire
•
AL7 1HE
•
ENGLAND.
•
Tel Number +44 (0) 1707 353434
WARNING
This product is certified manufactured and tested in compliance with strict
safety and radio frequency interference regulations. Any unauthorized
alteration which, includes the addition of new functions or the connection of
external devices, may impact this certification. Please contact your local
XEROX Limited representative for a list of approved accessories.
WARNING
In order to allow this equipment to operate in proximity to Industrial, Scientific
and Medical (ISM) equipment, the external radiation from the ISM equipment
may have to be limited or special mitigation measures taken.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
vii
Safety Notes, Compliances, Certifications, and other notices
WARNING
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may
cause radio frequency interference in which case the user may be required
to take adequate measures.
Changes or modifications to this equipment not specifically approved by Fuji
Xerox Environmental Health and Safety or Xerox Corporation Environmental
Health and Safety may void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.
Shielded cables must be used with this equipment to maintain compliance
with the Radio Communications Act of 1992.
Documentation conventions
The following conventions are used through out the customer documentation.
WARNING
Warnings alert you to operations that could cause personal injury.
CAUTION
Cautions alert you to operations that may cause damage to the machine.
Notes contain additional information, explanations, and helpful suggestions.
Keypoints provide techniques or shortcuts.
viii
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Table of contents
1. Setting up the Docucolor 2006 .............................................................................1-1
Preparing for the installation .....................................................................................1-1
Selecting a location...................................................................................................1-1
Space requirements for the DocuColor 2006 Printer ................................................1-2
Space requirements without the optional Sorter/Stacker.......................................1-2
Space requirements with the optional Sorter/Stacker............................................1-3
Checking the installation components.......................................................................1-4
Setting up the 2 Tray Module ....................................................................................1-5
Unpacking the Printer ...............................................................................................1-9
Printer installation ...................................................................................................1-19
Installing the Duplex Tray........................................................................................1-27
Loading paper in the paper tray ..............................................................................1-35
Installing the Scanner Stand ...................................................................................1-39
Installing the Scanner .............................................................................................1-45
Installing the Document Feeder ..............................................................................1-49
Installing the Sorter/Stacker ....................................................................................1-55
Adding memory to the Printer .................................................................................1-73
Adding memory to the Scanner...............................................................................1-79
2. Getting to know the DocuColor 2006 ...................................................................2-1
Printer, Front View ....................................................................................................2-1
Printer, Rear View.....................................................................................................2-2
Printer, Internal View.................................................................................................2-3
Printer Control Panel.................................................................................................2-4
Scanner and Document Feeder components ...........................................................2-5
Scanner Control Panel..............................................................................................2-7
Accessories...............................................................................................................2-9
Accessories ordering information ..........................................................................2-9
Supplies reorder numbers.......................................................................................2-10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
ix
Table of contents
User Documentation
3. Network Setup .......................................................................................................3-1
Installing the Token Ring Network card ....................................................................3-1
Windows 95/98 .........................................................................................................3-5
Before you begin ...................................................................................................3-5
Installing the print driver .......................................................................................3-5
Windows 2000 ..........................................................................................................3-7
Before you begin ...................................................................................................3-7
Installing the print driver .......................................................................................3-7
Windows NT 4.0........................................................................................................3-9
Before you begin ...................................................................................................3-9
Installing the print driver .......................................................................................3-9
Macintosh OS .........................................................................................................3-11
Before you begin .................................................................................................3-11
Installing the print driver .....................................................................................3-11
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 Chooser.............................................................3-11
4. System Administrator functions ..........................................................................4-1
Map to the networking chapters ................................................................................4-2
Guide to the networking chapters .............................................................................4-3
5. Connecting to the Network ...................................................................................5-1
Supported network protocols and frame types..........................................................5-3
Quick path to installation...........................................................................................5-4
Ethernet cabling ....................................................................................................5-4
Parallel cable connection ......................................................................................5-4
Mac OS environment with AppleTalk ....................................................................5-6
Windows computers in a Novell environment........................................................5-7
Windows NT 4.0 server environment ....................................................................5-8
Windows computers using Windows printing ........................................................5-9
Unix and Windows NT. 4.0 workstations
on a TCP/IP network ...........................................................................................5-10
Parallel Port connection ......................................................................................5-11
Connecting the DocuColor 2006 to the network......................................................5-12
x
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
6. Preparing for the setup .........................................................................................6-1
Levels of access and control.....................................................................................6-1
Printer connections................................................................................................6-2
Passwords.............................................................................................................6-3
Where to set passwords ....................................................................................6-3
Control level scenarios ......................................................................................6-4
Fiery WebTools.........................................................................................................6-6
Network server setup requirements ..........................................................................6-7
Ensuring the printer connection ................................................................................6-8
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel ........................................7-1
Set up the print functions ..........................................................................................7-1
Top-level menus ................................................................................................7-2
System Setup ....................................................................................................7-3
Printer Setup......................................................................................................7-4
PostScript Setup ................................................................................................7-5
PCL Setup .........................................................................................................7-6
Specify network information ......................................................................................7-7
Specify network protocol options .......................................................................7-8
Perform Network Services Setup ............................................................................7-10
NDS Setup.......................................................................................................7-10
Bindery Setup ..................................................................................................7-13
SMB Setup.......................................................................................................7-15
Print information pages ...........................................................................................7-16
8. Setting up the network server ..............................................................................8-1
Support for Fiery utilities ...........................................................................................8-1
Printing on a NetWare 3.x, 4.x, or 5.x network..........................................................8-2
Overview of IPX printing to the DocuColor 2006.......................................................8-3
Configuring a NetWare 3.x, 4.x, or 5.x server for printing .........................................8-4
Setting up an NDS connection ..............................................................................8-6
Setting the NetWare 4.x or 5.x bindery context .....................................................8-6
Setting up a NetWare print queue for bindery .......................................................8-7
Setting up NetWare Windows clients for printing ......................................................8-7
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xi
Table of contents
User Documentation
The DocuColor 2006 on a TCP/IP network with Windows NT 4.0 ............................8-8
Configuring a Windows NT 4.0 server...................................................................8-9
Adding the DocuColor 2006 to the TCP/IP network
(Windows NT 4.0)..................................................................................................8-9
Installing the DocuColor 2006 as a shared printer...............................................8-10
Configuring clients of a Windows NT 4.0
or Windows 2000 server......................................................................................8-11
Configuring the server and client workstations for Fiery WebTools ........................8-12
Setting up Fiery WebTools on the printer ............................................................8-12
Setting up Fiery WebTools on a client workstation..............................................8-12
Accessing the Fiery WebTools ............................................................................8-13
Changing the WebLink destination......................................................................8-13
The printer on a network with UNIX workstations ...................................................8-14
Setting up the printer on TCP/IP networks ..........................................................8-15
Setting up printing on UNIX systems ...............................................................8-15
Setting up TCP/IP for communication with the printer .....................................8-16
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment ................................9-1
Overview of installation .............................................................................................9-2
Before you begin.......................................................................................................9-2
Installing PostScript or PCL print drivers...................................................................9-3
Installing the PostScript or PCL print drivers (Windows 95/98) .............................9-3
Completing the connection .......................................................................................9-7
Parallel port printing ..............................................................................................9-7
To prepare the port for parallel port printing in Windows 95 ..............................9-7
To prepare the port for parallel port printing in Windows 98 ..............................9-9
Setting up parallel port printing ........................................................................9-12
Setting up IPX/SPX printing with Windows 95/98................................................9-14
Setting up SMB printing on Windows 95/98 ............................................................9-17
Setting printer options .............................................................................................9-22
Installing additional software for Windows 95/98 ....................................................9-23
Copying printer description files ..........................................................................9-24
Installing the ICM profile ......................................................................................9-24
Loading the working space profile using Photoshop 5.0..................................9-25
Loading the ICM profile....................................................................................9-26
xii
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment .............................10-1
Overview of installation ...........................................................................................10-2
Before you begin.....................................................................................................10-2
Installing the user software for parallel port printing................................................10-3
Installing the software for TCP/IP and LPR printing
(new installation of Windows 2000).........................................................................10-9
Installing TCP/IP and LPR printing
(upgrade installation of Windows NT 4.0 to Windows 2000).................................10-13
Installing the user software for IPX/SPX printing...................................................10-15
Installing the user software for SPM printing.........................................................10-22
Installing the user software for SMB printing.........................................................10-24
Setting printer options ...........................................................................................10-30
Installing additional software for Windows 2000 ...................................................10-31
Copying printer description files ........................................................................10-32
Installing the ICM profile ....................................................................................10-32
Loading the working space profileusing Photoshop 5.0.................................10-33
Loading the ICM profile..................................................................................10-34
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment...........................11-1
Overview of installation ...........................................................................................11-2
Before you begin.....................................................................................................11-2
Installing the user software for parallel port printing
(Windows NT 4.0) ...................................................................................................11-3
Installing the user software for IPX printing (Windows NT 4.0) ...............................11-9
Installing the user software for TCP/IP and LPR printing
for Windows NT 4.0 ..............................................................................................11-15
Installing the user software for SMB printing (Windows NT 4.0) ...........................11-18
Setting printer options ...........................................................................................11-24
Installing additional software for Windows NT 4.0.................................................11-25
Copying printer description files ........................................................................11-26
Installing the ICM profile ....................................................................................11-26
Installing the ICM profile on Windows NT 4.0 ................................................11-26
Loading the working space profileusing Photoshop 5.0.................................11-27
Loading the ICM profile..................................................................................11-28
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xiii
Table of contents
User Documentation
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment ..............................12-1
General steps for installing the user software .........................................................12-1
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 as a PostScript printer .......................................12-2
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 in the Chooser ...................................................12-4
Installing Fiery software and fonts .......................................................................12-6
Installing Mac OS Software..............................................................................12-6
Installing Mac OS Runtime for Java.................................................................12-7
Installing additional software ...................................................................................12-8
Loading profiles ...................................................................................................12-9
Setting the ColorSync System Profile ..............................................................12-9
Loading the monitor settings file using Photoshop 5.0.....................................12-9
Loading the ICC printer profile in Photoshop 4.0 ...........................................12-11
Loading the ICC printer profile in Photoshop 5.0 ...........................................12-12
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh.............................13-1
Installing the software .............................................................................................13-1
Installing the Fiery Link software .........................................................................13-2
Using the software for the first time.........................................................................13-2
Configuring a connection for Fiery Link
for Windows and Macintosh OS ..........................................................................13-2
Configuring the connection to Fiery servers
in a local subnet...............................................................................................13-3
Manually configuring the connection to Fiery printers......................................13-4
Configuring the connection for Fiery Link
using an Advanced IP search ..........................................................................13-6
Configuring the connection for Fiery Link
using an Advanced Subnet search ..................................................................13-9
Installing ColorWise Pro Tools for Windows and Macintosh OS ...........................13-12
Configuring a connection for ColorWise Pro Tools............................................13-12
Modifying the configuration................................................................................13-14
Downloading Installers with Fiery WebTools ........................................................13-15
Setting up Fiery WebTools ................................................................................13-15
Setting up Fiery WebTools on the printer.......................................................13-15
Setting up Client Workstations
to use Fiery WebTools ...................................................................................13-16
xiv
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
14. Printing from the Windows workstations ........................................................14-1
Printing from applications........................................................................................14-2
Setting options and printing with Windows 95/98 and Windows 2000.................14-2
Configuring the PostScript print options for Windows 95/98................................14-3
Configuring the PCL print options for Windows 95/98 .........................................14-5
Setting options and printing from Windows 2000 ....................................................14-7
Using saved settings (Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0) .............................14-9
Creating Saved Settings ..................................................................................14-9
Loading Saved Settings ...................................................................................14-9
Deleting Saved Settings.................................................................................14-10
Modifying Saved Settings ..............................................................................14-10
Exporting Saved Settings...............................................................................14-11
Importing Saved Settings...............................................................................14-11
Using Shortcuts.....................................................................................................14-12
Setting print options using Shortcuts .................................................................14-12
Setting print options using Page Shortcuts........................................................14-12
Working with custom page sizesin Windows 95/98 or Windows 2000 ..................14-13
Defining a custom page size .............................................................................14-13
Printing a custom page size ..............................................................................14-14
Saving files to print at a remote location ...............................................................14-15
Setting print options for a job with Windows NT 4.0..............................................14-15
Setting print options for a PostScript job (Windows NT 4.0) ..............................14-16
Setting print options for all PostScript jobs (Windows NT 4.0)...........................14-18
Setting print options for a PCL job (Windows NT 4.0) .......................................14-18
Setting print options for all PCL jobs (Windows NT 4.0)....................................14-19
Printing with WebDownloader ...............................................................................14-20
15 Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations..................................................15-1
Printing from applications........................................................................................15-1
Selecting the printer in the Chooser ....................................................................15-1
Setting options and printing from Mac OS workstations ......................................15-3
Printing from an application .................................................................................15-5
Defining a custom page size ...................................................................................15-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xv
Table of contents
User Documentation
16. Using the Fiery WebTools.................................................................................16-1
Fiery WebTools Overview .......................................................................................16-1
Accessing the Fiery WebTools ............................................................................16-3
Using the Status WebTool ......................................................................................16-4
Using WebLink........................................................................................................16-4
Using the Installer WebTool ....................................................................................16-5
Using WebDownloader ...........................................................................................16-7
Font Manager..........................................................................................................16-8
17. Using Fiery Link.................................................................................................17-1
Fiery Link tools ....................................................................................................17-4
Setting preferences .............................................................................................17-6
Using My Fiery List of Fiery Link .........................................................................17-8
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler ...................................................................................18-1
Tracking and managing jobs with Fiery WebSpooler ..............................................18-1
Accessing the Fiery WebSpooler window............................................................18-2
About the Fiery WebSpooler window ..................................................................18-3
Manipulating job options and job flow..................................................................18-4
Overriding job option settings ..............................................................................18-6
Using the Job Log ...................................................................................................18-7
Displaying the Job Log ........................................................................................18-7
Updating, printing and deleting the Job Log ........................................................18-8
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup .............................................................19-1
Accessing Setup .....................................................................................................19-1
Enabling Java services ...........................................................................................19-2
Accessing Fiery WebSetup .....................................................................................19-3
General Setup options ............................................................................................19-4
Server Setup ...........................................................................................................19-5
Network Setup ........................................................................................................19-8
Printer Setup .........................................................................................................19-20
Exiting Setup.........................................................................................................19-24
xvi
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools ..............................................................................20-1
Calibrator ................................................................................................................20-1
Introduction..........................................................................................................20-1
Understanding Calibration ...................................................................................20-2
How Calibration Works ....................................................................................20-2
Scheduling Calibration .....................................................................................20-3
Checking Calibration Status.............................................................................20-4
Using a Densitometer..........................................................................................20-4
Setting up the Densitometer ............................................................................20-4
To Connect the X-Rite DTP32 to the Computer...............................................20-4
Calibrating with ColorWise Pro Tools ..................................................................20-5
To Calibrate the copier Using Calibrator ..........................................................20-5
To Restore Default Calibration Measurements ................................................20-6
Expert Mode ........................................................................................................20-6
Color Editor .............................................................................................................20-6
Editing Profiles ....................................................................................................20-7
To Edit a Simulation Profile in master Mode
or an Output Profile in Custom Mode:..............................................................20-7
To Edit a Simulation in Quick or Full Mode ......................................................20-9
Undoing Simulation Edits ..................................................................................20-10
To Undo Edits Made to a Custom Linked Simulation.....................................20-10
Checking Edited Profiles ...................................................................................20-11
To Check a Profile .........................................................................................20-11
Profile Manager.....................................................................................................20-11
Setting the Default Profiles ................................................................................20-12
To Specify a Default Profile ...........................................................................20-12
Downloading Profiles.........................................................................................20-13
To Download a Profile ...................................................................................20-13
Editing Profiles ..................................................................................................20-14
Managing Profiles..............................................................................................20-15
To Back Up Profiles .......................................................................................20-15
To Delete Profiles from the Fiery Hard Disk...................................................20-15
Defining Profiles ................................................................................................20-16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xvii
Table of contents
User Documentation
To Define a Profile .........................................................................................20-16
Changing Global Settings..................................................................................20-17
To Change the Global Settings......................................................................20-17
21. Basic Copying....................................................................................................21-1
The Copier Control Panel .......................................................................................21-1
Copy Mode..............................................................................................................21-3
Auto Start ............................................................................................................21-4
The Copier Main Screen .....................................................................................21-4
Positioning the Originals .........................................................................................21-5
The Document Glass...........................................................................................21-5
The Document Feeder ........................................................................................21-7
Making a Copy ......................................................................................................21-10
22. Copy Features....................................................................................................22-1
Reduce/Enlarge ......................................................................................................22-1
Using the Reduce/Enlarge feature ......................................................................22-2
Paper Supply ..........................................................................................................22-4
Using Paper Trays 1, 2, and 3.............................................................................22-4
Using the Bypass Tray ........................................................................................22-5
Loading the Bypass Tray .................................................................................22-5
Loading Transparencies into the Bypass Tray.................................................22-8
Loading Postcards into the Bypass Tray..........................................................22-9
Loading Envelopes in the Bypass Tray..........................................................22-10
Making a Copy Using the Bypass Tray..........................................................22-11
Color Mode ...........................................................................................................22-12
Using the Color Mode feature............................................................................22-14
Lighten/Darken......................................................................................................22-15
Using the Lighten/Darken feature......................................................................22-15
Quality Adjustment................................................................................................22-16
Using the Sharpness option ..............................................................................22-16
Using the Color Level option .............................................................................22-17
Using the Background Suppression option .......................................................22-18
Advanced Features...............................................................................................22-19
xviii
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
Using the Output option.....................................................................................22-20
Determining the output with the optional Sorter/Stacker ...................................22-21
Using the Erase option ......................................................................................22-22
Using the 2-Sided feature..................................................................................22-23
Using the 2 Up option........................................................................................22-25
23. Tools Mode.........................................................................................................23-1
Meter Check............................................................................................................23-1
Administrative Features ..........................................................................................23-2
Defaults for Copy.................................................................................................23-4
Color....................................................................................................................23-7
Auto Color Adjust ................................................................................................23-9
Detect Doc Size.................................................................................................23-11
Auto Mode Change ...........................................................................................23-12
Limit Copy Set ...................................................................................................23-13
Timer Preset......................................................................................................23-14
Sound Preset.....................................................................................................23-16
User Password ..................................................................................................23-17
Admin Password ...............................................................................................23-19
Version Info .......................................................................................................23-20
Self Diag............................................................................................................23-21
Transporting the Scanner ..................................................................................23-22
24. Problem Solving ................................................................................................24-1
Avoiding paper jams ...............................................................................................24-1
Printer jam clearance areas ....................................................................................24-2
Document Feeder jam clearance area....................................................................24-3
Clearing a paper tray jam........................................................................................24-5
Clearing a Duplex Tray jam ....................................................................................24-7
Clearing Area 1 jams ..............................................................................................24-9
Clearing Area 2 jams ............................................................................................24-13
Clearing Area 3 jams ............................................................................................24-15
Clearing Area 4 jams ............................................................................................24-17
Clearing Area 5 jams ............................................................................................24-19
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xix
Table of contents
User Documentation
Clearing the Fuser Area ....................................................................................24-19
Clearing the Upper Inverter ...............................................................................24-21
Clearing Area 6 jams ............................................................................................24-25
Clearing Jams in the Sorter/Stacker .....................................................................24-26
Copy/print quality problems ..................................................................................24-27
Adjusting the color ................................................................................................24-29
VisualCal ...........................................................................................................24-29
1. Print Limits Page.......................................................................................24-29
2. Gray Balance Page...................................................................................24-31
3. Comparison Page .....................................................................................24-32
Printer Error messages .........................................................................................24-33
Printer Error codes................................................................................................24-37
Scanner Error messages ......................................................................................24-39
Sorter/Stacker messages......................................................................................24-41
Network Problem Solving......................................................................................24-45
Troubleshooting during Setup from the Control Panel.......................................24-45
Network Protocol Setup messages ...................................................................24-46
Novell problems during Network Setup .............................................................24-51
Novell error messages ......................................................................................24-51
Runtime Printer error messages........................................................................24-53
Name Table.......................................................................................................24-55
Printing problems ..................................................................................................24-56
On a Windows workstation ................................................................................24-56
On a Mac OS workstation..................................................................................24-57
General printing problems .................................................................................24-58
Problems with print quality.................................................................................24-61
Job Management Problem Solving .......................................................................24-63
Job management error messages.....................................................................24-63
Unexpected printing results ...............................................................................24-65
Clearing the Printer ...........................................................................................24-66
Users are unable to connect to the DocuColor 2006.........................................24-66
xx
Xerox DocuColor 2006
User Documentation
Table of contents
25. Maintenance.......................................................................................................25-1
Cleaning procedures...............................................................................................25-1
Cleaning the Printer covers .................................................................................25-1
Cleaning the Scanner..........................................................................................25-3
Document Glass and Document Glass Cover .................................................25-3
Cleaning the Document Feeder .......................................................................25-4
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges ............................................................................25-5
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge.........................................................................25-9
Replacing the Dry Ink Waste Container ................................................................25-15
Storing the supplies ..............................................................................................25-17
Dry Ink Cartridges .............................................................................................25-17
Handling precautions .....................................................................................25-17
Copy/Print Cartridge ..........................................................................................25-18
Handling precautions .....................................................................................25-18
26. Technical data....................................................................................................26-1
Printer specifications...............................................................................................26-1
Electrical specifications...........................................................................................26-3
Emissions ...............................................................................................................26-3
Interface specifications ...........................................................................................26-4
Reorder numbers ....................................................................................................26-4
Fiery Server hardware components ........................................................................26-5
Font list ...................................................................................................................26-6
PostScript printer fonts ........................................................................................26-6
Adobe Type 1 fonts..........................................................................................26-6
PostScript TrueType fonts .................................................................................26-12
PCL printer fonts ...............................................................................................26-13
Sorter/Stacker specifications.................................................................................26-14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
xxi
Table of contents
User Documentation
A. System Administrator tips .................................................................................. A-1
B. Print options......................................................................................................... B-1
Where to set print options ........................................................................................ B-1
Print option override hierarchy ................................................................................. B-2
Default settings ........................................................................................................ B-2
Print options table................................................................................................. B-3
More about print options....................................................................................... B-9
Black Overprint ................................................................................................. B-9
CMYK Simulation Profile................................................................................. B-10
Electronic Collation ......................................................................................... B-11
Custom Output Direction................................................................................. B-11
Duplex............................................................................................................. B-12
Output Profile.................................................................................................. B-13
Page Range.................................................................................................... B-13
Rendering Style .............................................................................................. B-13
RGB Source Profile ........................................................................................ B-14
xxii
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1
Setting up the DocuColor 2006
This chapter contains the hardware installation instructions only. To install the printer
driver software, go to the Installing your user software chapter. To install to the
network, go to the appropriate chapter for your operating system.
Preparing for the installation
Before you begin the installation of your Xerox DocuColor 2006, read this
entire section. You must locate an appropriate site for the installation of the
DocuColor 2006. Reading this section assists you with the decision making
process.
Selecting a location
WARNING
The wall outlet must be rated for 115 or 240 volts. It must also be protected
for at least 15 amps for 115 volts, or 8 amps for 240 volts. If you are in
doubt about a power source, ensure that a qualified electrician checks the
outlet.
Do not connect any other devices to the wall outlet designated for the Xerox
DocuColor 2006.
Install the Xerox DocuColor 2006 in a location that meets the following
conditions:
•
The DocuColor 2006 has a designated wall outlet.
•
The power cord cannot be stepped on, or be a tripping hazard.
•
The location has a level, stable surface.
DO NOT install the DocuColor 2006 in a location that has any of the following
conditions:
•
In direct sun light
•
Near an air conditioner or heater
•
In a dusty place
•
Near an open flame
•
In a windy place
•
Near water
•
Where it might be subject to
vibration
•
Near a magnetic field
•
Where abrupt changes in temperature or humidity occur
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-1
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Preparing for the installation
Space requirements for the DocuColor 2006 Printer
CAUTION
The Xerox DocuColor 2006 has ventilation grilles on the side and rear, which
must remain unobstructed for safe operation. The Printer should be located
at least 6 and 1/2 inches (165 mm) from the wall. Obstructing the grilles
could present a fire hazard.
Using the space requirements illustrated below ensures that the Printer has
the ventilation it requires. It also ensures that you have the space needed for
replacing the supplies.
Space requirements without the optional Sorter/Stacker
The following illustration is a top view of the printer.
6.5 Inches 165 mm
18 Inches
23 Inches
457.2 mm
584.2 mm
36 Inches
914.4 mm
67 Inches
1702 mm
63 Inches
1600 mm
0 301000B-WOL
1-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Preparing for the installation
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Space requirements with the optional Sorter/Stacker
The following illustration shows the dimensions for the largest configuration of
the copier/printer, which includes a Duplex Module and Sorter/Stacker.
6.5 inches
165 mm
67 inches
1702 mm
22.75 inches
578 mm
36 inches
14.4 mm
36 inches
914.4 mm
23 inches
584.2 mm
81 inches
2057 mm
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-3
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Preparing for the installation
Checking the installation components
Ensure that all of the components you ordered are available before you begin
the installation. All of the components are listed below.
•
Printer
•
Scanner
•
Scanner Stand
•
Duplex Tray (optional)
•
2 Tray Module (optional)
You may need a phillips head and a flat blade screwdriver in order to
perform the installation of the DocuColor 2006.
Following the instructions ensures that the DocuColor 2006 components are
installed in the following order:
1.
2 Tray Module, if ordered
2.
Printer
3.
Duplex Tray, if ordered
4.
Scanner Stand
5.
Scanner
6.
Accessories, if ordered
7.
Client Software (customer installed)
The first step
If the DocuColor 2006 was installed for you, go to Chapter 2. Getting to know
the Xerox DocuColor 2006.
If you ordered the optional 2 Tray Module, go to the Installing the 2 Tray
Module procedure.
If you do not have a 2 Tray Module, go to the Upacking the Printer procedure.
1-4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the 2 Tray Module
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Setting up the 2 Tray Module
To install the 2 Tray Module, perform the following steps.
WARNING
You will need at least two people to remove it from the carton.
1.
Open the 2 Tray Module carton.
2.
Remove the styrofoam and the plastic wrap from the top of the 2 Tray
Module.
3.
With a person on each side of the box, grasp the crossbars in the
locations indicated by the labels.
0301098a
4.
Lift the 2 Tray Module from the box and place it the selected location.
5.
Lock the front casters as shown below.
0 301007B-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-5
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the 2 Tray Module
6.
Remove all the tape from the outside of the 2 Tray Module.
7.
Pull the top paper tray open until it stops, and remove the packing
shown below.
0301008a
8.
Close the top tray and repeat step 7 for the lower paper tray.
9.
Open both the paper trays.
WARNING
Use care when removing the packing from connectors and wire harnesses.
10. Remove the cardboard protector from the rear post shown below.
0 301009B-WOL
11. Close the two paper trays.
1-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the 2 Tray Module
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
12. Remove the tape from the paper feed area access door, and then open
the door.
0 301010B-WOL
13. Remove the cardboard packing shown below.
0 301011B-WOL
14. Close the paper feed area access door.
The next step
Go to the Unpacking the Printer procedure in this section.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-7
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
1-8
Installing the 2 Tray Module
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
Read all the steps before performing this procedure. There are decisions to
make before removing the Printer from the packing.
1.
Remove the four cardboard supports and the Styrofoam packing from
the top of the Printer.
2.
Remove the cardboard tray from the top of the Printer and place in a
safe place, out of the way of the installation.
The cardboard tray contains the following items:
•
One Copy/Print Cartridge box
•
Four Dry Ink boxes (Yellow, Cyan, Magenta, and Black)
•
CD package containing two CDs
•
Getting Started Guide
•
Recommended Materials List
•
Power cord
•
Output Tray
3.
Pull the plastic wrap that is around the Printer, down around the pallet
and away from the bottom of the Printer.
4.
Before lifting the Printer from the pallet, read all the Warnings and
Cautions starting below and continuing on the next page.
WARNING
The Printer weighs 153 pounds (69.5 kg) without the dry ink or print/copy
cartridges installed. ALWAYS USE FOUR PEOPLE TO LIFT THE
PRINTER.
Ensure that you keep the Printer LEVEL. Please note that the rear of the
Printer is heavier than the front.
REAR
FRONT
301013
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-9
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
WARNING
Ensure that you have a firm footing and bend your knees to avoid possible
back injuries. When lifting the Printer, face the machine and grip the
recessed areas shown in the illustration below.
NEVER lift the Printer by gripping any other area. The Printer could fall and
cause injuries.
5.
With a person at each corner, place your hands inside the plastic wrap,
in the positions shown below.
CAUTION
DO NOT lift or support the Printer by the Bypass Tray that is located on the
right-hand side.
0301014a
1-10
6.
Carefully, lift the Printer from the pallet.
7.
Perform one of the following steps:
0301199
•
If you are installing the Printer on the optional 2 Tray Module, go to
step 8 on the next page.
•
If you did not order the 2 Tray Module, skip step 8 and go to step 9.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
8.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Place the Printer on the 2 Tray Module:
a.
Align the two pins in the 2 Tray Module with the corresponding
holes in the Printer. Aligning the left rear covers of the two devices
will assist you in aligning the pins. Aligning the pins and the left
rear covers is shown below.
b.
Partially open Paper Tray 2, and tighten the two thumbscrews
shown below. Do not over tighten the thumbscrews.
0 301016B-WOL
c.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Close Paper Tray 2.
1-11
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
9.
Unpacking the Printer
Remove all the tape from the exterior of the Printer:
a.
Left side
b.
Right Side
0 301018A-WOL
c.
Inside the Front Cover
0 301019B-WOL
1-12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
10. Remove all the internal packing from the Printer by performing steps a
through m.
a.
Remove the spacer labeled B.
0 301025B-WOL
b.
Remove the cardboard collar from the knob shown below.
0 301245A-WOL
c.
Pull the narrow strip labeled G from the Dry Ink chamber.
0 301026B-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-13
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
d.
Unpacking the Printer
Press the Anti-rotation button to release the rotating chambers.
0 301027C-WOL
e.
Turn the knob in the direction of the arrow, until it stops.
The next strip labeled G is visible.
0 301028C-WOL
f.
Repeat steps c through e until all four of the strips labeled G are
removed from the Dry Ink carrousel.
g.
Pull open Paper Tray 1 until it stops. Remove the two spacers
labeled C and E, shown below.
0 301023B-WOL
1-14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
h.
Close the Paper Tray 1.
i.
Gently pull the Fuser area open and remove the spacers labeled A
and J.
0 301022C-WOL
j.
Close the Fuser area.
k.
Open the Bypass Tray and remove the spacer labeled F.
0 301020B-WOL
l.
Gently pull the Bypass Tray in order to open the Bypass Transport,
and remove the two spacers labeled D.
0 301021B-WOL
m.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Close the Bypass Transport and Bypass Tray.
1-15
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
11. Close the Front Cover.
301077b
12. If you do not have a 2 Tray Module, go to the next procedure Printer
Installation.
If you installed the Printer on the 2 Tray Module, perform the following
steps:
a.
Remove the small cover from the rear of the Printer.
0 301029A-WOL
b.
Connect the two small connectors from the 2 Tray Module into the
jacks in the Printer.
0 301030A-WOL
1-16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Printer
c.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
While holding the cover on the 2 Tray Module closed, align the
small cover to the plastic rails, and slide it into the Printer.
0 301136A-WOL
The next step
Go to the Printer installation procedure.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-17
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
1-18
Unpacking the Printer
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer installation
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Printer installation
Perform this procedure after the Printer is unpacked, and placed in a suitable
location.
•
If you have not performed the Preparing for the installation procedure in
this section, do it now.
•
If the Printer is still in the original packing, go to the Unpacking the
Printer procedure.
1.
Locate the Output Tray in the cardboard tray removed from the top of
the printer. Install the tray by performing steps a through c.
a.
Standing on the left-hand side of the Printer, hold the Output Tray
as shown.
0 301031B-WOL
30130a
Do not place the metal spring into the hole. Ensure that the metal spring
extends down against the outside of the cover.
b.
Place the right-hand arm of the tray into the corresponding hole as
shown.
0 301032B-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
301032b
1-19
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
c.
Printer installation
Place the left-hand arm of the tray into the corresponding hole as
shown.
0 301033B-WOL
2.
Install the Copy Print Cartridge:
a.
Open the Front Cover of the Printer.
0 301034B-WOL
b.
301034b
Rotate the yellow lever A in the direction of the arrows, until the dot
is aligned with the Unlocked symbol.
A
1-20
301033b
301034b
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer installation
3.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Rotate the yellow lever B in the direction of the arrow until the dot is
aligned with the Unlocked symbol.
B
0 301035B-WOL
4.
301035b
Install the Copy/Print Cartridge:
a.
Remove the Copy/Print Cartridge from the box.
b.
Tear open the notched end of the silver protective bag and remove
the cartridge.
301081b
CAUTION
DO NOT touch the blue surface of the drum. If the drum is scratched, or
contaminated with oil from your hand, the output can be degraded.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-21
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
c.
Printer installation
Hold the cartridge by the strap. While keeping the cartridge level,
remove the foam wrapper.
301036c
d.
Holding the cartridge by the handle, align the guide with the Printer
rail.
0301037C -W O L
e.
Push the cartridge all the way into the Printer until it snaps into
place.
f.
Rotate lever B in the direction of the arrow until the dot is aligned
with the Locked symbol.
B
301038b
1-22
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer installation
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
If lever B will not move to the Locked position, ensure that the cartridge is all
the way into the Printer.
g.
Rotate lever A in the direction of the arrow until the dot is aligned
with the Locked symbol.
A
5.
301039b
Install the Dry Ink Cartridges:
Each Dry Ink Cartridge chamber is designated by a specific color. Ensure
that the correct Dry Ink Cartridge is installed into the corresponding color on
the chamber.
The Dry Ink box and packing can be used to ship old cartridges back to your
supplier for recycling.
a.
Locate the correct Dry Ink Cartridge box for the color of the current
chamber.
b.
Remove the Dry Ink Cartridge from the box.
c.
Shake the cartridge seven or eight times as shown below.
0 301040A-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
301040a
1-23
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
d.
Printer installation
With the arrow visible on the top of the cartridge, insert the
cartridge into the Printer as far as it will go.
301041c
e.
Use the handle on the end of the cartridge to rotate the cartridge in
the direction of the arrow. Ensure that the dot on the cartridge is
aligned with the Locked symbol as shown.
301119b
CAUTION
Ensure that the cartridge is in the Locked position. If the cartridge is NOT in
the Locked position, Dry Ink can spill into the Printer.
1-24
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer installation
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
f.
Press and release the Anti-rotation button.
0 301027C-WOL
g.
301027c
Rotate the knob in the direction of the arrow until it stops at the
next chamber.
0 301028C-WOL
301038c
If the Dry Ink Cartridge is not in the Printer all the way, the knob will not
rotate.
6.
Repeat step 5 for the three remaining Dry Ink Cartridges.
Rotate the carrousel again to ensure that the last cartridge is in the Printer all
the way.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-25
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
7.
Printer installation
Close the Printer Front Cover.
301077b
The next step
If you have ordered the optional Duplex Tray, go to the Installing the Duplex
Tray procedure.
If you do not have a Duplex Tray, go to Loading paper in the Paper Tray
procedure.
1-26
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray (optional)
The Duplex Tray enables the DocuColor 2006 to print two-sided output.
1.
2.
Open the Duplex Tray box and remove the contents:
•
Duplex Tray
•
Upper Inverter
•
Lower Inverter
•
Two Thumb Screws
•
Small Connector Cover with cutout
•
Special Tool
Remove the Duplex Tray from the plastic wrap.
a.
Remove the packing from the tray
b.
Ensure that all the packing is removed from the tray.
301043b
3.
Open Paper Tray 1.
0 301128A-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
301128a
1-27
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
4.
Installing the Duplex Tray
Using a phillips head screwdriver, remove the screw shown below.
0 301050B-WOL
5.
301050b
To remove the cover, shift it to the right then pull it away from the
Printer. Discard the cover.
301051b
6.
Install the Duplex Tray:
a.
Align the rails on the tray with the rails in the Printer.
301052b
b.
1-28
Partially close the Duplex Tray and the paper tray.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray
7.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Install the Lower Inverter:
a.
Gently squeeze the sides of the Output Tray toward each other in
order to remove the tray from the Printer.
0 301053B-WOL
c.
Using a screwdriver, remove the two screws from lower left-hand
cover of the Printer as shown below.
0 301054B-WOL
d.
301053b
301054b
Remove the cover by shifting it to the right then pulling it away from
the Printer. Discard the cover.
301055a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-29
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
e.
8.
Installing the Duplex Tray
Close the Inverter Tray and Paper Tray 1.
Using the Special Tool from the contents of the Printer carton, remove
the two small covers from the left-hand side of the Printer. Discard the
two covers.
301204a
9.
Remove the Access Cover located on the lower left-hand side of the
Printer. DO NOT discard this cover.
301056d
1-30
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
CAUTION
Ensure that the small connector and cable on the left-hand side of the Lower
Inverter are pulled back out of the way.
10. Install the Lower Inverter as shown below.
SMALL
CONNECTOR
AND CABLE
0 301057B-WOL
301057b
The Lower Inverter does not install flush with the Printer covers.
a.
Install the two thumbscrews from the contents of the box.
0 301058B-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
301058a
1-31
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
b.
Installing the Duplex Tray
Connect the small connector from the Lower Inverter to the small
jack located at the rear of the left-hand side of the Printer.
301059a
0 301059A-WOL
f.
Reinstall the small Access Cover.
301060b
0 301060B-WOL
11. Install the Upper Inverter:
a.
Install the Upper Inverter into the Printer as shown.
301061b
0 301061B-WOL
1-32
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray
b.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Connect the tiny connector on the rear of the Upper Inverter to the
small jack in the access hole, as shown below.
0 301132A-WOL301062b
g.
Install the new Connector Cover with the cutout into the access
hole, guiding the wires through the cutout in the cover.
0 301133A-WOL301063b
CAUTION
Use caution if you must rearrange the tiny wires on the connector in order to
close the Connector Cover.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-33
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Duplex Tray
12. Reinstall the Output Tray.
0 301064B-WOL
301064b
13. Connect the power cord to the Printer and the wall outlet.
0 301071B-WOL
0301070b
The next step
Go to the Loading the paper in the paper tray procedure.
1-34
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Loading paper in the paper tray
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Loading paper in the paper tray
Refer to the Recommended Materials List for details about the paper
requirements for the DocuColor 2006.
1.
From the front of the Printer, pull the paper tray out of the Printer as far
as it will go.
0 301128A-WOL
301128a
If you are loading paper in the 2 Tray Feeder paper trays, skip step 2. It is
not necessary to press down on the metal plate in Tray 2 or Tray3.
2.
Press down on the metal plate in the tray until it latches.
0 301066B-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
301066b
1-35
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
3.
Loading paper in the paper tray
Pinch the Horizontal and Vertical Paper Guides and move them away
from the center of the tray as far as they will go.
0 301067B-WOL
301067b
4.
Place the right edge of the paper stack against the right metal edge and
under the front right-hand side paper tab as shown below.
5.
Ensure that the paper stack does not cover the MAX guideline.
0 301068B-WOL
301068b
To avoid jams, load paper with the long edge against the side of the tray
when possible.
6.
Adjust the two Paper Guides so that they lightly touch the edges of the
paper stack.
0301101a
1-36
301102a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Loading paper in the paper tray
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Moving the guides too tight against the paper stack can cause a jam.
7.
Ensure that the vertical Paper Guide is aligned with the appropriate
paper size mark on the bottom of the tray.
Automatic paper size detection cannot occur if the vertical Paper Guide is
out of position.
8.
Push the paper tray firmly into the Printer.
301065b
9.
If there are additional paper trays installed in your DocuColor 2006,
repeat this procedure until all the trays are loaded with the desired paper
stock.
The next step
Go to the section Installing the Scanner Stand.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-37
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
1-38
Loading paper in the paper tray
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner Stand
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner Stand
You will need a phillips head screwdriver to perform this installation
1.
Open the Scanner Stand carton.
2.
Ensure that the following parts are included in the carton:
3.
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
301012a
1.
Right Leg
6.
Rear/Bottom Plate with casters
2.
Left Leg
7.
Spacer Bar
3.
Right Support
8.
2 Braces
4.
Left Support
9.
2 Stabilizing Feet
5.
Table Top
10. 2 Bumpers
6mm Allen Wrench, not shown
32 Screws, not shown
8 Allen Screws with washers, not shown
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-39
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
3.
Installing the Scanner Stand
Attach the Left Leg and Right Leg to the Rear/Bottom Plate using eight
screws as shown below.
301143a
4.
Install the Spacer Bar between the tops of the two legs using four
screws. You have just completed the Lower Assembly.
301151a
5.
Turn the Lower Assembly over.
6.
Install the two Stabalizing Feet, using four screws as shown.
301130a
1-40
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner Stand
7.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Place the table top face-down on the floor.
a.
Place the Left Support and the Right Support into the table top and
install the two screws. This is the Upper Assembly
301202
b.
Install four screws through the supports and into the top of the
table.
c.
Install the two braces into the positions shown below.
301137
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-41
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
8.
Installing the Scanner Stand
Turn the Upper Assembly over, and slide it into the legs of the Lower
Assembly until it stops.
301140a
9.
Attach the two assemblies together using eight Allen Screws and the
Allen Wrench.
301139a
10. Install the two Bumpers into the rear slots of the bottom plate.
301141a
1-42
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner Stand
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
11. Move the Scanner Table around the Printer as shown.
301152a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-43
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner Stand
The next step
Go to the Installing the Scanner procedure.
1-44
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner
1.
Open the Scanner carton.
2.
Ensure that the following items are in the carton.
•
Scanner
•
Power cord
•
Printer interface cable
•
Power cable
3.
Remove the plastic from the top of the Scanner and push it down the
side of the carton away from the Scanner.
4.
With a person on each side of the box, place your hands inside the
plastic and under the Scanner.
301049a
5.
Lift the Scanner from the box and place it on the Scanner Stand.
6.
Ensure that the front Scanner feet are placed into the round recessed
areas on the top front of the Scanner Stand.
301045a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-45
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
7.
Installing the Scanner
Tighten the thumbscrew, shown below, in order to secure the Scanner to
the stand.
301046a
8.
Remove the three screws from the right-hand side of the Scanner.
301132a
Please store these screws in a safe place, or tape them to the rear of the
Scanner Stand. The screws lock the Scanner Drive into a secure position.
You will need them if the Scanner has to be moved.
1-46
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Scanner
9.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Connect the Scanner cables by performing the following steps:
a.
Install one end of the Interface Cable to the rear of the Scanner,
and the other end to the left-hand side of the Printer.
301131a
b.
Connect the power cable between the Printer and the Scanner as
shown.
301228a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-47
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
c.
Installing the Scanner
Connect the Scanner power cord to the wall outlet and to the rear
of the Scanner.
301080
The next step
Go to the Installing the Document Feeder procedure.
1-48
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Document Feeder
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Document Feeder
The Document Feeder enables you to make copies from a stack of
originals. Up to 30 originals of 75 gsm paper may be placed in the Document
Feeder at a time.
WARNING
The Document Feeder weighs 24 pounds (11kg). Take extreme care when
handling the feeder.
1.
2.
Check the contents of the kit for the following parts:
•
Feeder Assembly
•
Exit Tray
•
Two Knobs
Ensure that the Scanner power is OFF, and that the power cord is
disconnected.
301125a
3.
Raise the Document Glass Cover.
0301220A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-49
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
4.
Installing the Document Feeder
Using both hands, lift the cover straight up and remove. This cover may
be discarded.
301222a
5.
Use a screwdriver to loosen and remove the two small covers shown
below. Discard the covers and screws.
0301223A-W O L
1-50
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Document Feeder
6.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
To install the Document Feeder perform the following steps:
WARNING
The Document Feeder weighs 24 pounds (11kg). Use extreme care when
handling the feeder.
a.
Remove the protective packing from the front edge of the
Document Feeder.
03301227A -W O L
b.
From the back of the Scanner, align the holes in the Document
Feeder hinges to the alignment posts on the Scanner.
0301229A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-51
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
c.
Installing the Document Feeder
Using both hands, push the Document Feeder toward the front of
the Scanner. This secures the Feeder to the posts.
0301230A-W O L
d.
Install the two knobs from the kit and tighten.
0301230a-W O L
1-52
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Document Feeder
7.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Connect the cable to the back of the Scanner and tighten the two
screws.
0301249A-W O L
8.
Install the Exit Tray.
0301250A-W O L
301250a
9.
Reconnect the power cord, and switch ON the Scanner.
301085a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-53
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Document Feeder
The next step
If you are installing the optional Sorter/Stacker, go to the Installing the
Sorter/Stacker procedure. Otherwise, go to the Printing the Test Page
procedure.
1-54
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
The Sorter/Stacker is an optional accessory for the Xerox DocuColor 2006.
It attaches to the left side of the unit and consists of 10 bins and a high
capacity bin. Xerox service personnel or installation personnel or the
customer may install it.
The Sorter/Stacker functions are available to copy jobs only. Sorting
functions are not available to print jobs.
1.
Ensure that there is adequate space for the unit to the left of the
copier/printer. The Sorter/Stacker dimensions are as follows:
Width
17.2 inches (437mm)
Height
28 inches (710 mm)
Depth
19.1 inches (484 mm)
An additional 14 inches (356 mm) must be allowed to the left of the
Sorter/Stacker to enable jam clearance
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-55
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
2.
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
Review the Sorter/Stacker components before installing the unit.
4
1
5
2
3
1-56
1
Sorter bins
2
High capacity bin
3
Attachment plate
4
Jam clearance cover
5
Connector cord
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Unpacking the Sorter/Stacker
Read all the steps before performing this procedure.
1.
Open the box. Remove the instruction sheet.
2.
Remove the plastic bag with the new connector cover.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-57
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
1-58
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
3.
Remove the cardboard inserts that hold the unit in place. Move any
plastic away from the bottom wheels of the Sorter/Stacker.
4.
Gently tip the box so the Sorter/Stacker is standing on its wheels
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
CAUTION
When rolling an unattached Sorter/Stacker, hold the unit from the inboard
side, not the bins. Do not press down on the attachment plate as this may
cause the unit to tip.
5.
Carefully roll the Sorter/Stacker out of the box.
6.
Remove the plastic wrapping from around the Sorter/Stacker.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-59
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
7.
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
Remove the tape and cardboard from the inboard side of the
Sorter/Stacker.
0303006A-W O L
1-60
8.
Remove the cardboard from the top of the Sorter/Stacker. Remove the
cardboard protector and tape from the sorting bins. Remove the strap
around the high capacity bin. Remove any tape or cardboard from the
outboard side of the Stacker/Sorter.
9.
Open the cover and remove any packing material inside it.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
CAUTION
Do not remove the plastic tie wrap on the metal roller under the jam
clearance cover. The tie wrap holds a sensor wire out of the way, as
illustrated in the figure below.
10. Remove the tape that is holding the connector cord in place. Keep the
cord wrapped to protect the connector.
11. Ensure that any remaining tape is removed from the unit.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-61
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
Connecting the Sorter/Stacker
Read all the steps before performing this procedure.
CAUTION
Ensure that the power is off on the copier/printer before you begin to install
the Sorter/Stacker.
1.
Switch off the copier/printer.
2.
Remove the output tray from the copier/printer.
3.
At the Sorter/Stacker, extend the attachment plate.
CAUTION
Do not press down on the attachment plate as this may cause the unit to tip.
1-62
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
4.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Perform one of the following:
•
If the DocuColor 2006 does not have the optional duplex tray,
ensure that the vertical edge of the spacer plate is positioned to the
right, near the vertical edge of the attachment plate. No icon should
be visible in the spacer plate cut out. Proceed to step 5.
•
If the DocuColor 2006 has the optional duplex tray, remove the
spacer plate using the two thumbscrews. Position the plate so its
vertical edge is to the left and thumbscrews align with the holes in
the base of the extension. Ensure that the duplex tray icon is visible
in the spacer plate cut out. Tighten the thumbscrews.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-63
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
1-64
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
5.
Align the Sorter/Stacker with the left side of the DocuColor 2006 so the
thumbscrews on the plate align with the holes in the left cover of the
copier/printer. The upper horizontal edges of the alignment plate should
fit under Jam Clearance Area 5.
6.
Tighten the thumbscrews on the front and rear of the alignment plate.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
7.
Remove the connector cover that is below the power plug on the left
side of the copier/printer.
8.
Remove the protective plastic wrap from the Sorter/Stacker cord and
connector.
9.
Plug in the connector.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-65
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
CAUTION
Be careful not to squeeze or disconnect any of the wires or the connecting
cord with the cover in the following step.
10. Remove the new connector cover from its wrapping. Holding the cord to
the left cut out side of the opening, place the lower edge into the opening
and push the new cover up and into place.
1-66
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
11. Slide the Sorter/Stacker to the right into position.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-67
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Installing the Sorter/Stacker
The next step
Go to the Printing the Test Page procedure.
1-68
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printing the Test Page
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Switching on the power
1.
Press the I on the ON/OFF button on the Printer.
0 301072A-WOL
2.
Press the I on the ON/OFF button on the left-hand side of the Scanner.
0301232a
0301232A -W O L
The DocuColor 2006 performs a registration setup, then after a few moments
messages indicating the Scanner is ready are displayed on the Printer
Control Panel and on the Scanner Control Panel.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-69
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Printing the Test Page
Switching off the power
1.
Ensure that the READY message is displayed on the two Control
Panels.
Do not switch off the power if any other message is displayed. There may
be a problem, or if the DocuColor 2006 is networked, it may be receiving
data.
2.
Press the 0 on the ON/OFF button on the Scanner only.
301086
The Scanner controls the power for the Printer, therefore it is not necessary
to switch off the power on the Printer.
1-70
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printing the Test Page
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Printing a test page from the Printer Control Panel
Print the test page in order to ensure that the Printer is functioning. An
original document is not required. The test page can be generated from the
Printer Control Panel.
For a quick overview of the wordless Control Panel, refer to the Getting to
know the DocuColor 2006 chapter.
UP Arrow button
Menu button
1010
0101
0010
C/
301150a
Item/Enter button
1.
Ensure that READY is displayed on the Printer Control Panel screen
2.
Press the Printer Menu button repeatedly until the message PRINT
PAGES FROM LIST is displayed on the Control Pane screen.
3.
Press the Item/Enter button.
PRINT CONFIGURATION appears on the Control Panel.
4.
Press the up arrow button until PRINT TEST PAGE appears on the
Control Panel.
5.
Press the Item/Enter button.
PROCESSING JOB FROM TRAY 1 is displayed.
After a moment the test page is delivered to the Output Tray on the top
of the Printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-71
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Printing the Test Page
Making a test copy from the Scanner
For a quick overview of the Scanner Control Panel, refer to Getting to know
the DocuColor 2006.
Copy button
Start button
301003
1.
Ensure that READY is displayed on the Printer Control Panel screen.
2.
Lift the Scanner cover and place an original on the Document Glass.
3.
Press the Copy button to enter Copy mode.
4.
Press the Start button on the Scanner Control Panel.
After a moment the copy is delivered to the Output Tray on the top of the
Printer.
5.
Remove the original from the Document Glass.
The next step
Perform one of the following steps:
1-72
•
If you are adding memory to the Printer, go to the Adding memory to the
Printer procedure.
•
If you are adding memory to the Scanner, go to the Adding memory to
the Scanner procedure.
•
If you are not adding memory, go to Getting to know the DocuColor
2006.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Printer
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Printer
You will need a phillips head screwdriver to perform this procedure.
CAUTION
•
Protect the memory card from static electricity by keeping it in the antistatic bag until you are ready to install it.
•
Handle the card by the top or side edges only. Do not touch the card
components or the gold connector edge.
•
Avoid placing the card near magnetic devices, such as a pc monitor.
•
Avoid exposing the card to direct sunlight, high temperatures, or
humidity.
1.
Switch OFF the power to the Printer and to the Scanner.
301186
0 301073A-WOL
2.
Remove the three screws from the upper right-hand side panel of the
Printer.
301083
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-73
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
3.
Adding memory to the Printer
Slide the panel to the left and lift to remove. The memory card slots are
located behind the panel.
301210
301211a
•
The upper slot contains the 64MB memory card, already installed
•
The lower slot is empty.
4.
If you are replacing the 64MB memory card with one or two memory
cards, go to step 6. If you are adding another memory card to the
existing 64MB memory, perform step 5.
5.
Remove the additional memory card from the anti-static bag.
301214a
a.
Slide the card into the lower slot below the 64MB memory card.
b.
Using your thumbs, press the card into the slot until it clicks.
0301063A-W O L
c.
1-74
301233a
Go to step 7.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Printer
6.
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
To replace the 64MB memory card perform the following steps:
a.
In order to remove the 64 MB memory card press against the two
clips on the sides of the card slot with your thumbs.
b.
When the clips are pushed back, remove the 64MB card.
301212a
c.
Remove the new memory card from the anti-static bag.
d.
Place the 64 MB memory card in the anti-static bag.
e.
Slide the new memory card into the upper slot.
f.
Using your thumbs, press the card into the slot until it clicks.
301213a
g.
If you are installing a second card, slide it into the lower slot and
press it into place.
301214a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-75
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
7.
Adding memory to the Printer
Insert the left-hand side Printer panel into place as shown below.
301215a
8.
Press the panel closed and slide it to the left.
301216
9.
Reinstall the three screws into the side panel.
301070
1-76
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Printer
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
10. Switch ON the Printer and the Scanner power.
0301072a
0 301072A-WOL
0301232a
0301232A -W O L
11. After a few moments, READY is displayed on the control panel.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-77
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Printer
The next step
Perform one of the following steps:
1-78
•
If you are adding memory to the Scanner, go to Adding memory to the
Scanner procedure.
•
If you are not installing memory to the Scanner, go to the Getting to
know the Xerox DocuColor 2006 section.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Scanner
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Scanner
The Scanner memory card enables 2-Side copying.
You will need a flat blade screwdriver to perform this procedure.
CAUTION
•
Protect the memory card from static electricity by keeping it in the antistatic bag until you are ready to install it.
•
Handle the card by the top or side edges only. Do not touch the
memory card components or the gold connector edge.
•
Avoid placing the memory card near magnetic devices, such as a pc
monitor.
•
Avoid exposing the memory card to direct sunlight, high temperatures,
or humidity.
1.
Switch OFF the power to the Scanner.
301125
2.
Locate the access cover on the left side of the Scanner.
301219a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-79
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
3.
Adding memory to the Scanner
Press the latch toward the right, and remove the access cover from the
Printer.
301206
4.
Remove the memory card from the anti-static bag.
301207
5.
Align the card to the rails in the access slot, then push the memory card
into the Scanner as far as it will go.
301208
1-80
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Scanner
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
6.
Align the screws on the end of the memory card to the holes in the rear
Printer cover.
7.
Use a screw driver to tighten the screws.
301209
8.
Replace the access cover and switch ON the power.
301085
9.
After a few moments, READY is displayed on the printer control panel.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1-81
1. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Adding memory to the Scanner
The next step
Go to the Getting to know the Xerox DocuColor 2006 section.
1-82
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
5
6
4
7
3
8
2
9
1
10
0 301074B-WOL
Printer, Front View
1.
Paper Tray 1 – place paper supply here
2.
Duplex Tray – option that allows two-sided printing
3.
Front Cover – open to access the Dry Ink Cartridges and the Copy/Print
Cartridge
4.
Control Panel – use to access the Printer menus and to view messages
5.
Printer Output Top Tray – the prints are delivered here
6.
Paper Stop – use to stop oversized prints from being pushed out of the
Output Tray. The Paper Stop is adjustable up to 17 x 11 inch (B4)
paper.
7.
Top Right-hand Cover – open to add additional memory
8.
Bypass Tray – use for transparencies, envelopes, postcards, or other
stock
9.
Bypass Transport – open to access paper jams
10. Paper Feed Area – open to access paper jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2-1
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
13
12
11
14
15
16
GPSTFI 301075B-WOL
Printer, Rear View
11. Scanner power connector –provides power to the Scanner
12. Scanner interface connector – provides interface to the Scanner
13. Area 4 access cover – open to access paper jams
14. Printer Side Output Tray – copies are delivered to this tray
15. Printer Power Switch – use to switch OFF and ON the Printer power
16. Printer power cord connector – connect the Printer power cord here
2-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
19
20
21
18
22
23
17
0 301076B-WOL
Printer, Internal View
17. Dry Ink Carrousel access – the four Dry Ink Cartridges are installed
one at a time, through this opening
18. Fuser jam clearance area – the Fuser applies heat to the Dry Ink in
order to adhere it to the paper
19. Anti-rotation button – use to release the Dry Ink Carrousel in order to
remove and replace the Dry Ink Cartridges
20. Lever B – use to lock the Print/Copy cartridge in position
21. Print/Copy Cartridge – use to transfer copy/print image to media
22. Knob – use to manually turn the carrousel in order to access the Dry Ink
Cartridges
23. Lever A – the Copy/Print Cartridge is accessed through here
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2-3
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
1
9
2
4
3
1010
0101
0010
C/
301150a
8
7
6
5
Printer Control Panel
2-4
1.
Control Panel Screen – use to view the system status, menu options,
problem messages, and fault codes.
2.
Arrow buttons – use to view listed options in a menu.
3.
Menu button – use to step through the Printer menus
4.
Off-line button – use this button to change the system status from on-line
to off-line and back again.
5.
Clear/Stop button – use this button to stop a procedure and to return
the menu READY.
6.
Item/Enter button – use this button to select options displayed on the
screen.
7.
Error Indicator – this indicator is lit when an error has occurred
8.
Processing Indicator – this indicator is lit when Printer is processing a
job
9.
On-line Indicator – this indicator is lit when the system is on-line.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
4
3
1
301146a
6
5
301129a
2
Scanner and Document Feeder components
The Document Feeder is an option. Its components are illustrated and
described by numbers 3 through 6.
1.
Scanner Control Panel – use to access the DocuColor 2006 features
and options
2.
Memory Expansion slot – provided for the 1 to 2 Side Copy option
3.
Document Input Tray – place the originals to be scanned here
4.
Original Exit Tray – scanned originals are delivered here
5.
Document Cover handle – use to access the Document Glass
6.
Access cover – raise to access the feed rollers and to clear jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2-5
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
7
8
9
0301221A-W O L
2-6
7.
Document Cover without Document Feeder – raise to access the
Document Glass
8.
Registration corner – place the top right-hand corner of your original
here
9.
Document Glass – supports the original for scanning
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
17
16
18
15
14
20
19
13
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
12
11
1
10
2
9
8
3
7
4
5
6
0301149A-W O L
Scanner Control Panel
1.
Control Panel Screen – use to view the system status, menu options,
problem messages, and fault codes
2.
Copy button – use to change the system from the on-line mode to
copying mode
3.
Tools button – provides access to the administration features
4.
Clear All button – use to clear the selected option and reset the system
to the defaults
5.
Stop button – use to stop the copying process
6.
Start button – use to start the copying process
7.
Number buttons – use to enter copy quantity and passwords
8.
Exit button – use to return to the previously displayed screen message
9.
Select button – use to save the currently selected features and options
10. Menu Arrow buttons – use to view listed options in a menu
11. Advanced Features button – use to access the Output, Erase, 2-sided,
and 2 up features
12. Quality Adjustment – use to access the quality adjustment screen in
order to change the Sharpness and the Color Level of the copies
13. Contrast Dial – use to lighten or darken the Control Panel Screen
14. Paper Supply Arrow buttons – use to select the desired paper tray
15. Zoom Arrow buttons – use to select Reduce/Enlarge from 25-400%
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2-7
2. Setting up the DocuColor 2006
Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
16. Reduce/Enlarge Arrow buttons – use to select one of the preset
reduction or enlargement settings
17. Reduce/Enlarge indicators – indicates which setting is currently
selected
18. Paper Supply indicators – indicates which paper tray is currently
selected
19. Color Mode button – use to access color mode options
20. Lighten/Darken button – use to lighten or darken the output
2-8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Accessories
2. Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
Accessories
This section contains the ordering information for the DocuColor 2006
accessories. It also contains the supplies reorder numbers.
Accessories ordering information
Part Number
Accessory
Description
Z35TR
Token Ring Kit
Required for installing the DC2006 on a
Token Ring Network.
790DPLX
Duplex Module
Enables two-sided printing.
097S02510
10 Bin Sorter/Stacker The Sorter/Stacker can sort or stack up
to 10 sets of copies in the bins. It can
also be used to stack up to 500 sheets
in the high capacity bin. The ADF
option is required for full functionality.
097S02509
Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF)
The ADF automatically feeds up to 30
documents at a time for greater
productivity. Required for duplex
copying and Sorter/Stacker output
functionality.
097S04447
Transparency Tray
This tray can handle up to 100
transparencies. Refer to the
Recommended Materials List for the
order number.
097S04448
Oversize Paper Tray
This tray handles paper stock up to
18 x 12 inches (A3 Ov) in size.
097S04449
Universal Paper Tray
This tray allows you to print on
envelopes and other odd-sized stock.
ZMB64
64MB Memory
Upgrade
Add up to 512 megabytes of memory to
the Printer.
ZMB128
128MB Memory
Upgrade
ZMB256
256MB Memory
Upgrade
Xerox DocuColor 2006
2-9
2. Getting to know the DocuColor 2006
Accessories
Supplies reorder numbers
Number
2-10
Description
Number
Description
006R90307
1Black Dry Ink
Cartridge
006R90310
1 Yellow Dry Ink
Cartridge
006R90308
1 Cyan Dry Ink
Cartridge
013R90140
1 Print/Copy
Cartridge
006R90309
1 Magenta Dry Ink
Cartridge
008R12571
1 Dry Ink Waste
Container
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3
Network Setup
The information in this chapter is for the customer only.
For instructions on installing print drivers on user workstations, please
go to the appropriate procedure in this chapter:
•
Windows 95/98
•
Windows 2000
•
Windows NT 4.0
•
Macintosh OS 8.X or higher
Installing the Token Ring Network card
The Token Ring Network Kit is required when setting up a closed loop, or
Local Area Network (LAN). Token Ring Networks can be connected to other
networks, in local and remote locations.
You will need a phillips screwdriver to perform this procedure.
CAUTION
•
Protect the network card from static electricity by keeping it in the
antistatic bag until you are ready to install it.
•
Handle the card by the top or side edges only. Do not touch the card
components or the gold connector edge.
•
Avoid placing the card near magnetic devices, such as a PC monitor.
•
Avoid exposing the card to direct sunlight, high temperatures, or
humidity.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-1
3. Network Setup
Token Ring Network Kit
1.
Switch OFF the power to the Printer.
2.
Remove the three screws from the right-hand side panel of the Printer.
301083
3.
Slide the panel to the left and lift to remove.
301210
301217
4.
Remove the Token Ring card from the anti-static bag.
5.
Install the card as shown below. Ensure that the jacks are accessible
through the rear frame of the Printer.
301252
3-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Token Ring Network Kit
6.
3. Network Setup
Insert the left-hand side Printer panel into place as shown.
301218a
7.
Press the panel closed and slide it to the left.
301216
8.
Reinstall the three screws into the side panel.
301070a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-3
3. Network Setup
9.
Token Ring Network Kit
Connect the network cable.
301254a
10. Switch ON the Printer power. After a few moments, READY is displayed
on the control panel.
3-4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Windows 95/98 print drivers
3. Network Setup
Windows 95/98
Before you begin
1.
Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 has been prepared for network printing.
2.
Ensure that you have the printer name, Apple Talk Zone (if applicable),
and IP Address. These may be obtained from your system administrator
or from the Configuration Page.
In order to print the Configuration Page, perform the following steps:
a.
Press the Offline button on the Printer Control Panel
b.
Press the Menu button until the message Print Pages from List is
displayed on the Printer Control Panel.
c.
Press the Item/Enter button in order to select Print Configuration
Page.
d.
Press the Item/Enter again button in order to print the page.
Installing the print driver
The following procedure provides the steps for installing the printer driver for
parallel port printing. For detailed information about setting up IPX/SPX
printing or SMB printing, refer to Installing the user software in a Windows
95/98 environment.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive.
2.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
3.
Double-click the Add Printer and select Next.
4.
Select Local printer and Next.
5.
Select the Have Disk button.
6.
Perform one of the following:
•
If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the Browse
button.
•
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the Installer
WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for example, C:\)
and select the Browse button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-5
3. Network Setup
7.
Windows 95/98 print drivers
Perform one of the following:
•
If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the following
folders:
• For PostScript printing: English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
• For PCL printing: English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
•
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the Installer
WebTool, browse to one of the following folders
• For PostScript printing: Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
• For PCL printing: Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
Select OK and ensure that the oemsetup.inf or oemsetup option is
selected.
8.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
9.
In the Printers box, select Xerox DocuColor 2006 and Next.
10. Select LPT1: ECP Printer Port and Next.
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer or leave
the default name in the Printer name box.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select Yes; if
not, select No. Select Next.
13. Select No in the next dialog box to postpone printing a test page and
select Finish.
When the installation is complete, the necessary files are installed to your
hard disk. Configure the options on your printer and complete the appropriate
network connection.
For detailed information about setting up parallel port printing, IPX/SPX
printing, SMB printing or setting printer options and installing additional
software, refer to Installing the user software in a Windows 95/98
environment.
3-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Windows 2000 print drivers
3. Network Setup
Windows 2000
Before you begin
1.
Ensure that the Printer is prepared for network printing.
2.
Ensure you have the printer name, Apple Talk Zone (if applicable), and
IP Address. These may be obtained from your system administrator or
from the Configuration Page.
In order to print the Configuration Page, perform the following steps:
a.
Press the Offline button on the Printer Control Panel
b.
Press the Menu button until the message Print Pages from List is
displayed on the Printer Control Panel.
c.
Press the Item/Enter button in order to select Print Configuration
Page.
d.
Press the Item/Enter again button in order to print the page.
Installing the print drivers
The following procedure provides the steps for installing the printer driver for
parallel port printing. For detailed information about setting up TCP/IP,
IPX/SPX, SPM, or SMB printing, refer to the Installing the user software in a
Windows 2000 environment chapter.
1.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Double-click Add Printer and select Next.
3.
Select Local printer and Next.
Ensure that the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer check box is not selected.
4.
Select LPT1: Printer Port and Next.
5.
Select Have Disk.
6.
Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive, type the name of the CD-ROM drive
(for example, D:\), and select Browse.
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
7.
Browse to the English\Prntdrvr\Ps_drvr\Win_2000 folder and ensure
that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is selected.
8.
Select Open.
9.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
10. In the Printers box, select Xerox DocuColor 2006 and Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-7
3. Network Setup
Window 200 print drivers
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer or leave
the default name in the Printer Name box.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select Yes; if
not, select No. Select Next.
13. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared printer.
If you select Share as, you must also enter a Share Name for the printer
(or leave the default name) and make selections from the list of
operating systems used by client workstations.
Select Next.
14. Select No to printing a test page and select Next.
15. Verify the printer settings specified, and select Finish.
The Digital Signature Not Found window indicates that the printer driver
for Windows 2000 does not have a Microsoft digital signature. However,
printing is processed correctly.
16. Select the Yes button.
If this is the first printer driver you are installing on the computer, you are
prompted to install additional files from the Windows 2000 CD. Insert it into
the CD-ROM drive, browse to the i386 folder, and then select OK.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed with an
icon for the newly installed printer.
17. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
18. Select the Advanced tab to display the Spool Settings.
19. Select either the Spool print jobs so program finishes printing faster
option or the Print directly to the printer option.
•
If the Port Timeout in Seconds is set to 10, you can select either
option; however, spooling is faster.
•
If the Port Timeout in Seconds is set to 5, select the Print directly
to the printer option.
20. To confirm the connection, print a Windows test page. Select the
General tab. Select the Print Test Page button and OK.
For detailed information about setting up parallel port printing, TCP/IP,
IPX/SPX, SPM, or SMB printing, or setting printer options and installing
additional software, refer to Installing the user software in a Windows 2000
environment on the user CD.
3-8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Windows NT 4.0 print drivers
3. Network Setup
Windows NT 4.0
Before you begin
1.
Ensure the printer has been prepared for network printing.
2.
Ensure you have the printer name, Apple Talk Zone (if applicable), and
IP Address. These may be obtained from your system administrator or
from the Configuration Page.
In order to print the Configuration Page, perform the following steps:
a.
Press the Offline button on the Printer Control Panel
b.
Press the Menu button until the message Print Pages from List is
displayed on the Printer Control Panel.
c.
Press the Item/Enter button in order to select Print Configuration
Page.
d.
Press the Item/Enter again button in order to print the page.
Installing the print drivers
The following procedure provides the steps for installing the printer driver for
parallel port printing. For detailed information about setting up IPX, TCP/IP, or
SMB printing, refer to the Installing the user software in a Windows NT 4.0
environment chapter on the user CD.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive.
2.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
3.
Double-click Add Printer and select Next.
4.
Select My Computer and Next.
5.
Select LPT1 and Next.
6.
Select Have Disk.
7.
Perform one of the following:
•
If you are installing from the CD, type the name of the CD-ROM
drive (for example, D:\) and select Browse.
•
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the Installer
WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for example, C:\)
and select Browse.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-9
3. Network Setup
8.
Windows NT 4.0 print drivers
Perform one of the following:
•
•
If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the following
folders:
•
For PostScript printing: English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_NT4.x
folder
•
For PCL printing: English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_NT4.x
folder
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the Installer
WebTool, browse to the Prntdrvr folder.
Select OK and ensure that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is selected.
9.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
10. In the Printers box, select Xerox DocuColor 2006 and Next.
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer or leave
the default name in the Printer Name box.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select Yes; if
not, select No. Select Next.
13. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared printer. If you
select Shared, enter a Share Name for the printer (or leave the printer
default name) and make selections from the list of operating systems
used by client workstations. Select Next.
14. Select Yes in the next dialog box to postpone printing a test page and
select Finish.
When the installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed with
an icon for the newly installed printer. When you select Print, your files
are transmitted over the parallel port connection to the printer.
For detailed information about setting up parallel port printing, IPX,
TCP/IP, SMB printing or setting printer options and installing additional
software, refer to the Installing the user software in a Windows NT 4.0
environment chapter on the user CD.
3-10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Macintosh OS print drivers
3. Network Setup
Macintosh OS
Before you begin
1.
Ensure the printer has been prepared for network printing.
2.
Ensure you have the printer name, Apple Talk Zone (if applicable), and
IP Address. These may be obtained from your system administrator or
from the Configuration Page.
In order to print the Configuration Page, perform the following steps:
a.
Press the Offline button on the Printer Control Panel
b.
Press the Menu button until the message Print Pages from List is
displayed on the Printer Control Panel.
c.
Press the Item/Enter button in order to select Print Configuration
Page.
d.
Press the Item/Enter again button in order to print the page.
Installing the print drivers
1.
Perform one of the following:
•
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive and open the
English: Printer Driver folder.
•
To install from files you downloaded using the Installer WebTool,
open the Printer Driver folder on your hard disk.
2.
Double-click the AdobePS 8.6 Installer icon.
3.
When the Warning dialog box is displayed, select Yes.
4.
Select Restart when the installation is complete.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
3-11
3. Network Setup
Macintosh OS print drivers
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 in the Chooser
1.
Select Chooser from the Apple menu.
2.
Ensure that AppleTalk is set to Active.
3.
If necessary, select the AppleTalk Zone that contains your printer.
4.
Select the AdobePS icon.
The printer is displayed in the Select a PostScript Printer list in the form
of <server name>_<device name>_<print connection>. The device
name is the internal name of your printer.
5.
Perform one of the following steps:
6.
•
If Desktop printing is on, select a printer connection from the Select
a PostScript printer list and select Create. A printer icon is
created and displayed on the desktop.
•
If Desktop printing is not on, select the Setup button.
The Adobe PS printer driver automatically selects the correct PPD
file for your DocuColor 2006.
Perform one of the following steps:
•
If Desktop printing is on, select the printer icon that is displayed on
the desktop or select the printer in the Chooser list. Select the
Setup button
•
If Desktop printing is not on, an icon is displayed next to the newly
installed printer in the Chooser list. Select the printer icon and
select the Setup button.
7.
To configure the printer, double-click the printer from the PostScript
Printer list. Select the Configure button and select available options.
Select OK two times.
8.
Close the Chooser.
For detailed information about installing Fiery software and fonts; configuring
connections for ColorWise ProTools, Fiery Spooler or Fiery Link; or installing
fonts or additional software, refer to the Installing user software in a
Macintosh OS environment chapter on the user CD.
3-12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
4
System Administrator functions
This chapter provides an introduction to system administrator functions
as well as a guide to the documentation. It includes the following:
•
A flowchart that lists system administration functions in the order
they are generally performed. It also provides a map to the
networking chapters.
•
A table that lists common system administrator functions and
provides references to the appropriate chapters
The Fiery utilities enable remote users to view server functions. Users
may also have the ability to manage jobs remotely if the system
administrator has assigned them such privileges. For a more detailed
introduction, refer to the chapter Using the Fiery WebTools.
You should also refer to the table of contents and index for assistance
in locating information.
The DocuColor 2006 is referred to as a printer in chapters that refer primarily
to its printing capabilities.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
4–1
4. System Administrator functions
Map to the networking chapters
The following flowchart provides the general order of system
administration tasks for the DocuColor 2006 from installation through
printing. Chapters that are below the main flowchart do not have to be
performed in any particular order and may be used as needed after
initial installation. Refer to the chapters for details.
Connecting to the network
Performing the setup from
the Printer Control Panel
Setting up the network server
Installing user software
(Windows 2000)
Installing user software
(Windows 95/98)
Installing user software
(Windows NT 4.0)
Installing user software
(Macintosh OS)
Installing the Fiery software
Printing from Windows
workstations
Printing from Macintosh OS
workstations
Using the Fiery WebTools
Using Fiery Link
Using Fiery WebSpooler
Using ColorWise Pro Tools
to calibrate the printer
System Administrator tips
4–2
Performing the setup from
WebSetup (remote)
Technical information,
including fonts list
Problem solving
Print options
Xerox DocuColor 2006
4. System Administrator functions
Guide to the networking chapters
Administration features are provided in the user software package and
are built into the DocuColor 2006. The following table indicates where
information about these features is located.
For these operations:
And these tasks:
Refer to:
Connecting and setting up the
printer; modifying printer setup
Connecting the DocuColor
2006 and performing initial
Setup from the control panel
Preparing for the setup
Setting up network servers
Setting up servers to manage
and share printing services
Setting up the network server
Setting printer defaults,
including modes, imaging,
paper size handling, and error
handling.
Installing user software in a
Windows 95/98 environment
Setting up the printing
environment
Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel
Novell documentation
Installing user software in a
Windows 2000 environment
Installing user software in a
Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing user software in a
Macintosh OS environment
Installing the Fiery software for
Windows and Macintosh
Publishing the Print queue, the
Direct Connection, or the Hold
queue for end users.
Setting up the network server
Protecting the integrity of user
jobs and maintaining the
consistency of printer settings
Setting passwords
Setting up the network server
Setting up all new users
Setting up printing, including
installing PS and PCL printer
drivers, and PPD and PDD
files.
Installing user software in a
Windows 95/98 environment
Installing optional user
software.
Installing user software in a
Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing color reference
pages (CMYK swatches,
PANTONE Reference, color
sample pages)
Installing user software in a
Macintosh OS environment
Setting up the job environment
Novell documentation
Novell documentation
Preparing users to access
Fiery WebTools.
Installing user software in a
Windows 2000 environment
Installing the Fiery software for
Windows and Macintosh
Setting up the network server
Novell documentation
Xerox DocuColor 2006
4–3
4. System Administrator functions
Getting users started with
printing
Setting up printing to the
DocuColor 2006. Setting jobspecific options.
Using Fiery Utilities
Printing from the Windows
workstations
Printing from the Macintosh
OS workstations
Setting printing options in
printer properties windows or
in applications printing
windows
Setting and overriding print
options
Print options
Controlling the job flow
Using Fiery WebTools and
Fiery utilities for managing
jobs, tracking current jobs,
canceling jobs, printing jobs in
the Hold queue, or reprinting
from the Printed or Hold
queues.
Using the Fiery WebTools
Modifying the printer setup
remotely
Performing Setup procedures
from the WebSetup utility
Performing the setup from
WebSetup
Calibration and color
management
Printing with CMYK
simulations
Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Refer also to the section
Setting print options in the
Installing user software
chapter for your operating
system.
Calibrating the DocuColor
2006. Printing color samples
swatch pages. Installing the
color profiles.
Maintaining optimum
DocuColor 2006 performance
Tips
Problem solving
Solving Setup Problems
System Administrator tips
Deleting jobs and clearing
queues
Problem solving
Printing, printer, and user
software troubleshooting.
4–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5
Connecting to the network
This chapter discusses the basic stages of connecting the printer to the
network, provides an overview of network requirements and protocol
diagrams, and describes how to physically connect the printer to an
established network.
Network installation is generally performed by a network or printing
administrator and involves four stages:
•
Physical connection of the printer to the network and to the
server. If this step includes preparation of a network node and
routing of the printer network cable, refer to the network
documentation for specific installation instructions.
•
Configuring UNIX, Windows NT 4.0 and IPX (Novell) network
servers to provide client access to the DocuColor 2006 as a color
PostScript or PCL printer. No special configuration of AppleShare
servers is required. Refer to the chapter Setting up the network
server.
•
Setting up the printer for the network environment. At the Printer
Control Panel, configure the Server Setup, Network Setup, and
Printer Setup. You can then configure the remaining setup
options from the Printer Control Panel or remote workstation with
WebSetup. You can also calibrate the DocuColor 2006. Refer to
the chapters, Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
and Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5–1
5. Connecting to the network
•
Preparing each client workstation that will be printing to the
DocuColor 2006. Install the appropriate printer drivers and print
description files and connect the workstation to the network.
When appropriate, install Fiery utilities and an Internet browser.
Verify the printer in the list of printers and run a test print. Refer to
the Installing user software chapter for your operating system.
The system administrator is responsible for monitoring and maintaining
system performance and troubleshooting any network problems that
arise. For more information, refer to the chapter Problem solving.
5–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5. Connecting to the network
Supported network protocols and frame types
The DocuColor 2006 supports TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, and AppleTalk
protocols (rules that enable computers on a network to communicate
with each other). These protocols are supported on Mac OS, Windows,
and UNIX platforms. All can be simultaneously active. Workstations
that use other protocols can print through a server that uses one of the
protocols mentioned.
Printing through a Token Ring configuration (supports the TCP/IP and
IPX/SPX protocols) is an option that requires purchase and installation
of a Token Ring card in the server.
The following table lists supported protocols, printing services, frame
types and platforms:
Protocol
Printing Services
Novell IPX/SPX
PServer (Printer Server)
Ethernet 802.2
Windows NT
Enables printing in
NetWare networks.
Ethernet 802.3
Windows 95/98
Ethernet_II
Windows 2000
Can run in bindery and
NDS modes.
Ethernet SNAP
Supports up to 8
servers and an NDS
connection.
Token Ring SNAP
TCP/IP
LPD (Line Printer
Daemon), the standard
TCIP/IP printing
protocol
Frame Types
Platforms
Token Ring
Ethernet_II
Windows NT
Token Ring SNAP
Windows 2000
Solaris 2.4
SunOS 4.1.x
http protocols for web
pages
Enables printing in
TCP/IP networks using
LPR clients.
Supports direct socket
interface with port 9100.
TCP/IP
AppleTalk
Xerox DocuColor 2006
SMB (Server Message
Block), the nbt protocol
that supports Windows
Ethernet_II
Windows NT
Token Ring SNAP
Windows 95/98
PAP (Printer Access
Protocol)
Ethernet SNAP
Macintosh
(EtherTalk Phase 2
only)
Windows 2000
Windows 2000
5–3
5. Connecting to the network
Quick path to installation
The DocuColor 2006 can use Ethernet cabling (with the optional Token
Ring adapter) to multiple workstations. It also supports a parallel cable
connection to a single workstation.
Ethernet cabling
The standard Ethernet cabling includes the following:
•
Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP), defined as Category 5 for
100BaseT (Fast Ethernet)
•
Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP), Category 3, 4, or 5 for use with
10BaseT
The cable uses an 8-pin RJ-45 connector that plugs into the RJ-45
socket on the printer.
Do not attach cables to more than one Ethernet connector; only one
Ethernet connection can be made at any one time.
Parallel cable connection
The DocuColor 2006 can also accept print jobs from a Windows
computer through its high-speed, bi-directional parallel port. This
connection is useful for portable computers and for workstations that
use dedicated networks using protocols other than AppleTalk, TCP/IP,
or IPX. Parallel port connections can be used simultaneously with
network connections.
The parallel port accepts a standard Centronics-type (IEEE-1284)
printer cable.
The diagrams on the following pages illustrate typical system
installations. Refer to the page with your preferred platform and
network type. For actual installation and setup, refer to the chapters
that are appropriate to your system.
5–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5. Connecting to the network
The illustrations are logical diagrams and are not intended to describe
the physical arrangement (topology) of devices on the network.
A variety of physical arrangements is possible with each logical
arrangement.
If the network uses more than one protocol or more than one type of
workstation, combine the setups listed for each component of your
system. Multiple protocols (illustrated as parallel lines) can run on the
same cable. A solid connection from the printer with an arrow indicates
that other supported network types can be operational at the same
time.
The IPX/SPX and TCP/IP functionality outlined in this section is available on
both Ethernet and Token Ring networks. AppleTalk is supported on Ethernet
only.
The protocols used in these diagrams are illustrated as follows:
IPX (Novell)
Parallel
AppleTalk
Other
TCP/IP (lpd,
nbt, or http)
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5–5
5. Connecting to the network
Mac OS environment with AppleTalk
Another
supported
protocol
Printer
AppleTalk
Mac OS workstation
Mac OS workstation
Mac OS workstation
AppleTalk protocol
5–6
Mac OS workstations can print
directly and use Fiery utilities
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5. Connecting to the network
Windows computers in a Novell environment
Another
supported
protocol
Printer
NetWare server
IPX
TCP/IP (http) for
Fiery WebTools
Windows workstation:
NetWare client
Windows workstation:
NetWare client
IPX protocol
SPX protocol
(TCP/IP or AppleTalk possible)
Windows workstation:
NetWare client running SPX
Printing on this network:
All Windows workstations can print
through the NetWare server
For using Fiery WebTools:
A Windows 95/98 workstation with
TCP/IP (http) loaded
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5–7
5. Connecting to the network
Windows NT 4.0 server environment
Another
supported
protocol
Windows NT 4.0 workstation
or Windows NT server
acting as print server
Printer
LAN with
NETBEUI, etc.
TCP/IP (lpd) for printing
TCP/IP (http) for Fiery WebTools
TCP/IP for Fiery utilities
Windows
workstation
Windows
workstation
NETBEUI or other protocol
available on the workstations
and the server
Windows NT 4.0 workstation
with TCP/IP loaded
TCP/IP
Printing on this network:
Windows 95/98 workstations can print using
a protocol available on the Windows NT 4.0
print server. Windows 4.0 machines can
print using TCP/IP with the lpd protocol.
For using Fiery utilities and WebTools:
A Windows NT 4.0 workstation with TCP/IP
loaded
5–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5. Connecting to the network
Windows computers using Windows printing
Another
supported
protocol
Printer
TCP/IP (nbt)
Windows
workstation
Windows
workstation
Windows
workstation
TCP/IP (nbt) protocol
For Windows printing:
Windows 95/98 and NT 4.0
workstations
Window (SMB) printing enabled
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5–9
5. Connecting to the network
Unix and Windows NT 4.0 workstations on a TCP/IP network
Another
supported
protocol
Printer
UNIX server
or workstation
TCP/IP (lpd and http)
TCP/IP client workstation
TCP/IP (lpd) protocol
Windows NT 4.0 workstation
with TCP/IP loaded
Printing on this network:
UNIX workstations with the TCP/IP (lpd) protocol
can print directly and act as host for shared printing
TCP/IP workstations can print through UNIX server
or directly; requires TCP/IP and the lpr print service
loaded
For running Fiery utilities and WebTools:
Only a Windows 95/98, NT 4.0, or Mac OS
workstation with TCP/IP loaded can use these
applications
5–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
5. Connecting to the network
Parallel port connection
A supported
network protocol
Parallel input
Printer
Protocol not
directly supported
PC workstation,
server or laptop
Parallel
Xerox DocuColor 2006
With the parallel port enabled, the
printer can accept and print jobs
sent to its parallel port
5–11
5. Connecting to the network
Connecting the DocuColor 2006 to the network
Complete the following steps before you configure the DocuColor 2006
and the workstations that will print to it:
1.
Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 is plugged in, switched on, and
functioning properly.
2.
Prepare the network servers to share DocuColor 2006 software
and to enable networked users to print to the printer.
3.
Power off the DocuColor 2006.
CAUTION
Do not attach cables to more than one Ethernet connector; only one
Ethernet connection can be made at any one time.
4.
5.
5–12
Connect the appropriate network cable to the printer:
•
For UTP cable for 100BaseT or 10BaseT, connect the RJ45 cable connector to the RJ-45 socket on the back of the
printer.
•
For parallel cabling, connect the Centronics cable to the
parallel port on the back of the printer. Connect the other
end of the cable to the parallel port on the Windows
workstation. Power on the workstation and the DocuColor
2006.
Configure network servers for printing. Refer to the chapter
Setting up the network server.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6
Preparing for the setup
Successful printing requires careful setup. This chapter leads you
through the pre-setup preparation. It also introduces Fiery WebTools,
focusing on the utilities used in setup.
Levels of access and control
When you configure the printer during Setup as system administrator,
you will implement a particular level of control by enabling or not
enabling print connections, passwords, and access to Fiery WebTools.
The level of control can range form strict to moderate to minimal or
none.
•
Strictest control might be appropriate for a high-volume printing
environment where an administrator or operator controls the job
flow and all printing. Jobs sent from client workstations are stored
(spooled) to the printer hard disk until the operator releases them
to the print queue. In this type of configuration, only the system
administrator and lead operator have access the job management
tools.
•
Least control might be appropriate for a small site where anyone
on the local network can access and control all printing and
printer functions. Although there may be an administrator or
operator charged with certain duties, all users have equal access
to the system and job management tools.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6–1
6. Preparing for the setup
Printer connections
The DocuColor 2006 supports three print connections:
•
Hold queue — Jobs that are sent to the Hold queue are spooled
to the printer hard disk for printing at a later time or for repeated
printing. Because the Hold queue is a storage place, jobs sent to
is cannot be printed without being released through the job
management tools.
•
Print queue — This is the standard printer queue. Jobs sent to
the Print queue are processed and printed in the order received.
Jobs prioritized by an operator from the job management tools
and jobs sent through the Direct connection can take priority over
jobs sent to the Print queue.
•
Direct connection — This connection transmits jobs directly to
the printer, but only when the printer is not processing another
job. If the printer is busy, the job remains at the user workstation
until the printer is ready. The job is then processed as soon as the
previous job is finished and before the next queued job is
processed.
Jobs sent to the Direct connection are not stored on the printer
hard disk and cannot be selected for reprinting, moving, or
deletion. Therefore, this connection provides a measure of
security for sensitive files. Jobs sent to the Direct connection are
displayed in the Job Log. You cannot use the Direct connection
for lpd printing over TCP/IP.
To download fonts to the printer, you must publish the Direct
connection.
These print connections can be enabled or published in Printer Setup.
All published connections are constantly checked for the presence of
jobs. To use the Fiery utilities and Fiery WebTools, enable either the
Hold queue or the Print queue.
The Print queue and Direct connection give remote users more direct
access to the printer than the Hold queue. Therefore, the Print queue
and Direct queue should not be published in environments that require
stricter control.
In addition, you can enable the Printed queue, a storage area for the
most recent jobs from the Print queue, and specify the maximum
number of jobs retained. Using jobs management tools, a user can
reprint jobs in the Printed queue.
6–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6. Preparing for the setup
Passwords
Passwords provide a means of controlling access to printer functions:
•
Administrator passwords provide the highest level of control,
since the administrator has access to Setup and can control the
printing and job management environment. Administrator
privileges include publishing print connections, setting passwords,
deleting fonts, clearing the printer of all job data, and setting the
WebLink help page destination.
When the Printer Control Panel prompts you for the Administrator
password, you must enter it immediately or the control panel
returns to an Idle state and you must start over again.
•
Operator passwords enable control of print jobs from the job
management tools (including the ability to override job settings),
the ability to perform printer calibration, and the ability to override
calibration settings.
•
Guests do not require passwords to log into job management
tools. Guests are limited to viewing job status; they cannot make
changes to jobs or to the printer setup.
By default, no passwords are set on the printer. If you do not
specifically set passwords, all users will have administrator privileges,
which include access to important functions such as Setup (including
setting passwords) and job control. It is strongly recommended that
you set at least an Administrator password to protect the printer from
random or accidental changes to Setup.
Where to set passwords
Administrator passwords can be set at the Printer Control Panel or in
Fiery WebSetup.
Operator passwords can be set at the Printer Control Panel or in Fiery
WebSetup.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6–3
6. Preparing for the setup
Control level scenarios
Typical scenarios of access and control, ranging from least control to
strictest control, are described below. Select the scenario that best
matches your site requirements, and then refer to the corresponding
number in the table for guidance on how to configure your system for
those requirements.
It is strongly recommended you set at least an Administrator password
to prevent unauthorized changes to system settings.
•
Least control (not recommended)—No designated administrator
or operator
All users have equal access to all system functions including
Setup, clearing the printer, deleting printer fonts, setting the
WebLink destination, performing calibration, printing to all print
connections, and managing all jobs from the job management
tools.
•
A designated administrator but no designated operator
Only an administrator can perform Setup and other administrator
functions, but all other system functions are accessible to all
users, including performing calibration, printing to all print
connections, and managing all jobs from the job management
tools.
•
A designated administrator and a superuser operator
Only an administrator can perform Setup and other administrator
functions, and only an operator or administrator can perform
calibration and control jobs from the job management tools. Users
can print to all print connections.
6–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6. Preparing for the setup
•
A designated administrator and a designated operator, no Fiery
WebTool access
Only an administrator can perform Setup, and only an operator or
administrator can perform calibration and control jobs from the job
management tools. Users can print to the Hold queue and the
Print queue, but not to the Direct connection. The operator
controls all job flow, but jobs sent to the Print queue may not
require operator intervention.
•
Strictest control—A designated administrator and a designated
operator, no Fiery WebTool access, operator controls all jobs
Only an administrator can perform Setup, and only an operator or
administrator can perform calibration and control jobs from the job
management tools; users can print only to the Hold queue; the
administrator and the operator have complete control of job flow; no
access to Fiery WebTools.
Setup values
Set an Administrator Password
(strongly recommended)
Set an Operator password
Xerox DocuColor 2006
1
(Least)
2
3
4
5
(Strictest)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6–5
6. Preparing for the setup
Fiery WebTools
The printer can support Internet or intranet access with Fiery
WebTools from Windows 95/98, Windows 2000, Windows NT 4.0,and
Mac OS workstations using the recommended browsers: Internet
Explorer 4.x and higher or Netscape Navigator 4.x and higher.
To enable use of Fiery WebTools, perform the following in Setup:
•
Enable TCP/IP
•
Set an IP address, subnet mask and gateway address for the
printer
Instead of manually assigning the IP address, subnet mask and
gateway address, you can use DHCP, RARP or BOOTP protocols to
assign some or all of these addresses. Refer to the chapter Performing
the setup from the Printer Control Panel.
Passwords can be set to control access to Fiery WebTools features. If
you do not specifically set these passwords, all users have access to
Fiery WebTools functions.
Fiery WebTools include Status, WebInstall, Web Setup,
WebDownloader, WebSpooler, and WebLink. For more information,
refer to the chapter Using the Fiery WebTools.
6–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6. Preparing for the setup
Network server setup requirements
For Token Ring, Novell, and Windows NT 4.0 (using TCP/IP) networks,
the network servers must be configured for printing before you
configure printer network settings in Setup. The diagrams in the
chapter Connecting to the network provide references for network
server setup.
To configure network settings in Setup, you need a live network
connection so the printer can query the network for zones, servers,
and server-based queues.
Whenever the configuration of the server, the printer, or the network
itself changes at your site, you can modify individual settings to
correspond to the changed environment. Changing network or port
settings may require that you make changes to other Setup options.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
6–7
6. Preparing for the setup
Ensuring the printer connection
Complete the following steps before you configure the server and the
workstations that will print to the DocuColor 2006. A service technician
may have performed some initial installation.
1.
Print a Test Page from the Printer Control Panel to ensure that
the printer is functioning normally in a stand-alone mode.
To print a Test Page:
a.
Press the Menu button on the printer control panel until the
message Print Pages from List is displayed.
b.
Press the Item/Enter button to display Print Configuration.
c.
Press Item/Enter to print the page.
2.
Switch off the printer and connect the interface cable from the
printer to the server.
3.
To confirm the connection, switch on the printer and print another
test page from the Printer Control Panel.
4.
With the printer switched off, connect the network cable to the
network, as described in the chapter Connecting to the network.
The network should already be installed and operational.
5.
Switch on the printer.
6.
Prepare network servers to share printer software and to enable
networked users to print to the DocuColor 2006.
Refer to the chapter Setting up the network server for details.
7.
6–8
Perform Printer Setup as described in the chapter Performing the
setup from the Printer Control Panel.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7
Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel
Initial printer setup for network printing must be performed at the
Printer Control Panel. The control panel on the top of the printer
enables you to set options and view the status of the printer and print
jobs. This chapter enables you to perform the following functions:
•
Set up the print functions
•
Specify network information and network protocol options
•
Perform Network Services Setup
•
Print information pages
After network communication settings have been established, you can
specify additional Setup options from a client workstation using
WebSetup. Refer to the chapter Performing the setup from WebSetup
for more information.
Set up the print functions
Follow the procedures in this section for initial setup or to change setup
information at the printer.
1.
Power on the printer and press the Menu button when the
message Ready or Power Saver On is displayed.
2.
Before you change the setup, print the current Configuration page
in case you need to restore the original settings later.
a.
Press the Menu button on the printer control panel until the
message Print Pages from List is displayed.
b.
Press the Item/Enter button to display Print Configuration.
c.
Press Item/Enter to print the page.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–1
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
3.
Perform one of the following:
•
To advance through the menus, press the Menu button.
•
To view submenus, press the Item/Enter button.
•
To accept a displayed option, press the Item/Enter button.
Top-level menus
When the printer is not processing or printing a job, the control panel
displays Ready or Power Saver Mode. To view the top-level menu
choices, including the following, press the Menu button.
Select
To specify
System Setup
System settings for the printer; set or change the
administrator password used to limit access to the
Setup menus.
Printer Setup
Printer settings
PS Setup
PostScript settings for the printer
PCL Setup
PCL settings for the printer
I/O Port Setup
Settings for the network and/or parallel connections to
the printer
Network Protocol Setup
Settings for the network protocols
Network Services Setup
Settings for the printing services
Check and Print
Print remaining copies or processed jobs stored on the
printer disk after first copy has been inspected.
Print Pages from List
The resident pages of the printer.
Other Panel Language
The Printer Control Panel language.
Resets
Job Log and all print queue clearance (Clear
Log/Queues displayed)
Formatting the hard drive (Format Disk displayed)
Printer color calibration reset to factory settings (Reset
Color displayed)
Defaults of all modifiable settings (Restore Defaults)
Restart of the printer (Restart Printer displayed)
7–2
System Setup to
Network Services Setup
Information about the printer and to set a password to
limit access to printer Setup menus.
VisualCal
Calibration of the printer color production.
Color Adjustment
Adjustment of the density and brightness of Dry Ink.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
System Setup
Use this procedure for first-time setup if no password has been set.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until System
Setup is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Enter information as required:
•
Printer Name. Enter a printer name of up to 16 characters
using the numeric keypad.
•
Print Start Page – Yes/No. (No is the default.) Enter Yes if
you want the printer to print a start page every time it
restarts to verify that it is working properly. The Start page
includes such information as printer name, enabled network
protocols, amount of memory installed, and options installed
on the printer.
•
Publish Printd Q – Yes/No. (Yes is the default.) Enter Yes
to enable recently printed jobs to be stored on the printer.
The Printed queue makes it convenient to reprint those jobs.
•
Jobs to Save (1-99). (10 is the default.) If PublishPrinted Q
is set to Yes, specify the number of jobs to be stored in the
Printed Queue.
•
Power Saver – 30 Min/60 Min/120 Min/180 Min. (30 Min is
the default.) Specify the length of time before an inactive
printer goes into Power Saver mode. Full power is restored
when the printer receives a network print job or any button
on the printer or copier control panel is pressed.
The scanner has its own power saver setting that is independent of the
printer.
•
Change Password – Yes/No (No is the default.) Use this
option to change the administrator password for the printer.
In most cases, only the system administrator should have
access to this password. If you select Yes, you are prompted
to enter the new printer password.
The scanner has its own password that is independent of the printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–3
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
To enter a new password, use the up arrow button to scroll
through characters and the right arrow button to move from
left to right, from character to character. To delete a
character, use the left arrow button. The password can be
any combination of letters and numbers up to 16 characters.
When you are finished entering the password, press the
Item/Enter button. Enter the password again for verification.
If you make a mistake, the system will prompt you to enter
the password again.
Printer Setup
The Printer Setup options set the printer page description language
(PDL), paper size, and ability to print under low Dry Ink conditions.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until Printer
Setup is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Enter information as required:
•
Page Desc Lang—PS/PCL/Auto. (Auto is the default.)
Enter the default page description language for your printer.
If you select Auto, the printer will automatically detect and
interpret the page description language used by the file.
•
Default Paper—Letter/A4. Use this option to specify the
default paper size to use in printing. All information and test
pages are printed on the default paper size.
•
Toner Low—Continue/Stop. (Continue is the default.)
Specify the behavior of the printer when the Dry Ink (Toner)
is low. Select Continue to print until there is no more Dry Ink
or Stop to cease printing immediately until the Dry Ink has
been replaced.
Replace Dry Ink soon after the Dry Ink Low/Replace [Dry Ink Color] message
is displayed.
7–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
PostScript Setup
The PostScript setup menus enable you to set PostScript printing
options.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until PS
Setup is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Enter information as required:
•
Print to PS ERR—Yes/No. (No is the default.) Specify
whether to print the portion of a job that processed before a
PostScript error is encountered.
•
Cover page—Before Job/After Job/No. (No is the default.)
Specify whether a cover page will be printed at the
beginning or end of each print job. Select Before Job or After
Job to print a page with the name of the originator, the
number of pages printed, and the status of the job.
If a PostScript error occurred and Print To PS ERR is set to
Yes, the error message will be printed on the Cover page,
along with the job status.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–5
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
PCL Setup
The PCL setup menus enable you to set PCL printing options. PCL is
available only when printing from Windows workstations.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until PCL
Setup is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Enter information as required:
The following options apply to unformatted ASCII text files.
•
Def Orientation—Landscape/Portrait. (Portrait is the
default.) Specify the default orientation of the print job on the
paper.
•
Form Length—5-128 Lines (60 lines is the default.) Specify
the number of lines of text per page. Form length varies
according to the orientation of the paper.
The following options apply to ASCII text files on a per job basis.
7–6
•
Font Number—0 - 45. (0 is the default.) Specify the default
font. For a complete list of available PCL fonts and their
corresponding font numbers, refer to the Fonts List.
•
Pitch—Char/In, 0.44-99.99 (10.00 is the default) Specify the
pitch, or number of fixed-space, PCL characters per
horizontal inch to print
•
Symbol Set Specify the PCL Symbol Set to print. A symbol
set is specific to a font and is generally designed for a single
application.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
Specify network information
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the I/O
Port Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Enter information as required:
•
Ethernet—Off/On. (On is the default.) Select On to enable
Ethernet communication.
•
Ethernet Speed—Auto Detect/10 Twisted Pair/10
AUI/100. (Auto Detect is the default.) Select Auto Detect to
detect the speed at which data can be transferred
automatically over the Ethernet network or, optionally, to
specify the speed and cabling of the Ethernet network.
•
Parallel Port—Off/On. (On is the default.) In addition to
receiving print jobs over Ethernet, the printer can receive
jobs from a computer through the high-speed parallel port.
Select On to enable printing through the parallel port.
•
I/O Timeout—5-300 Seconds. (30 seconds is the default.)
If the parallel port is On, use this option to specify how long
the printer waits without receiving data from the parallel port
before deciding that the current job is complete. During the
timeout, the printer cannot receive new jobs through the
parallel port, but it continues to receive network print jobs.
•
Ignore EOF—Yes/No. (Yes is the default.) If the parallel port
is On, use this option to specify that the printer should ignore
end-of-file (EOF) messages in a file. To print PostScript files
in binary format (not ASCII), set this option to Yes. When the
option is set to Yes, the printer uses the value you entered
for the parallel port timeout to determine when it has
reached the end of the file.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–7
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
Specify network protocol options
Network Protocol Setup options are used to specify and set up TCP/IP
Ethernet, AppleTalk, and IPX (Novell) network protocols.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the
Network Protocol Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the following options.
Depending on the options you select, you should enter
information for the following options as required for your system:
•
TCP/IP—Ethernet—Yes/No (the default is No). Select Yes
if you have a TCP/IP network connected to the printer over
Ethernet cabling. The following options are displayed if
TCP/IP—Ethernet is set to Yes:
•
Enable Auto IP—Yes/No (the default is Yes). AutoIP
is the module that handles automatic TCP/IP
configuration for the system. It uses a set of standard
discovery protocols, RARP, BOOTP, and DHCP.
The following options are displayed if Enable Auto IP is
set to No:
• Enable DHCP—Yes/No. The Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (specified in RC 2131) is an
extension to BOOTP that allows dynamic allocation of
IP addresses. DHCP assigns leases to the assigned
IP addresses. The client is required to renew its lease
with the server in order to keep its address. If a lease
expires, the DHCP server reclaims the address and
may assign it to another client. This protocol is used
widely by Windows workstations.
• Enable BootP—Yes/No. This protocol, specified in
RFC 1542, allows clients to query for IP addresses
and additional information.
• Enable Rarp—Yes/No. The Reverse Address
Resolution Protocol (RARP) is specified in RFC 903.
It enables a client to query for its IP address. This
protocol is rarely used.
7–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
The following options are displayed if Enable Auto IP is
set to Yes:
• Auto Gateway —Yes/No. Enables the system to
automatically search for the Gateway address.
• Enable AppleTalk —Yes/No. If Yes is selected,
automatically reboots the system and enables
AppleTalk.
•
ETH. IP Address (the default is 000.000.000.00). Use
the arrow buttons to assign the printer an Ethernet IP
address. Press Item/Enter to accept the selection.
•
ETH. Subnet Mask (the default is 000.000.000.00).
Use this option to modify the subnet mask to one of the
following values for printing with TCP/IP over Ethernet:
• 255.000.000.000 if the IP address starts with a
number less than 128
• 255.255.000.000 if the IP address is within the
number range from 128 through 191
• 255.255.255.000 if the IP address starts with a
number greater than 191
•
•
Gateway address (the default is 000.000.000.00). If
your network uses a gateway, type the address in the
Gateway text boxes
•
Enable AppleTalk — Yes/No (the default is Yes). If
Yes is selected, automatically reboots the system and
enables AppleTalk.
Enable Novell — Yes/No. If Yes is selected, select the
Ethernet frame type used for communication between your
NetWare file server (or NetWare file servers if you connect to
more than one) and the printer:
• Auto Frame Type—Yes/No (the default is Yes). Select No
to manually determine the frame type.
• Ethernet 802.3—Yes/No (The default is No). Select Yes to
enable Ethernet 802.3.
• Ethernet 802.2—Yes/No (The default is No). Select Yes to
enable Ethernet 802.2.
• Ethernet II—Yes/No (The default is No). Select Yes to
enable Ethernet II.
• Ethernet SNAP—Yes/No (The default is No). Select Yes to
enable Ethernet SNAP.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–9
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
Perform Network Services Setup
When Novell is enabled in the network protocol options, the Network
Services Setup menus allow you to establish network services for your
printer. These menus consist of NDS Setup, Bindery Setup, and SMB
setup.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the
Network Services Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button until the Enable PServer option is
displayed.
3.
Select Yes or No. (No is the default.) PServer is a program on the
printer that services all the Novell print queues assigned to the
printer. Select Yes if you have a Novell network connected to the
printer and if you have already configured a NetWare printer, print
server, and one or more print queue objects for print jobs.
PServer also enables you to enter the names of the Novell
objects that are concerned with printing to the printer. If you select
Yes, proceed to configure NetWare Directory Services (NDS)
and/or Bindery services.
NDS Setup
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the
Network Services Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button until the Enable NDS option is
displayed.
3.
Select Yes or No. (No is the default.) NetWare Directory Services
(NDS) is used with NetWare 4.x and 5.x. Select Yes to enable
NDS.
4.
If you selected Yes, the Change Settings? screen is displayed.
Select Yes to specify or change NDS settings.
5.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select a tree from the
NDS tree list and press Item/Enter. Navigation trees enable you
to find the server on the desired NDS tree.
If you select a tree for which earlier NDS settings exist, a
message is displayed warning you that previous Bindery settings
will be deleted. Select Yes to delete Bindery settings.
Another message is displayed, asking if a login is required to
browse. Select No if a login is not required. Select Yes if a login is
required to browse the NDS tree.
7–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
6.
If you answered Yes, you may start to browse when the Find
Login screen is displayed. Press Item/Enter when you find the
desired object.
7.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through options.
To display objects below the level of the selected object, press
Item/Enter.
The current path of the previously selected object displays in the
top line of the display. The first item in the scrollable Object list
displays in the second line. Use the arrow buttons to browse the
NDS objects listed in the display.
The .. option moves you up one level on the tree; pressing
Item/Enter puts the previous second line object on the top line
and displays the next lower level object on the tree on the second
line. When you see the login object in the second line, press
Item/Enter. From any screen, press Item/Enter to accept an
object or Menu to escape.
8.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select a login name and
press Item/Enter.
9.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter the password.
Press Item/Enter to accept the password.
10. After the message Browse Tree to Print Server is displayed,
press Item/Enter to begin navigating to the Print Server.
The NDS tree name displays in the top line. The first item at a
level below the tree name displays in the second line.
11. Use the up and down arrow buttons to browse the NDS objects
listed in the display. Press Item/Enter to accept an object.
The current path of the previously selected object displays in the
top line. The first item in the list of objects at the next level down
displays in the second line.
12. Use the up and down arrow buttons to browse the NDS objects
listed in the display. Select an object and press Item/Enter to
display the objects on the next lower level.
Select .. and press Item/Enter to move up the tree.
13. When you see the name of the desired print server, press
Item/Enter. Print Server will display in the first line, indicating that
the listed entry has been selected.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–11
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
14. Use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the list of
available print servers. After selecting a server, press Item/Enter.
If the print server login requires a password, the Enter Password
screen displays. Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter
the password. After you enter the password or if a password is
not required, the Print Q Search screen displays.
15. Press Item/Enter if you want the printer to search the entire NDS
tree for the print queue object. Use the up and down arrow
buttons to designate a subtree object. The printer will search for
queues below this object. Press Item/Enter.
If you selected Subtree, the Browse to Print message is
displayed.
16. Press Item/Enter to advance to the NDS browse screens.
Browse to the print queue root and press Item/Enter.
17. Navigate the NDS objects as before. Press Item/Enter to display
objects below the level of the selected object in the second line of
the previous screen.
18. When you see the print queue subtree object in the second line,
press Item/Enter.
19. In the next screen, scroll to display the period in the second line
and press Item/Enter to end the search.
The selected object is displayed.
20. Press Item/Enter to accept the object.
7–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
Bindery Setup
The following screens are used for Bindery setup. Ensure that the
printer is connected to the network and you have already configured
one or more NetWare 3.x file servers with a print server and a print
queue for print jobs.
You can also configure NetWare 4.x and 5.x servers to run in Bindery
emulation mode, but you cannot add a 4.x or 5.x server running in emulation
mode that is on the tree you selected in NS Setup.
The NetWare server must be running. You need a login name and a
password, if one has been set.
Refer to the chapter Setting up the network server for more information
about setting up printing using Novell NetWare.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the
Network Services Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button until the Enable Bindery option is
displayed. Use this option to enable bindery emulation services.
The Bindery Settings screens displays.
3.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the menu
options. Select one of the following options:
•
View displays a list of Novell file servers already connected
to the printer.
•
Change displays a list of all available servers in order to add
one or change the print server setting.
•
Remove Fserver displays a list of connected servers that
you can disconnect.
•
Skip disregards bindery options and advances to the Polling
Int screen.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to view the list of servers.
Press Item/Enter to skip the remaining options and advance to
the Polling Int screen.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–13
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
4.
If a password is required to login to the server, the File Servr
Login screen is displayed.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to view the list of options.
Press Item/Enter to accept an option.
5.
When the Server Password screen is displayed, use the up and
down arrow buttons to enter the password.
6.
When the Print Server screen is displayed, use the up and down
arrow buttons to scroll through the list of print servers defined for
the selected file server. After selecting a print server, press
Item/Enter.
If a password is required to log in, the PServer Password screen
is displayed. Use the up and down arrow buttons and press
Item/Enter to enter the password.
If fewer than eight file servers are connected, the Another FS?
screen is displayed. Select Yes to redisplay a list of available
servers. Select No to stop adding file servers and display the
POLL INT screen.
If the maximum number of file servers (eight) is connected, the
POSS INT (SEC) screen is displayed. Use the up and down
arrow buttons to specify the interval (from 1-999 seconds) at
which the printer communicates with the Novell Server. (15 is the
default interval.) If you select a short interval, the amount of
network traffic increases; this may slow down other network jobs.
Press Item/Enter.
7–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
SMB Setup
Server Message Block (SMB) is a point-to-point file sharing and
printing protocol and the default printing method of most Windows
applications. SMB runs on top of TCP/IP and does not require IPX.
When file and printer sharing for Microsoft clients is enabled, SMB can
be run on Windows 95/98, Windows 2000, and Windows NT.
1.
Press the Offline button and press the Menu button until the
Network Services Setup option is displayed.
2.
Press the Item/Enter button until the Enable SMB option is
displayed. Use this option to enable network communication
using SMB.
3.
At the Use Name Server screen, select Yes or No (No is the
default). Select Yes to designate a specific WINS (Name Server)
server as an SMB server.
A message prompts you to enter the IP address of the server.
4.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter the IP address of
the desired WINS server.
A message prompts you to enter the Server Name (the default is
XEROX DC 2006).
5.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter a name for the
printer (SMB server).
A message prompts you to enter any comment about the server.
6.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter a comment about,
or name of the printer (SMB server), such as Production use
only. This comment will identify the printer in the Windows
Network Neighborhood. Once set, this comment will display in the
second line when the Server Comment screen is displayed. When
the printer is selected on a client machine, the server comment is
displayed under the Details section of the Server information
window.
7.
Press Item/Enter to display the Domain Name option (the default
is WORKGROUP). Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter
the workgroup or domain in which you want the printer to display.
Use only uppercase letters.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
7–15
7. Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel
Print information pages
You can print several information and test pages at the Printer Control
Panel before you set up the printer or at other times from the Ready or
the Power Save On screen:
Option
Description
Print Configuration Page
A page that gives the current device configuration
and lists the selected options for all Setup menus.
Print Test Pattern
A page that includes a test pattern used for engine
diagnostic purposes.
Print Job Log
A list of the most recently printed jobs.
Print PS Font List
A list of PostScript fonts resident on the printer.
Print PCL Font List
A list of PCL fonts resident on the printer.
Print Menu Help
A one-page overview of the control panel and its
components. It includes how they work, a list of
top-level menus and a brief explanation of each
menu.
Print Test Page
This page enables you to confirm that the printer
is properly connected. The page includes samples
of color that you can use to troubleshoot printing
problems as well as such information as printer
name, enabled network protocols and amount of
memory.
1.
Power on the printer and allow it to warm up.
Messages are displayed on the control panel as the printer runs
through its power-up tests.
2.
From the Ready screen, press the Menu button on the printer
control panel until the message Print Pages From List is
displayed.
3.
Press the Item/Enter button to display the first information page
option (the Print Configuration Page).
Press the up and down arrow buttons to see other information
page options to print. Press the Item/Enter button to print the
desired page.
The printer prints your selection.
7–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8
Setting up the network server
This chapter describes environments that typically include one or more
Novell NetWare and Windows NT 4.0 network servers that share
printing to the DocuColor 2006. It describes setting up servers that use
IPX/SPX or TCP/IP protocols for communicating with the printer.
The chapter includes guidelines for setting up direct communication
from Windows NT 4.0 and UNIX workstations, where a network server
is optional. It also outlines the requirements for network clients to print
to the DocuColor 2006 and to run the Fiery WebTools and utilities.
For specific Novell procedures, refer to your Novell documentation.
The DocuColor 2006 can accept jobs concurrently from NetWare,
Windows NT 4.0, and AppleShare servers, as well as jobs sent directly
from Windows NT or UNIX workstations. Because AppleShare servers
require no special configuration, they are not discussed in this section,
except for their use in the NT 4.0 Windows environment.
Support for Fiery utilities
The Fiery utilities (ColorWise Pro Tools and Fiery Link) are supported
over the TCP/IP platform on Windows 95/98, Windows 2000 and
Windows NT 4.0 platforms. More information is provided in later
chapters, according to network type.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–1
8. Setting up the network server
Printing on a NetWare 3.x, 4.x or 5.x network
The NetWise™ features built into the DocuColor 2006 supports the
following network operating environments:
•
NetWare 5.x—Bindery and Novell Directory Services (NDS)
•
NetWare 4.x—Novell Directory Services (NDS)
•
NetWare 3.x—Bindery services
•
Servers running NetWare 4.x in bindery emulation mode
The term bindery server refers to a Novell file server running NetWare
3.x or running NetWare 4.x and NetWare 5.x in emulation mode.
The term NDS describes components of a NetWare operating system
running NetWare 4.x in native mode.
Ethernet-based and Token Ring-based NetWare networks support the
IPX/SPX protocol. Token Ring-based NetWare networks also support
TCP/IP.
Setting up a NetWare environment correctly requires the cooperation of the
Novell network administrator. You must have administrator privileges on the
network to create new NDS or bindery objects.
NetWare clients print to the DocuColor 2006 through the Novell
network server. Server setup and client network setup are outlined in
this chapter.
For information about client setup and printing refer to the installation
and printing chapters that are appropriate for the operating system.
The DocuColor 2006 can receive print jobs from NetWare clients over
the Ethernet or Token Ring network topologies. During printer setup,
you select the frame type(s) that will be used for communication
between the DocuColor 2006 and the network servers. Frame type
refers to the format of a communications packet; frame types are
specified in a startup file when the NetWare server (or any other
workstation) loads its network drivers.
IPX-supported client workstations running Windows 95/98 and
Windows NT 4.0 communicate directly to the printer, not through the
NetWare server. Windows 2000 does not support the web-based Fiery
utilities.
8–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
Overview of IPX printing to the DocuColor 2006
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 is similar to setting up any other
PostScript printer on the network. The following information is useful
for experienced system administrators.
The DocuColor 2006 with IPX connections has these characteristics:
•
NetWare 3.x, 4.x and 5.x are supported directly. NetWare 4.x is
also supported through bindery emulation.
•
A minimum connection to the DocuColor 2006 consists of a
NetWare file server, a NetWare print server, and a NetWare
queue.
•
A single directory tree (for NetWare 4.x) and up to eight bindery
servers can be configured simultaneously. This limit is the same
for Ethernet or Token Ring configurations.
•
The DocuColor 2006 searches for print jobs on one NetWare print
server per bindery server.
•
Each print server can store jobs for any print connection on the
DocuColor 2006.
•
Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 workstations (whether a
Novell server is present or not) can use IPX/SPX protocols for
communicating with the printer directly or use Fiery utilities
(ColorWise Pro Tools and Fiery Link).
NetWare file servers support the creation of print queues, which are
storage areas for print jobs. When a client on a remote workstation
decides to print, the job is directed to a print queue on the NetWare file
server and spooled to the NetWare server disk, freeing up the client
workstation.
The queues on the NetWare server must be named to match the Direct
connection, Print queue, and Hold queue on the printer. The NetWare
queue names should be given one of the following lower case
extensions in English:
_print
_hold
_direct
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–3
8. Setting up the network server
You do not have to rerun Setup when adding or removing a NetWare
queue, but you should initialize these settings by powering the printer
off and on after a queue is created or removed.
When the DocuColor 2006 is configured to connect to a NetWare
server, it polls the NetWare server for jobs in each of its queues. If jobs
are found, they are transferred over the network to the matching
connection. For example, jobs from the NetWare queue with the _print
extension are sent to the Print queue. While a job is processed and
printed, a record of the job is created. You can access the Job Log
containing these records at any time.
Configuring a NetWare 3.x, 4.x or 5.x server for printing
Use this section when you set up a NetWare file server so that
networked users can print to the DocuColor 2006 from their
workstations and the printer can obtain jobs from the NetWare server.
For each NetWare file server that you configure, follow these general
steps:
•
Ensure that the server is connected to a functioning IPX network.
•
Log in as the Supervisor from a PC connected to the NetWare file
server.
•
For NetWare 4.x and 5.x installations, set up an NDS connection.
•
For NetWare 4.x and 5.x in emulation mode, set the bindery
context.
•
For NetWare 3.x and for NetWare 4.x and 5.x in bindery
emulation, set up a file server, a print server, and a print queue
for the DocuColor 2006.
More detail is provided in subsequent sections and in your NetWare
documentation.
With bindery services, you can route all DocuColor 2006 print jobs
through the same NetWare file server, or you can configure more than
one file server to handle DocuColor 2006 jobs.
The functions you perform on the Novell server, on the DocuColor
2006 and on the client workstation, are summarized in the following
tables. Complete the operations on the server first, then at the
DocuColor 2006, and finally at the client workstation.
8–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
Configuring NDS Connections
On the NDS File Server
In NetAdmin:
Create NDS print queues
Create the NDS printer and
assign print queues
Create the print server and
assign the printer
Configure users of the Print
Queue
In WebSetup
• Port Setup:
Ethernet Setup
• Protocol Setup:
IPX/SPX Setup—
select frame type(s)
• Service Setup:
PServer Setup and
NDS Setup
• Select Root
• Browse to select print
server
At the client workstation
Install user software
For printing:
Connect client to print queues
that you set up on the
NetWare File Server
(Associated with the Print
Server selected in NDS
Setup).
For running the Fiery utilities:
Configure the connection to
the printer.
• Specify print queue search
root (optional)
• Set Polling Interval
Configuring a bindery connection
On the Bindery
File Server
In PConsole:
Select up to 8 NetWare File
Servers
For each File Server:
• Configure the print server
In WebSetup
• Port Setup:
Ethernet Setup
• Protocol Setup:
IPX/SPX Setup—
select frame type(s)
• Configure the print queue
• Service Setup:
PServer Setup and
Bindery Setup
• Configure the users of the
print queue
• Add up to 8 file servers
• Set Polling Interval
Xerox DocuColor 2006
At the client workstation
Install user software
For printing:
Connect client to print queues
that you set up on the
NetWare File Server
(Associated with the Print
Server selected in Bindery
Setup).
For running the server utilities:
Configure the connection to
the printer.
8–5
8. Setting up the network server
Setting up an NDS connection
In NDS, all NetWare entities (objects) are organized in a hierarchical
tree structure. Objects have a name, properties, and a context that
defines the location of the object in the directory tree. For the
DocuColor 2006, you must define a printer, a print server object, and
one or more print queue objects. Objects are created in NetWare
administrator programs, such as PConsole, NetAdmin, or NetWare
Administrator.
The top-level object is known as the [Root] object. The name of the
[Root] object is also the name of the tree. Below the [Root] are other
objects: containers that consist of other objects or leaf objects that do
not contain other objects. Access to objects is controlled by rights that
are defined as properties of each object. Rights are established by
system administrators.
Setting the NetWare 4.x or 5.x bindery context
You can connect only one directory tree to the DocuColor 2006. If you
need to connect additional NetWare 4.x or 5.x servers, you can do so
by using bindery emulation, which causes the 4.x or 5.x server to
behave like and be accepted as a NetWare 3.x server.
Keypoint:
The selected file server must be in a different tree from that
selected in NDS Setup.
Up to eight bindery servers, in native 3.x or 4.x or 5.x emulation mode
can connect to the DocuColor 2006.
In order to set up the NetWare 4.x or 5.x server in bindery emulation
mode for printing to the DocuColor 2006, the system administrator
must:
8–6
•
Determine the Directory Services path to the container in which
the print server and the print queue for the DocuColor 2006 will
be created. The container defines the bindery context for the
network structure.
•
Edit the network startup file to set the bindery context.
•
Activate the new bindery context.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
Setting up a NetWare print queue for bindery
For NetWare 3.x and for 4.x or 5.x in emulation mode, the NetWare
print server and print queue for DocuColor 2006 are created and
configured from NetWare Print Console (PCONSOLE), a utility that is
stored in the NetWare Public directory.
As with NDS, create several NetWare entities on a Novell server, then
select them in the Network Setup.
Setting up NetWare Windows clients for printing
Before setting up client workstations for printing, ensure that you
perform Network Setup on the DocuColor 2006 and that the settings
reflect the entities you created in the NetWare administrator utilities.
For printing to the DocuColor 2006, connect all Windows clients to a Novell
NetWare server and permit them to connect to the NetWare print server or
servers on which you defined a print queue.
After the Novell server and the DocuColor 2006 have been set up,
client setup consists of the following:
•
Installing the networking protocol, binding it to the network
adapter card, and permitting the client to log in to the NetWare file
server.
On Windows 95/98 and Windows 2000 workstations, both the
IPX/SPX-compatible protocol and the Client for NetWare
Networks should be loaded from the Network Control Panel.
On Windows NT workstations, Client Service for NetWare
(CSNW) should be installed. Use the CSNW option in the Control
Panel to set printing options and specify a preferred NetWare
server.
•
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 as a PostScript or PCL printer by
installing a PostScript or PCL printer driver and the DocuColor
2006 PPD or PDD (PostScript or PCL printer description file).
•
Adding a network port and connecting the workstation to one or
more NetWare queues that have been defined for the DocuColor
2006.
Refer to the chapter Connecting to the network for details on how
to connect to Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 workstations
•
Installing other Fiery software, such as Color Reference files.
Refer to the chapter Installing the Fiery Software for Windows and
Macintosh for details.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–7
8. Setting up the network server
The DocuColor 2006 on a TCP/IP network with
Windows NT 4.0
When a Windows NT 4.0 workstation is configured to connect to the
DocuColor 2006 using TCP/IP, it can print directly to the printer. If the
workstation shares the printer over the network, it is acting as a print
server to Windows NT 4.0 clients. The client workstations print to the
DocuColor 2006 by printing to the Windows NT 4.0 print server.
Printing can then be monitored and controlled at the Windows NT 4.0
server.
With TCP/IP protocols loaded, you can also run Fiery WebTools and
utilities from a Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 95/98 workstation.
The Windows NT 4.0 server can also use AppleTalk protocols for
printing. When creating a printer to share with AppleTalk users, do not
capture the printer, as this forces all users to print to the server rather
than directly to the printer. If you capture the printer, print connections
will not be displayed in the Mac OS Chooser.
Ensure that the following are true when TCP/IP network connections
are made:
8–8
•
Ensure that the IP addresses are valid for the DocuColor 2006
and for any workstations that will print to it or run Fiery utilities.
•
In Printer Setup, enable TCP/IP and enter the IP address, Subnet
mask and Gateway address for the DocuColor 2006. You can
enter these addresses manually or use DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP
protocols to assign them dynamically.
•
Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 name and address are listed in a
domain name server (DNS) or a hosts name database used by
the system.
•
Ensure that your system host table includes the correct internal
name for the DocuColor 2006 as a remote printer.
•
For Windows NT 4.0, install the DocuColor 2006 PostScript and
PCL printer driver files on the Windows NT 4.0 server from the
User Software CD.
•
Repeat the installation for everyone who prints to the DocuColor
2006. Each server and workstation running the Fiery utilities with
TCP/IP also needs the TCP/IP protocol and the Fiery utility
software.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
Configuring a Windows NT 4.0 server
Use the following procedure to configure a Windows NT 4.0 server to
communicate with the DocuColor 2006. Basic steps include:
•
Load the TCP/IP network protocol and configure it with an IP
address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway.
•
Enter the host name of the DocuColor 2006 in the host database
•
Perform Printer Setup.
•
On the Windows NT 4.0 server, create a printer for each print
connection, install the appropriate printer drivers, and (optionally)
share the printer on the network.
•
Enter the host name and remote printer name of the DocuColor
2006 in the printer connection.
•
If the Windows NT 4.0 server is also a workstation, install the
Fiery utilities.
More detail is provided in subsequent chapters and in your Microsoft
documentation.
Adding the DocuColor 2006 to the TCP/IP network
(Windows NT 4.0)
If your TCP/IP network consists of Windows NT 4.0 servers and
Windows NT 4.0 clients, perform the following procedure.
1.
Register the IP address of the printer in the host name database
used by your system.
For installations that do not have a system administrator or a
central host name database, add the printer to the hosts file on
the Windows NT 4.0 server.
Add the printer to the hosts file on any workstations that have
TCP/IP loaded and will use the Fiery utilities.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–9
8. Setting up the network server
The Windows NT 4.0 hosts file provides compatibility with the
UNIX hosts file. The file is used as a local Domain Name Services
(DNS) equivalent. It has the same format as the /etc/hosts file on
the UNIX servers:
IP Address<TAB>hostname<TAB>#comments
where <TAB> indicates that you press the Tab key.
To determine the IP Address and Server Name of your system,
print a configuration page from the DocuColor 2006 control panel.
Type the entry without any spaces, but substitute the values appropriate for
your environment. The host name should be the same name you gave to the
DocuColor 2006 in the Server Setup on the control panel.
A sample entry for the DocuColor 2006 as the remote printer is
127.0.0.1<TAB>DocuColor<TAB>#Marketing_printer
If the printer has already been defined in an /etc/hosts file or equivalent host
name database on a UNIX workstation on our network, you should use the
same host name that is used for the remote printer in the /etc/printcap file.
2.
Perform Printer Setup to support TCP/IP printing.
Enter the options in Protocol Setup. Enter the values for the IP
Address of the printer, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.
Installing the DocuColor 2006 as a shared printer
The first step in creating a printer is installing the Adobe PostScript
printer driver files, which gives your applications access to some
printer features. For every workstation that will print directly and
independently to the DocuColor 2006, refer to the chapter Installing
user software in a Windows environment for the appropriate operating
system.
If you are an administrator running a Windows NT 4.0 server or
workstation, you can also create a printer and share it with Windows
NT 4.0 clients on the network. When a printer is shared, Windows NT
4.0 clients who are not able or who are not given permission to
establish an independent network connection to the printer can still
print through the server.
You can specify sharing of the printer at any time. If you have not yet
installed the DocuColor 2006 printer files on the Windows NT 4.0 print
server, do so now.
If you have already installed the printer files on the Windows NT 4.0
server, refer to your Windows documentation for information about
sharing the server.
8–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
If more than one DocuColor 2006 printing connection (for example,
Print queue and Hold queue) is published, you may want to create a
printer for each print connection so that you and other users can print
to each queue directly.
Configuring clients of a Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 2000
server
Each client of a Windows NT 4.0 server is already using a network
protocol to communicate with the server. Each client can print to the
DocuColor 2006 if the printer is shared by a Windows NT 4.0 or
Windows 2000 server or workstation. In that case, the client
workstation does not have to use the same network protocol to
connect to the Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 2000 server as the server
uses to communicate with the printer.
1.
For Windows NT 4.0 client workstations, before printing, connect
to the print server and select the printer.
2.
Right-click the icon and select the Open option.
3.
Select Yes to have Windows set up the printer.
After clients have selected the printer, they can choose it from Print
Setup, Page Setup or Print dialog box of their application. Clients can
change printing options for their own job, but printer properties are not
selectable. When a client selects Print, the job is transmitted to the
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 2000 print server and on to the selected
queue on the DocuColor 2006. The job is listed in the Print Manager
on the client workstation, and the administrator can track it in the
DocuColor 2006 window in the Print Manager on the Windows NT 4.0
or Windows 2000 print server.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–11
8. Setting up the network server
Configuring the server and client workstations for
Fiery WebTools
Fiery WebTools provide access to many printer functions via the
Internet or corporate intranet, providing additional flexibility in remote
management. You can access the Fiery WebTools from a Windows
95/98, Windows 2000, Windows NT 4.0 or Mac OS workstation.
Fiery WebSetup is supported for Windows 95/98, Windows 2000, and
Windows NT 4.0 only.
Setting up Fiery WebTools on the printer
1.
In Network Setup, enable TCP/IP.
2.
Enter a valid, unique IP Address and Subnet Mask for the printer.
If necessary, enter a Gateway Address.
3.
Enable Web Services.
4.
In Printer Setup, confirm that the Print Queue is published.
Setting up Fiery WebTools on a client workstation
8–12
1.
Enable TCP/IP networking.
2.
Enter a valid, unique IP Address for the printer and Subnet
Mask for the workstation. If necessary, enter a Gateway
Address.
3.
Install an Internet browser that supports the Java language and
frames, such as Internet Explorer 4.x or higher or Netscape
Navigator 4.x or higher.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
Accessing the Fiery WebTools
1.
Start the Internet browser.
2.
Enter the IP Address or DNS name of the printer.
3.
Press Enter.
The Fiery home page is displayed. Select the name of a particular
WebTool to use. For more information, refer to the chapter that is
specific to the tool.
4.
Select the Configure button and enter required information to
restrict user access to certain WebTools.
Changing the WebLink destination
1.
Start the Internet browser.
2.
Enter the IP Address or DNS name of the printer.
3.
Enter the Administrator password (if required) and select OK.
4.
Press the Control key (Mac OS) or CTRL key (Windows) as you
select the WebLink button.
5.
Enter the new WebLink address (URL) and select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–13
8. Setting up the network server
The printer on a network with UNIX workstations
When a UNIX workstation is configured with the lpd protocol and
connected to the printer over a TCP/IP network, it can print directly to
the DocuColor 2006.
Setting up UNIX workstations requires an administrator with root
privileges. After the initial configuration, UNIX users simply submit print
jobs to a named printer.
The job management tools, along with the other Fiery utilities and Fiery
WebTools, are not available on the UNIX platform. A Windows or Mac
OS computer on the same network as the UNIX computer that is set
up to use TCP/IP for printing to the DocuColor 2006 can use the job
management tools to manage print jobs that originate from all
workstations on the network.
Setting up the printer in a UNIX environment has the same
requirements as setting up any printer or new device:
•
A distinct IP address is needed for the printer and for each
workstation on the network.
•
The printer is assigned a name that is associated with the IP
address.
•
The IP address of the printer must be registered for the network in
a host database and also on the printer itself.
•
The Print queue or the Hold queue (or both) must be published.
lpd printing to the Direct connection is not supported.
8–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8. Setting up the network server
The DocuColor 2006 has a printer controller that understands lpd
protocols.
The remote printer name (rp in the /etc/printcap file) must be used for
successful communication and must be either print or hold. The
remote printer name is also used in setting up Windows NT 4.0
workstations or servers that connect to the printer over TCP/IP. Enter
the remote printer name when you set up your printer in the Add LPR
Compatible Printer box.
Setting up the printer on TCP/IP networks
Every host machine on a TCP/IP network, including the printer, must
have a unique 32-bit Internet address (IP address). Workstations on a
TCP/IP network can print directly to the DocuColor 2006 as a remote
printer, or can print to a Windows NT 4.0 server or UNIX workstation
acting as a print server. Since the printer spools jobs and acts as a
print server, there is no advantage in placing another print server
between a workstation and the printer. If you choose to do so,
however, there is no difference in setup except that a client workstation
does not have its own spooling area.
Setting up printing on UNIX systems
1.
Specify the appropriate settings in Server Setup.
2.
Specify the appropriate settings in Network Setup. Enter a valid
IP address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address for the printer.
3.
Specify the appropriate settings in Printer Setup. Publish the Print
queue and/or Hold queue.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
8–15
8. Setting up the network server
Setting up TCP/IP for communication with the printer
1.
The superuser (root login) must add the printer to the IP host
table of the network or other system database of network printers.
2.
In the file or utility used by your network, specify the remote
printer name, the print server protocol, the queue, and the spool
file for the assigned printer name.
3.
Make the printer available to other network users.
4.
Verify the TCP/IP connection. From any workstation on the
network, access the command prompt and type the following:
ping <IP address>
After the printer is set up as a network printer, you can also type:
ping <host name>
The server should respond with a reply that includes the printer IP
address. Some systems will respond with a continuous display of
output from the IP address. To stop the output, press Control-C.
You can use the ping command at any time.
8–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9
Installing user software in a
Windows 95/98 environment
Use the following instructions to install software and set up printing
from Windows 95/98 systems. Ensure that your printer is properly
connect and configured for your network. For details, refer to the
chapters Connecting to the network and Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel
Use the contents of this chapter as follows:
•
Depending on your configuration, use one of the following sections
to install printer drivers and set up appropriate connections:
•
Parallel port printing
•
IPX/SPX printing
•
SMB printing
•
Specify printer options with the section Setting the printer
options.
•
If necessary, refer to the section Installing additional software for
Windows 95/98.
All necessary files are included on the User Software CD.
In addition to using the User Software CD, you can download printer
drivers from the printer to your workstation with the Installer WebTool
(if the system administrator has enabled Internet access to the printer).
You can then install the drivers from your workstation. For instructions,
refer to the section Using the Installer WebTool in the chapter Using
the Fiery WebTools. After you download the printer files, the
installation process is identical to installing from the User Software CD.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–1
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Overview of installation
Installing the DocuColor 2006 user software includes the following:
•
Installing the PostScript or PCL printer driver and corresponding
printer description files and setting up the printer driver to
communicate with the printer through the Add Printer Wizard
•
Setting the printer options
•
Copying additional files from the User Software CD as needed
Do not install these files using the Installer WebTool.
Before you begin
1.
If your system administrator has not already done so, connect the
printer to the desired port on the workstation. For details, refer to
the chapters Connecting to the network and Performing the setup
from the Printer Control Panel.
If you are uncertain what type of network you have, contact your
system administrator.
2.
9–2
Print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain the name of the
printer and settings that will be used in the following procedures.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Installing PostScript or PCL print drivers
Although the procedures for Windows 95 or 98 installations are similar,
they are not exactly alike. Ensure that you are using the correct
procedures for your operating system.
If you have previously installed a print driver for the DocuColor 2006,
perform the uninstall procedure before installing the new driver. For more
information, refer to your Windows documentation.
Before you begin, print a Configuration Page for the printer. For
specific procedures, refer to the chapter Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel.
Installing the PostScript or PCL print drivers
(Windows 95/98)
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive.
2.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
3.
Double-click the Add Printer icon to display the Add Printer
Wizard. Select Next.
4.
To install a printer locally, select the Local printer radio button
and select Next.
Local printer is available if you logged in to a workstation on
which you have Administrator privileges. If it is not available, add
a network printer and follow the procedure for adding a port.
Refer to the section Completing the connection in this chapter.
5.
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select the Have Disk button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–3
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
6.
7.
Perform one of the following:
•
If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the Browse
button.
•
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for
example, C:\) and select the Browse button.
Perform one of the following:
•
•
If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the
following folders:
•
For PostScript printing: English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
•
For PCL printing: English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, browse to one of the following folders
•
For PostScript printing: Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
•
For PCL printing: Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
Select OK and ensure that the oemsetup.inf or oemsetup option
is selected.
The path is copied to the Install From Disk dialog box.
8.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 option.
Select Next.
If you are adding a second printer or performing an upgrade, you will be
asked if you want to keep the existing driver or replace it. Select Replace
existing driver to ensure you are installing the latest version of the printer
driver.
9–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
9.
Select LPT1: ECP Printer Port and Next.
10. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer name box.
This name will be used in the Printers and queue windows.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–5
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
11. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
the Yes radio button; if not, select No. Select Next.
12. Select No in the next dialog box to postpone printing a test page
and select Finish.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
9–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Completing the connection
To print from Windows 95/98, ensure the following tasks have been
completed:
•
Set up network servers, if any
•
Set up the printer to accept print jobs from the workstation
•
Configure a port on each Windows workstation for the network
Parallel port printing
Although the procedures for preparing the parallel ports in Windows 95
or 98 are similar, they are not exactly alike, so ensure that you are
using the correct procedures for your operating system.
To prepare the port for parallel port printing in Windows 95
Perform this procedure in Windows 95 only if the LPT1 port is not
currently set to ECP Printer Port.
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Control Panel.
2.
Double-click the System icon to display the System Properties
window.
3.
Select the Device Manager tab.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–7
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
9–8
4.
Double-click the Ports option.
5.
Double-click the ECP Printer Port (LPT1) option.
6.
In the (LPT1) Properties dialog box, select the Driver tab and the
Update Driver option.
7.
Select No when asked if you want windows to search for a driver.
Select Next.
8.
Select the Show all hardware radio button.
9.
From the Manufacturers list, select the (Standard port types)
option. From the Models list, select ECP Printer Port (not Printer
Port). Select OK and Finish.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
10. Select OK in the (LPT1) Properties dialog box.
You might need to insert the Windows 95 system CD to complete this step,
depending on whether the required files are on the hard disk.
11. When prompted to restart the workstation, select the Yes button.
After Windows 95 restarts, complete the procedure described in
the section Setting up parallel port printing.
To prepare the port for parallel port printing in Windows 98
Perform this procedure in Windows 98 only if the LPT1 port is not
currently set to ECP Printer Port.
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Control Panel.
2.
Double-click the System icon to display the System Properties
window.
3.
Select the Device Manager tab.
4.
Double-click the Ports option.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–9
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
9–10
5.
Double-click the ECP Printer Port (LPT1) option.
6.
In the properties dialog box, select the Driver tab and then the
Update Driver option. The Update Device Driver Wizard is
displayed.
7.
Select Next.
8.
Select the Display a list of all the drivers in a specific
location, so you can select the driver you want radio button
and then select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
9.
Select the Show all hardware radio button.
10. From the Manufacturers list, select (Standard port types). From
the Models list, select ECP Printer Port (not Printer Port). Select
Next.
11. Select Finish.
12. When prompted to restart the workstation, select Yes.
After Windows 98 restarts, complete the procedure described in
the section Setting up parallel port printing.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–11
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Setting up parallel port printing
1.
Ensure that the printer is configured for parallel port printing. For
more information, refer to the chapters Connecting to the network
and Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel.
2.
To spool files directly to the printer, set Port Timeout in Seconds
to 10. To print directly to the DocuColor 2006, set Port Timeout
in Seconds to 5.
Setting this option to 10 seconds ensures that spooling is not
interrupted due to timeout.
3.
At the workstation, perform the following to change the BIOS
settings:
a.
Restart the workstation and press the key indicated on the
monitor as soon as the workstation starts up. You may have
to scroll through several screens to reach the parallel port
settings.
b.
Set Parallel Port Mode to ECP.
c.
Save the changed setting and exit.
4.
Select the Start, Settings, and Printers.
5.
Select the DocuColor 2006 printer icon and select Properties
from the File menu.
6.
Select the Details tab. In the Print to the following port drop down
list, select LPT1: (ECP Printer Port).
Check this selection carefully. It may read LPT1 (Printer Port), which is not
equivalent to LPT1: (ECP Printer Port).
If this box does not read LPT1: (ECP Printer Port), change the
port setting now, as described in the section To prepare the port
for parallel port printing and then return to this step. You may
need your Windows 95/98 system CD.
9–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
7.
If you changed the selection in the Print to the following port
menu, select Apply.
A Warning dialog box may be displayed, stating that fonts you
downloaded to the previously select port may be lost. Select OK.
8.
Select Spool Settings.
9.
Select either Spool print jobs so program finishes printing
faster or Print directly to the printer. The select you make
depends on the action you took in step 3:
•
If you set the Port Timeout in Seconds to 10, you can select
either option; however, spooling is faster.
•
If you set the Port Timeout in Seconds to 5, select Print
directly to the printer.
10. To confirm the connection, print a test page. Select the General
tab in the Properties dialog box. Select the Print Test Page
button and OK.
You are now ready to print from your applications through the
parallel port.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–13
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Setting up IPX/SPX printing with Windows 95/98
To print from Windows 95/98 workstations over IPX (Novell), you must
first set up IPX/SPX protocols, and then configure the printer by
selecting the IPX port type and entering the settings for the port you
use.
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Control Panel.
2.
Double-click the Network icon.
Ensure that an entry for IPX/SPX-compatible Protocol is listed in
the Installed Network Components section. For additional
information, refer to the Windows 95/98 documentation.
3.
9–14
Double-click the IPX/SPX-compatible Protocol icon.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
4.
Select the Advanced tab.
5.
In the Property list, select Frame Type.
6.
In the Value drop-down list, select the Frame Type that
corresponds to the one set during the DocuColor 2006 Network
Setup.
If necessary, print the Configuration page from the Control Panel
to check which Frame Type(s) are configured.
Do not select Auto because you may not be able to select the
Frame Type specified on the DocuColor 2006.
7.
Select OK to close the window.
8.
When prompted to restart your workstation, select Yes.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–15
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
9.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
10. Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties.
11. Select the Details tab and the Add Port button to display the Add
Port dialog box.
12. Specify the network path or select the Browse button to display
the network environment.
For NetWare file servers, double-click the icon of the server to
use for printing to the DocuColor 2006. If you are unsure of which
server to use, contact your system administrator.
13. Select the printer icon labeled with the NetWare print queue
(direct, hold, or queue) you will use and select OK.
14. In the Add Port dialog box, verify that the network path is
updated. Select OK.
Your print jobs are transmitted to the specified print queue on the
Novell file server. The printer polls the file server, and if jobs are
present, they are transmitted to the printer.
15. To confirm the connection, print a test page. Select the General
tab in the Properties dialog box. Select the Apply button and the
Print Test Page button.
Perform one of the following:
•
Select Yes if the job printed normally.
•
Select No if the page did not print or did not print correctly.
Follow the troubleshooting wizard to diagnose and solve the
problem.
When setup is complete, you are ready to print your jobs.
9–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Setting up SMB printing on Windows 95/98
Use SMB or WINS printing if you do not have a Novell network.
Printing by this method enables printing from a workstation to a
particular print connection (Hold, Print, or Direct) on the DocuColor
2006. The following procedure assumes you have the TCP/IP protocol
and Client for Microsoft Networks installed.
To set up printing to a second or third print connection. Repeat this
procedure for each and assign each printer a descriptive name during
the printer driver installation for subsequent identification purposes.
SMB printing is referred to as Windows Printing in Setup, on the
Control Panel and on the Configuration page.
1.
Ensure that the printer is configured for SMB printing. For more
information, refer to the chapter Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel.
2.
At the workstation, double-click the Network Neighborhood icon
to display your network environment.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–17
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
3.
Browse for the printer name. Refer to the Configuration page for
this information. If you cannot locate your DocuColor 2006, see
your system administrator.
4.
Double-click the name of the printer to display enabled print
connections.
5.
Double-click the name of the desired printer connection.
The Printers dialog box is displayed, asking whether you would
like to set up the printer.
6.
Select Yes to install the PostScript or PCL printer driver and
printer description file for the selected connection.
The Add Printer Wizard is displayed.
9–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
7.
Specify whether you will be printing from MS-DOS programs and
select Next.
If you select Yes, you will be prompted to capture a printer port
before proceeding with the installation. Refer to the Windows
documentation for details.
8.
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select the Have Disk button.
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
9.
Perform one of the following:
•
If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the Browse
button.
•
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for
example, C:\) and select the Browse button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–19
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
10. Perform one of the following:
•
•
If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the
following folders:
•
For PostScript printing: English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
•
For PCL printing: English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, browse to one of the following folders
•
For PostScript printing: Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_9x
•
For PCL printing: Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_9x
Select OK and ensure that the oemsetup.inf or oemsetup option
is selected.
The path is copied to the Install From Disk dialog box.
11. Verify the path is correct and select OK.
In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 option.
Select Next.
If you are adding a second printer or performing an upgrade, you will be
asked if you want to keep the existing driver or replace it. Select Replace
existing driver to ensure you are installing the latest version of the printer
driver.
9–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
12. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
(or leave the default name) in the Printer name box. Indicate
whether you want the printer to be your default. Select Next.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
13. Select Yes to print a test page and select Finish. The DocuColor
2006 will print a test page.
You are ready to print from your workstation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–21
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Setting printer options
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select the Properties
option.
3.
Select the Configuration tab.
4.
Highlight the option(s) installed on the printer and perform one of
the following:
•
To add an option, select the desired option from the Available
Options list and select the Add button.
• 64 (default), 128, 192, 256, 320, 384 or 512 MB
• A3 Oversize Tray
• Duplex Unit
• Optional 2-Tray Module
•
9–22
To delete an option, select the desired option from the
Installed Options list and select the Remove button.
5.
Select Apply to activate the current settings, and then select OK.
6.
Close the printer window.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Installing additional software for Windows 95/98
You can copy additional color files from the User Software CD to your
hard disk. Many of the files are PostScript files that you can download
and print using the WebDownloader.
•
ICM folder—ICM monitor setting file and device profiles specially
designed for use with this printer.
•
Clrfiles folder (inside English folder)—Cmyk.ps, an 11-page, lettersize PostScript file to use for reference when defining CMYK colors
in applications. Pantone.ps, a 19-page, letter-size PostScript file
that indicates the closest equivalent of PANTONE coated colors
that the printer can produce. The method used to print the
Pantone.ps file differs depending on the Spot Color Matching
setting.
You can print Rgb_01.doc from Microsoft Word 97 or later to view
RGB colors. You can print Rgb_02.ppt from PowerPoint 6.0 or
later to view available RGB colors.
•
Calibrat folder (inside English/Clrfiles folder)—Four PostScript
measurements files of color patches: Custom21.ps, Custom34.ps,
Stand21.ps, and Stand34.ps. The numbers in the file names refer
to the number of patches on the page. The Custom files are
provided to enable you to download measurement patches that
incorporate the current calibration set of the printer. The Standard
files are provided to enable you to download standard
measurement patches that ignore the current calibration set for the
printer.
These files are provided for expert users and should not be used for day-today calibration.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–23
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Copying printer description files
The User Software CD contains printer description files for
popular Windows applications. Pagemaker 5.0, 6.0,and 6.5 do not
support automatic installation of printer description files from the
Printer Control Panel. To make the DocuColor 2006 available in
the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes of this application, copy
printer description files to the appropriate location.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive. Open the
English\Prntdrvr folder.
2.
Copy the printer description file to the appropriate location. For
PageMaker 5.0 or later, copy the EF3X1D10.ppd to one of the
following locations:
•
For PageMaker 5.0--\ALDUS\USENGLSH\PPD4
•
For PageMaker 6.0--\PM6\RSRC\USENGLSH\PPD4
•
For PageMaker 6.5--\ PM65\RSRC \USENGLSH\PPD4
Installing the ICM profile
The Image Color Matching (ICM) profiles included in the Icm folder on
the User Software CD are for use with ColorWise ProTools. They can
also be used with applications that support ICC standards. For most
ICC aware applications, the files must be installed into a folder named
Color in the System folder. For use with ColorWise Pro Tools, the files
can be copied to a folder of your choice.
9–24
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Loading the working space profile using Photoshop 5.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and RGB Setup.
3.
In the RGB Setup dialog box, select the Load button.
4.
Browse to the Windows\System\Color folder. Select the Efirgb
v1f file and the Load button.
5.
Select OK.
For more information about ICM profiles, refer to the application
documentation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
9–25
9. Installing user software in a Windows 95/98 environment
Loading the ICM profile
The ICM printer profile enables RGB-to-CMYK conversions that are
specific to the printer you are using. The following procedure assumes
that you have installed the ICM profiles included on the User Software
CD.
The internal name of an ICM profile may vary slightly from its file name.
9–26
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and CMYK Setup.
3.
In the CMYK Setup dialog box, select the ICC radio button as the
CMYK Model.
4.
Select the profile that corresponds to the printer or the device you
would like to simulate from the Profile drop-down menu.
5.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10
Installing user software in a
Windows 2000 environment
This chapter provides a brief overview and instructions for installing
software on Windows 2000 workstations. Ensure that your printer is
properly connect and configured for your network. For details, refer to
the chapters Connecting to the network and Performing the setup from
the Printer Control Panel.
Use the contents of this chapter as follows:
•
Depending on your configuration, use one of the following sections
to install printer drivers and set up appropriate connections:
•
Parallel port printing
•
TCP/IP and LPR printing (for a new installation or an upgrade
of Windows NT 4.0 to Windows 2000)
•
IPX/SPX printing
•
SPM printing
•
SMB printing
•
Specify printer options with the section Setting the printer options.
•
If necessary, refer to the section Installing additional software for
Windows 2000.
All necessary files are included on the User Software CD.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–1
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Overview of installation
Installing the DocuColor 2006 user software includes the following:
•
Installing the PostScript or PCL printer driver and corresponding
printer description files and setting up the printer driver to
communicate with the printer through the Add Printer Wizard
•
Setting the printer options
•
Copying additional files from the User Software CD as needed
Do not install these files using the Installer WebTool.
Before you begin
1.
If your system administrator has not already done so, connect the
printer to the desired port on the workstation. For details, refer to
the chapters Connecting to the network and Performing the setup
from the Printer Control Panel.
If you are uncertain what type of network you have, contact your
system administrator.
2.
10–2
Print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain the name of the
printer and settings that will be used in the following procedures.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing the user software for parallel port printing
Use this procedure to install the printer. It prepares your system for
local printing through the parallel port.
If you have previously installed a print driver for the DocuColor 2006,
perform the uninstall procedure before installing the new driver. For more
information, refer to your Windows documentation.
Do not install the printer files using the Installer WebTool.
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Double-click the Add Printer icon to display the Add Printer
Wizard and select Next.
3.
Select the Local printer radio button and Next.
Ensure that the Automatically detect and install my Plug and
Play printer check box is not selected.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–3
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
10–4
4.
Select LPT1: Printer Port and Next.
5.
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
6.
Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select Browse.
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
7.
Browse to the English\Prntdrvr\Ps_drvr\Win_2000 folder and
ensure that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is selected.
8.
Select Open.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
9.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
10. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 option and
select Next.
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
the Yes radio button; if not, select No. Select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–5
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
13. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer.
If you select Share as, you must also enter a Share Name for the
printer (or leave the default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations.
Select Next.
10–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
14. Select the No button to printing a test page and select Next.
15. Verify the printer settings specified, and select Finish.
The Digital Signature Not Found window indicates that the printer
driver for Windows 2000 does not have a Microsoft digital
signature. However, printing is processed correctly.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–7
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
16. Select the Yes button.
If this is the first printer driver you are installing on the computer, you are
prompted to install additional files from the Windows 2000 CD. Insert it into
the CD-ROM drive, browse to the i386 folder, and then select OK.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
17. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
18. Select the Advanced tab to display Spool Settings.
19. Select either the Spool print jobs so program finishes printing
faster option or the Print directly to the printer option.
•
If the Port Timeout in Seconds is set to 10, you can select
either option; however, spooling is faster.
•
If the Port Timeout in Seconds is set to 5, select the Print
directly to the printer option.
20. To confirm the connection, print a Windows test page. Select the
General tab. Select the Print Test Page button and OK.
You are now ready to print from your applications through the
parallel port.
Configure any options installed on your printer. Refer to the section
Setting the printer options.
10–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing the software for TCP/IP and LPR printing
(new installation of Windows 2000)
Before you continue, print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain
the IP address assigned to the DocuColor 2006, as well as the Subnet
mask and gateway address, if they are used.
1.
Perform steps 1-17 of the procedure Installing the user software
for parallel port printing to install the printer driver.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
2.
Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties to
open the ppd window. Select the Ports tab to display the Printer
Ports window.
3.
Select Standard TCP/IP Port and New Port to start the Add
Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–9
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
4.
Select Next to display the Add Port screen.
5.
Enter the Printer Name or IP address. When you enter the
information, it is also displayed in the Port Name field. Select
Next to display the Additional Port Information screen.
6.
Select the Custom radio button and the Settings button.
The Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor screen is displayed.
10–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
7.
Select the LPR radio button in the Protocol section to activate the
LPR Settings fields.
8.
Enter one of the names listed below in lowercase letters in the
Queue Name field:
•
print (generally used)
•
hold
•
direct
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–11
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
9.
Select the LPR Byte Counting Enabled checkbox.
10. Select OK to redisplay the Additional Port Information screen.
11. Select Next to display the wizard completion screen.
12. Select Finish. The Ports property tab shows the new port
configuration.
13. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
14. To confirm the connection, print a Windows test page. Select the
General tab. Select the Print Test Page button and OK.
15. Perform one of the following:
•
Select OK if the job printed normally.
•
Select the Troubleshoot button if the page did not print or did
not print correctly. Follow the Troubleshooting wizard to
diagnose and solve the problem.
16. Select Close to exit the Printer Properties dialog box.
Configure any options installed on your printer. Refer to the section
Setting the printer options.
After setup is complete, you are ready to print your jobs.
10–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing TCP/IP and LPR printing (upgrade installation
of Windows NT 4.0 to Windows 2000)
Before you continue, print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain
the IP address assigned to the DocuColor 2006, as well as the Subnet
mask and gateway address, if they are used.
1.
Perform steps 1-17 of the procedure Installing the user software
for parallel port printing to install the printer driver.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
2.
Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties to
open the ppd window. Select the Ports tab to display the Printer
Ports window.
3.
Ensure that you are connected to LPT1 and select the Add Port
option to display a list of available ports.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–13
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
4.
Select the LPR Port option and select the New Port button.
5.
In the Name or address of server providing lpd field, enter the
Ethernet TCP/IP IP address or Domain Name Services (DNS)
name assigned to the DocuColor 2006 printer.
6.
In the Name of Printer or print queue on that server field, enter
one of the names listed below in lowercase letters:
•
print (generally used)
•
hold
•
direct
7.
Select OK. The workstation checks the address or DNS name
that you entered and notifies you if it cannot resolve the address.
8.
Select Close in the Printer Ports dialog box. The Ports property
tab show the new port configuration.
9.
To confirm the connection, print a test page. Select the General
tab and select the Print Test Page button.
When you print, your files are transmitted over the LPR Port
connection to the printer. With setup complete, you are ready to
print your jobs.
10. Select Close to exit the Printer Properties dialog box.
10–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing the user software for IPX/SPX printing
To print from Windows 2000 workstations over IPX (Novell), you must
first set up IPX/SPX protocols, and then configure the printer by
selecting the IPX port type and entering the settings for the port you
use.
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Control Panel.
2.
Double-click the Network and Dial Up icon to display the
Network and Dial-up Communications screen.
3.
Double-click the Local Area Connection icon and select
Properties.
The Local Area Connection Properties screen is displayed.
Ensure that IPX/SPX-compatible Protocol is listed in the network
components section. For additional information, refer to the
Windows 2000 documentation.
4.
Double-click the NWLink IPX/SPX/NetBIOS Compatible
Transport Protocol icon.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–15
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
5.
Select the Properties button.
6.
Select the Frame type option from the drop-down menu.
If necessary, print the Configuration page from the Printer Control
Panel to check which Frame Type(s) are configured.
Do not select Auto because you may not be able to select the
Frame Type specified on the DocuColor 2006.
7.
Select OK.
8.
Select OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties screen
9.
Restart your workstation.
After your workstation reboots, ensure that your workstation is
connected to the Novell Network servers required for your
configuration.
10–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
10. Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
11. Double-click the Add Printer icon to display the Add Printer
Wizard and select Next.
12. Select the Network printer radio button and Next.
13. Perform one of the following:
•
Enter the Printer Name.
•
Select Next and browse for the printer. For NetWare file
servers, double-click the icon of the server to use for printing
to the DocuColor 2006. Double-click the printer icon labeled
with the NetWare print queue you will use.
A message is displayed indicating that you do not have the
correct printer driver.
14. Select OK.
15. In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
16. Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select Browse.
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–17
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
17. Browse to the English\Prntdrvr\Ps_drvr\Win_2000 folder and
ensure that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is selected.
18. Select Open.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
19. Verify the path is correct and select OK.
20. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 option and
select Next.
21. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
22. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
the Yes radio button; if not, select No. Select Next.
10–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
23. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer.
If you select Share as, you must also enter a Share Name for the
printer (or leave the default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations.
Select Next.
24. Select the No button to printing a test page and select Next.
25. Verify the printer settings specified, and select Finish.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–19
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
The Digital Signature Not Found window indicates that the printer
driver for Windows 2000 does not have a Microsoft digital
signature. However, printing is processed correctly.
26. Select the Yes button.
If this is the first printer driver you are installing on the computer, you are
prompted to install additional files from the Windows 2000 CD. Insert it into
the CD-ROM drive, browse to the i386 folder, and then select OK.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed with an
icon for the newly installed printer.
27. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
28. Select the Advanced tab to display Spool Settings.
10–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
29. Select either the Spool print jobs so program finishes printing
faster option or the Print directly to the printer option. The
selection you make depends on the action you took in step 3:
•
If you set the Port Timeout in Seconds to 10, you can select
either option; however, spooling is faster.
•
If you set the Port Timeout in Seconds to 5, select the Print
directly to the printer option.
30. To confirm the connection, print a test page. Select the General
tab in the Properties dialog box. Select the Print Test Page
button.
31. Perform one of the following:
•
Select OK if the job printed normally.
•
Select the Troubleshoot button if the page did not print or did
not print correctly. Follow the Troubleshooting wizard to
diagnose and solve the problem.
32. Select Close to exit the Printer Properties dialog box.
Configure any options installed on your printer. Refer to the section
Setting the printer options.
After setup is complete, you are ready to print your jobs.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–21
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing the user software for SPM printing
Standard Port Monitor (SPM) printing offers an alternative to LPR ports
when you want to send jobs to network printers over TCP/IP. SPM is
installed by default when TCP/IP is installed in Windows 2000.
SPM is more robust than LPR because it uses Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) to read the configuration of the target
printer and determine its status. If SPM cannot configure the target
printer using SPM default TCP ports and SNMP, it uses the LPR
protocol, if this protocol is provided by the printer. However, the
installation will still be as an SPM port.
Unlike LPR, SPM uses port 9100 as the default destination port and
randomly selects any open source port greater than 1023 as the
source port.
Before you continue, print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain
the IP address assigned to the DocuColor 2006, as well as the Subnet
mask and gateway address, if they are used.
1.
Perform steps 1-17 of the procedure Installing the user software
for parallel port printing to install the printer driver.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
2.
10–22
Double-click the Add Printer icon to display the Add Printer
Wizard and select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
3.
Select the Create new port radio button.
4.
Select the TCP/IP Port option.
The TCP/IP Printer Port wizard is displayed.
5.
Select Next.
6.
Enter the Printer Name or IP address. When you enter the
information, it is also displayed in the Port Name field. Select
Next to display the Additional Port Information.
7.
Select the Custom radio button and the Settings button.
The Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor screen is displayed.
8.
Select the LPR radio button in the Protocol section to activate the
LPR Settings fields.
9.
Enter one of the names listed below in lowercase letters in the
Queue Name field:
•
print (generally used)
•
hold
•
direct
10. Select the SNMP Status Enabled checkbox.
11. Select OK to redisplay the Additional Port Information screen.
12. Select Next to display the wizard completion screen.
13. Select Finish. The Ports property tab shows the new port
configuration.
The SPM searches for the printer and configures the printer,
based on the SNMP responses.
14. To confirm the connection, print a test page. Select the General
tab and select the Print Test Page button.
When you print, your files are transmitted over the SNMP
connection to the printer. With setup complete, you are ready to
print your jobs.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–23
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing the user software for SMB printing
Use SMB or WINS printing if you do not have a Novell network.
Printing by this method enables printing from a workstation to a
particular print connection (hold, print, or direct) on the DocuColor
2006. The following procedure assumes you have the TCP/IP protocol
and Client for Microsoft Networks installed.
To set up printing to a second or third print connection, repeat this
procedure for each and assign each printer a unique descriptive name
during the printer driver installation for subsequent identification
purposes.
10–24
1.
If the system administrator has not already done so, go to the
printer and configure the DocuColor 2006 for SMB printing.
Specify whether to install the PostScript or PCL driver. Refer to
the chapter Performing the setup from the Printer Control Panel.
2.
At the workstation, double-click the My Network Places icon to
display your network environment.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
3.
Double-click the Computers Near Me icon.
4.
Browse for the printer. Refer to the Configuration page for this
information. If you cannot locate your DocuColor 2006, see your
system administrator.
5.
Double-click the name of the printer to display enabled print
connections.
6.
Double-click the name of the desired printer connection.
The Printers dialog box is displayed, asking whether you would
like to set up the printer.
7.
Select Yes to install the PostScript or PCL printer driver and
printer description file for the selected connection.
Depending on the Point and Print Drivers option specified in
Network Setup, the PostScript or the PCL printer driver and
printer driver files are automatically installed.
The Add Printer Wizard is displayed.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–25
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
8.
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
9.
Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive, select the CD-ROM drive (for
example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select Browse.
The Install From Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
10. Browse to the English\Prntdrvr\Ps_drvr\Win_2000 folder and
ensure that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is selected.
11. Select Open.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
10–26
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
12. Verify the path is correct and select OK.
13. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 option and
select Next.
14. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
15. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
the Yes radio button; if not, select No. Select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–27
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
16. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer.
If you select Share as, you must also enter a Share Name for the
printer (or leave the default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations.
Select Next.
17. Select the No button to printing a test page and select Next.
18. Verify the printer settings specified, and select Finish.
10–28
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
The Digital Signature Not Found window indicates that the printer
driver for Windows 2000 does not have a Microsoft digital
signature. However, printing is processed correctly.
19. Select the Yes button.
If this is the first printer driver you are installing on the computer, you are
prompted to install additional files from the Windows 2000 CD. Insert it into
the CD-ROM drive, browse to the i386 folder, and then select OK.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed with an
icon for the newly installed printer.
20. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
21. To confirm the connection, print a Windows test page. Select the
General tab. Select the Print Test Page button and OK.
You are now ready to print from your applications through the
SMB connection.
Configure any options installed on your printer. Refer to the section
Setting the printer options.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–29
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Setting printer options
1.
Select the Start button, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties.
3.
Select the Device Settings tab, and scroll to the Installable
Options option.
4.
Specify the options installed on the printer. Select an installable
option and select the setting of Installed or Not Installed.
•
A3 Oversize Tray
•
Optional Feeder
•
Duplex Unit
For the Printer Memory option, select the amount of memory
installed in the printer: 64, 128, 192, 256, 320, 384 or 512 MB.
5.
10–30
Select Apply to activate the current settings, and then select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Installing additional software for Windows 2000
You can copy additional color files from the User Software CD to your
hard disk. Many of the files are PostScript files that you can download
and print using WebDownloader.
•
ICM folder—ICM monitor setting file and device profiles specially
designed for use with the Fiery and particular copier models.
•
Clrfiles folder (inside English folder)—Cmyk.ps, an 11-page, lettersize PostScript file to use for reference when defining CMYK colors
in applications. Pantone.ps, a 19-page, letter-size PostScript file
that indicates the closest equivalent of PANTONE coated colors
that the Fiery and your particular printer can produce. The method
used to print the Pantone.ps file differs depending on the Spot
Color Matching setting.
You can print Rgb_01.doc from Microsoft Word 97 or later to view
RGB colors. You can print Rgb_02.ppt from PowerPoint 6.0 or
later to view available RGB colors.
•
Calibrat folder (inside English/Clrfiles folder)—Four PostScript
measurements files of color patches: Custom21.ps, Custom34.ps,
Stand21.ps, and Stand34.ps. The numbers in the file names refer
to the number of patches on the page. The Custom files are
provided to enable you to download measurement patches that
incorporate the current calibration set of the printer. The Standard
files are provided to enable you to download standard
measurement patches that ignore the current calibration set for the
printer.
These files are provided for expert users and should not be used for day-today calibration.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–31
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Copying printer description files
The User Software CD contains printer description files for popular
Windows applications. Pagemaker 5.0, 6.0,and 6.5 do not support
automatic installation of printer description files from the Printer Control
Panel. To make the Fiery available in the Print and Page Setup dialog
boxes of this application, copy printer description files to the
appropriate location.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive. Open the
English\Prntdrvr folder.
2.
Copy the printer description file for your Fiery to the appropriate
location. For PageMaker 5.0 or later, copy the EF3X1D10.ppd to
one of the following locations:
•
For PageMaker 5.0--\ALDUS\USENGLSH\PPD4
•
For PageMaker 6.0--\PM6\RSRC\USENGLSH\PPD4
•
For PageMaker 6.5--\ PM65\RSRC \USENGLSH\PPD4
Installing the ICM profile
The Image Color Matching (ICM) profiles included in the Icm folder on
the User Software CD are for use with ColorWise ProTools. They can
also be used with applications that support ICC standards. For most
ICC aware applications, the files must be installed into a folder named
Color in the System folder. For use with ColorWise Pro Tools, the files
can be copied to a folder of your choice.
10–32
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Loading the working space profile using Photoshop 5.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and RGB Setup.
3.
In the RGB Setup dialog box, select the Load button.
4.
Browse to the Windows\System\Color folder. Select the Efirgb
v1f file and the Load button.
5.
Select OK.
For more information about ICM profiles, refer to the application
documentation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
10–33
10. Installing user software in a Windows 2000 environment
Loading the ICM profile
The ICM printer profile enables RGB-to-CMYK conversions that are
specific to the printer you are using. The following procedure assumes
that you have installed the ICM profiles included on the User Software
CD.
The internal name of an ICM profile may vary slightly from its file name.
10–34
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and CMYK Setup.
3.
In the CMYK Setup dialog box, select the ICC radio button as the
CMYK Model.
4.
Select the profile that corresponds to the printer or the device you
would like to simulate from the Profile drop-down menu.
5.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11
Installing user software in a
Windows NT 4.0 environment
Use the following instructions to install software and set up printing
from Windows NT 4.0. Ensure that your printer is properly connect and
configured for your network. For details, refer to the chapters
Connecting to the network and Performing the setup from the Printer
Control Panel
Use the contents of this chapter as follows:
•
Depending on your configuration, use one of the following sections
to install printer drivers and set up appropriate connections:
• Parallel port printing
• TCP/IP and LPR printing
• IPX printing
• SMB printing
•
Specify printer options with the section Setting the printer options.
•
If necessary, refer to the section Installing additional software for
Windows NT 4.0.
All necessary files are included on the User Software CD.
In addition to using the User Software CD, you can download printer
drivers from the printer to your workstation with the Installer WebTool
(if the system administrator has enabled Internet access to the printer).
You can then install the drivers from your workstation. For instructions,
refer to the section Using the Installer WebTool in the chapter Using
the Fiery WebTools. After you download the printer files, the
installation process is identical to installing from the User Software CD.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–1
1
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Overview of installation
Installing the DocuColor 2006 user software includes the following:
•
Installing the PostScript or PCL printer driver and corresponding
printer description files and setting up the printer driver to
communicate with the printer through the Add Printer Wizard
•
Setting the printer options
•
Copying additional files from the User Software CD as needed
To print from over the network from a Windows NT 4.0 workstation,
ensure the following tasks have been completed:
•
Set up network servers, if any.
•
Set up the printer to accept print jobs from the workstation.
•
Configure a port on each Windows NT 4.0 workstation for the
network type.
Before you begin
1.
If your system administrator has not already done so, connect the
printer to the desired port on the workstation. For details, refer to
the chapters Connecting to the network and Performing the setup
from the Printer Control Panel.
If you are uncertain what type of network you have, contact your
system administrator.
2.
11–2
Print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain the name of the
printer and settings that will be used in the following procedures.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing the user software for parallel port printing
(Windows NT 4.0)
Use this procedure to install the printer. It prepares your system for
local printing through the parallel port.
Before you begin, print a Configuration Page for the printer. For
specific procedures, refer to the chapter Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel.
If you have previously installed a print driver for the DocuColor 2006,
perform the uninstall procedure before installing the new driver. For more
information, refer to your Windows documentation.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive.
2.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
3.
Double-click Add Printer to display the Add Printer wizard.
Select Next.
4.
To install a printer locally, select My Computer and select Next.
My Computer is available if you logged in to a workstation on
which you have Administrator privileges. If it is not available, add
a network printer and follow the procedure for adding a port.
Refer to the section Installing the user software for TCP/IP and
LPR printing for Windows NT 4.0 in this chapter.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–3
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
5.
Select LPT1 and Next.
This is a general installation that works for the parallel port
connection. You can add a network port later, according to your
network type.
6.
11–4
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
The Install from Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
7.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive
(for example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the
Browse button.
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for
example, C:\) and select Browse.
8.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the
following folders:
•
For PostScript printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
•
For PCL printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, browse to the Prntdrvr folder.
Select OK and ensure that oemsetup.inf or oemsetup is
selected.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–5
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
9.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
10. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 printer.
Select Next.
11–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
This name will be used in the Printers and queue windows.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
Yes; if not, select No. Select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–7
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
13. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer. If you select Shared, enter a Share Name for the printer
(or leave the printer default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations. Select Next.
14. Select Yes in the next dialog box to postpone printing a test page
and select Finish.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer. When you select print,
your files are transmitted over the parallel port connection to the
printer.
11–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing the user software for IPX printing
(Windows NT 4.0)
1.
Open the Windows NT Network Neighborhood.
2.
Browse for your NetWare compatible network.
A list of NetWare servers is displayed.
3.
Double-click the File Server or NetWare Tree that provides a
print connection for the DocuColor 2006.
Check with your system administrator to ensure the printer is set up to
accept this type of printing.
You may have to log in to the file server to view the print
connections.
4.
Double-click the print connection defined for the DocuColor
2006.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–9
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
5.
If the NetWare server does not have a suitable driver for the
DocuColor 2006, you may be asked if you want to set up the
printer on your workstation.
Select Yes.
Select OK.
The Add Printer Wizard displays.
6.
11–10
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
The Install from Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
7.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive
(for example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the
Browse button.
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for
example, C:\) and select Browse.
8.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the
following folders:
•
For PostScript printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
•
For PCL printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, browse to the Prntdrvr folder.
Select OK and ensure that Oemsetup.inf or Oemsetup is
selected.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–11
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
9.
Verify the path is correct and select OK.
10. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 printer.
Select Next.
11–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
11. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
This name will be used in the Printers and queue windows.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
12. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
Yes; if not, select No. Select Next.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–13
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
13. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer. If you select Shared, enter a Share Name for the printer
(or leave the printer default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations. Select Next.
14. Select Yes in the next dialog box to postpone printing a test page
and select Finish.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer. When you select print,
your files are transmitted over the IPX connection to the printer.
11–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing the user software for TCP/IP and LPR printing
for Windows NT 4.0
Before you continue, print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain
the IP address assigned to the DocuColor 2006, as well as the subnet
mask and gateway address, if they are used.
1.
Perform steps 1-14 of the procedure Installing the user software
for parallel port printing to install the printer driver.
When installation is complete, the Printers window is displayed
with an icon for the newly installed printer.
2.
Right-click the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties to
open the ppd window. Select the Ports tab to display the Ports
properties.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–15
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
3.
Ensure that you are connected to LPT1 and select the Add Port
option to display a list of available ports.
4.
Select the LPR Port option and select the New Port button.
If the LPR port is not listed, install the TCP/IP network protocol and Microsoft
TCP/IP printing software. (Access the software through My Computer/
Control Panels/Network/Services. Select the Microsoft TCP/IP printing
icon.). Refer to your Windows NT documentation for details.
5.
Perform one of the following:
• If your network uses IP addresses, enter the Ethernet
TCP/IP IP address of the DocuColor 2006 in the Add LPR
compatible printer dialog box.
• If your network uses Domain Name Services (DNS), enter
the DNS name assigned to the printer.
11–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
6.
Press Tab and type one of the names listed below in lowercase
letters. These names must be typed exactly as shown.
• print (generally used)
• hold
• direct
7.
Select OK. The workstation checks the address or DNS name
that you entered and notifies you if it cannot resolve the address.
8.
Select Close in the Printer Ports dialog box. The Ports property
tab shows the new port configuration.
9.
To confirm the connection, print a Windows NT 4.0 test page.
Select the General tab and select the Print Test Page option.
When you print, your PostScript or PCL files are transmitted over
the LPR Port connection to the printer. With setup complete, you
are ready to print your jobs on the DocuColor 2006.
10. Select OK to close the Printer Properties dialog box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–17
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing user software for SMB printing
Use SMB or WINS printing if you do not have a Novell network.
Printing by this method enables printing from a workstation to a
particular print connection (Hold, Print, or Direct) on the DocuColor
2006. The following procedure assumes you have the TCP/IP protocol
and Microsoft TCP/IP Printing software installed on the Windows NT
workstation.
You must install a new printer for each additional connection. Repeat
this procedure for each and assign each printer a descriptive name
during the printer driver installation for easy identification later.
In WebSetup and on the Configuration Page, SMB printing is referred to as
Windows Printing Service.
Before you continue, print a configuration sheet at the printer to obtain
the IP address assigned to the DocuColor 2006, as well as the Subnet
mask and gateway address, if they are used.
11–18
1.
Ensure the printer is configured for SMB printing. For more
information, refer to the chapter Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel.
2.
At your workstation, double-click the Network Neighborhood
icon to display your network environment.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
3.
Browse for the DocuColor 2006 printer.
If you cannot locate the printer, see your system administrator.
4.
Double-click the name of the printer to display enabled print
connections.
5.
Double-click the name of the print connection.
6.
In the Printers dialog box, select Yes to install the PostScript or
PCL printer driver and printer description file for the selected
connection.
A message is displayed, indicating that the correct printer driver is
not available.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–19
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
7.
Select OK.
8.
In the dialog box displaying lists of manufacturers and printers,
select Have Disk.
The Install from Disk dialog box prompts you for the disk.
9.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, select the CD-ROM drive
(for example, D:\) from the drop-down box and select the
Browse button.
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, type the name of your hard disk drive (for
example, C:\) and select Browse.
11–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
10. Perform one of the following:
• If you are installing from the CD, browse to one of the
following folders:
•
For PostScript printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PS_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
•
For PCL printing:
English\Prntdrvr\PCL_drvr\Win_NT4.x folder
• If you are installing from files you downloaded using the
Installer WebTool, browse to the Prntdrvr folder.
Select OK and ensure that Oemsetup.inf or Oemsetup is
selected.
The path is copied to the Install from Disk dialog box.
11. Verify the path is correct and select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–21
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
12. In the Printers box, select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 printer.
Select Next.
13. Using a maximum of 31 characters, enter a name for the printer
or leave the default name in the Printer Name box.
This name will be used in the Printers and queue windows.
Entering more than 31 characters may cause printing problems with some
network applications.
11–22
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
14. If you want the DocuColor 2006 to be the default printer, select
Yes; if not, select No. Select Next.
15. Indicate whether you want the printer installed as a shared
printer. If you select Shared, enter a Share Name for the printer
(or leave the printer default name) and make selections from the
list of operating systems used by client workstations. Select Next.
16. To confirm the connection, right-click the printer icon and select
Properties. Select the General tab and Print Test Page. If the
test page prints successfully, you are ready to print from your
workstation.
17. Select OK to close the Printer Properties dialogue box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–23
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Setting printer options
1.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Select the DocuColor 2006 icon and select Properties from the
File menu.
3.
Select the Configuration tab, and scroll down to Installable
Options.
4.
Specify the options installed on the printer. Select an installable
option and select the setting of Installed or Not Installed.
• 64 (default), 128, 192, 256, 320, 384 or 512 MB
• A3 Oversize Tray
• Optional 2-Tray Module
• Duplex Unit
5.
11–24
Select Apply to activate the current settings, and then select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Installing additional software for Windows NT 4.0
You can copy additional color files from the User Software CD to your
hard disk. Many of the files are PostScript files that you can download
and print using WebDownloader.
•
ICM folder—ICM monitor setting file and device profiles specially
designed for use with the printer.
•
Clrfiles folder (inside English folder)—Cmyk.ps, an 11-page, lettersize PostScript file to use for reference when defining CMYK colors
in applications. Pantone.ps, a 19-page, letter-size PostScript file
that indicates the closest equivalent of PANTONE coated colors
that the printer can produce. The method used to print the
Pantone.ps file differs depending on the Spot Color Matching
setting.
You can print Rgb_01.doc from Microsoft Word 97 or later to view
RGB colors. You can print Rgb_02.ppt from PowerPoint 6.0 or
later to view available RGB colors.
•
Calibrat folder (inside English/Clrfiles folder)—Four PostScript
measurements files of color patches: Custom21.ps, Custom34.ps,
Stand21.ps, and Stand34.ps. The numbers in the file names refer
to the number of patches on the page. The Custom files are
provided to enable you to download measurement patches that
incorporate the current calibration set of the printer. The Standard
files are provided to enable you to download standard
measurement patches that ignore the current calibration set for the
printer.
These files are provided for expert users and should not be used for day-today calibration.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–25
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Copying printer description files
The User Software CD contains printer description files for popular
Windows applications. Pagemaker 5.0, 6.0,and 6.5 do not support
automatic installation of printer description files from the Printer Control
Panel. To make the DocuColor 2006 available in the Print and Page
Setup dialog boxes of this application, copy printer description files to
the appropriate location.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive. Open the
English\Prntdrvr folder.
2.
Copy the printer description file for your printer to the appropriate
location. For PageMaker 5.0 or later, copy the EF3x1D10.ppd to
one of the following locations:
• For PageMaker 5.0--\ALDUS\USENGLSH\PPD4
• For PageMaker 6.0--\PM6\RSRC\USENGLSH\PPD4
• For PageMaker 6.5--\ PM65\RSRC \USENGLSH\PPD4
Installing the ICM profile
The Image Color Matching (ICM) profiles included in the Icm folder on
the User Software CD are for use with ColorWise ProTools. They can
also be used with applications that support ICC standards. For most
ICC aware applications, the files must be installed into a folder named
Color in the System folder. For use with ColorWise Pro Tools, the files
can be copied to a folder of your choice.
Installing the ICM profile on Windows NT 4.0
1.
On the User Software CD, open the Icm folder.
2.
Copy the profiles to the Windows NT\System32\Color folder.
If a folder named Color does not exist in the System32 folder, create one
and install the profiles into it.
11–26
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Loading the working space profile using Photoshop 5.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and RGB Setup.
3.
In the RGB Setup dialog box, select Load.
4.
Browse to the Windows NT\System32\Color folder. Select the
Efirgb v1f file and Open.
5.
Select OK.
For more information about ICM profiles, refer to the application
documentation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
11–27
11. Installing user software in a Windows NT 4.0 environment
Loading the ICM profile
The ICM printer profile enables RGB-to-CMYK conversions that are
specific to the printer you are using. The following procedure assumes
that you have installed the ICM profiles included on the User Software
CD.
The internal name of an ICM profile may vary slightly from its file name.
11–28
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and CMYK Setup.
3.
In the CMYK Setup dialog box, select ICC as the CMYK color
model.
4.
Select the profile that corresponds to the printer or the device you
would like to simulate from the Profile drop-down box.
5.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12
Installing user software in a
Macintosh OS environment
Use the following instructions to install software and set up printing in a
Macintosh OS environment.
Your screens may vary from those illustrated in this chapter.
Because the server is part of the printer unit, most references in this chapter
are simply to the printer.
General steps for installing the user software
•
Install the Adobe PostScript printer driver and PPD file from the
User Software CD.
•
Set up the DocuColor 2006 in the Chooser.
•
Install the printer and screen fonts.
•
Install the ColorSync™ profiles.
•
Copy additional color-reference and application-specific files from
the User Software CD as needed.
In addition to using the User Software CD, you can download printer
drivers with the Installer WebTool if the system administrator has
enabled Internet access to the Fiery). For instructions, refer to the
section Using the Installer WebTool in the chapter Using the Fiery
WebTools.
After you download the printer files, the installation process is identical
to installing from the User Software CD.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–1
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 as a PostScript printer
To set up the DocuColor 2006 as a PostScript printer, install the
PostScript printer description file (PPD) that corresponds to the printer.
The PPD files are provided on the User Software CD.
Printer drivers provide a way to communicate information on print jobs
between your applications, the DocuColor 2006, and any other
PostScript printer connected to your workstation.
Use the following procedures whether you are installing from the User
Software CD or installing with printer files previously downloaded using
the Installer WebTool.
Before you begin, print a Configuration Page for the printer. For
specific procedures, refer to the chapter Performing the setup from the
Printer Control Panel.
1.
2.
Perform one of the following:
•
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive and open
the English: Printer Driver folder.
•
To install from files you downloaded using the Installer
WebTool, open the Printer Driver folder on your hard disk.
Double-click the AdobePS 8.6 Installer icon.
A Warning dialog box is displayed.
12–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
3.
Select Yes to continue with the installation of the printer driver
software and to confirm that your workstation must be restarted
after installation.
The AdobePS Installer installs the Adobe PostScript printer driver,
the PPD file that corresponds to your printer, and the Apple
Chooser.
4.
Select Restart when the installation is complete.
If you operate the DocuColor 2006 in a copy shop, quick print shop, or
service bureau, you might want to provide copies of the printer driver, PPD
file, any ICC profiles or separation tables used in conjunction with the image,
and relevant documentation to customers. This ensures that jobs they create
and print to files are properly formatted for printing.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–3
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 in the Chooser
After you install the printer driver and ppd file, set up the DocuColor
2006 in the Chooser to take full advantage of its features.
1.
Select Chooser from the Apple menu.
2.
Ensure that AppleTalk is set to Active.
3.
If necessary, select the AppleTalk Zone that contains your
printer.
4.
Select the AdobePS icon.
The DocuColor 2006 is displayed in the Select a PostScript
Printer list in the form of <printer name>_<device name>_<print
connection>. The device name is the internal name of your
printer.
Only the print connections (Direct, Hold, and Print) that have been enabled
in Setup are displayed in the Chooser.
5.
Perform one of the following:
•
If Desktop printing is on, select a printer connection from the
Select a PostScript printer list and select Create. A printer
icon is created and displayed on the desktop.
•
If Desktop printing is not on, select the Setup button.
The Adobe PS printer driver automatically selects the correct
PPD file for your DocuColor 2006.
You must set up each print connection separately. Repeat this step for all
enabled connections.
12–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
6.
Perform one of the following:
•
If Desktop printing is on, select the printer icon that is
displayed on the desktop or select the printer in the Chooser
list. Select the Setup button
•
If Desktop printing is not on, an icon is displayed next to the
newly installed printer in the Chooser list. Select the printer
icon and select the Setup button.
7.
To configure the printer, double-click the printer from the
PostScript Printer list. Select the Configure button and select
available options. Select OK twice.
8.
Close the Chooser.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–5
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Installing Fiery software and fonts
The Mac OS installers function essentially the same for each type of
software. Before you begin each installation, determine where you
want to install each item on your hard disk:
•
Color Sync profiles are placed by default in the ColorSync profiles
folder on your hard disk.
If you are using ColorSync 2.5 or later, the profiles are installed
into the Color Sync Profiles folder inside the System folder. If you
are using an earlier version of ColorSync, the profiles are installed
to the ColorSync Profiles folder inside the System:Preference
folder. The printer profile can be moved to a folder of your choice.
•
Fonts are placed by default in the System:Fonts folder on the
hard disk.
Installing Mac OS Software
1.
On the User Software CD or your hard disk, double-click the
Installer icon of the item you want to install.
2.
Read the Software License Agree and select Accept.
3.
Select Install to copy the item to the default location or navigate
to a location in which to install the item.
Perform one of the following:
12–6
•
For ColorSync Profiles, the ICC profiles are automatically
installed into the ColorSync Profiles folder. Perform the steps
in the appropriate section for Loading profiles.
•
Specify a hard disk location for the Fiery Link software or the
ColorWise Pro Tools software. Refer to the chapter Installing
the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
4.
If prompted, select Quit to close the software installer.
In order to use ColorWise Pro Tools or Fiery Link, you must have
Mac OS Runtime for Java (MRJ2.1.4) installed on your
workstation. If you do not have MRJ installed, the ColorWise Pro
Tools or Fiery Link installer automatically initiates the MRJ 2.1.4
installation process.
For more information about ColorWise Pro Tools, refer to the
chapter ColorWise Pro Tools. For more information about Fiery
Link, refer to the chapter Installing the Fiery software for Windows
and Macintosh.
Installing Mac OS Runtime for Java
1.
Read the Apple Computer, Inc. License Agreement and select
Agree to install the software.
2.
Select Install.
3.
Select Quit.
You are now ready to configure the ColorWise Pro Tools
connection to the printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–7
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Installing additional software
You can copy additional color files from the User Software CD to your
hard disk. Many of the files are PostScript files that you can download
and print using WebDownloader.
•
Color Files folder (inside English folder)—CMYK Color
Reference.ps, an 11-page, letter-size PostScript file to use for
reference when defining CMYK colors in applications.
PANTONE Book.ps, a 19-page, letter-size PostScript file that
indicates the closest equivalent of PANTONE coated colors that
the printer can produce. The method used to print the PANTONE
Book.ps file differs depending on the Spot Color Matching setting.
You can print RGB page 01 from Microsoft Word 98 or later to
view RGB colors. You can print RGB page 02 from PowerPoint
6.0 or later to view available RGB colors.
•
Calibration folder (inside Color Files folder)—Four PostScript
measurements files of color patches: custom21.ps, custom34.ps,
standard21.ps, and standard34.ps. The numbers in the file names
refer to the number of patches on the page. The Custom files are
provided to enable you to download measurement patches that
incorporate the current calibration set of the printer. The Standard
files are provided to enable you to download standard
measurement patches that ignore the current calibration set for
the printer.
These files are provided for expert users and should not be used for day-today calibration.
12–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Loading profiles
The ICC profiles installed by the ColorSync installer are for use with
ColorWise Pro Tools and applications that support Image Color
Matching (ICM) standards. The following procedures assume you have
already installed the ICC profiles included on the User Software CD.
For more information, refer to the section Installing Fiery Software and
fonts in this chapter.
The internal name of an ICC profile may vary slightly from its file name.
Setting the ColorSync System Profile
1.
Select Control Panels>ColorSync from the Apple menu.
2.
Select EFIRGB ICC v1f from the System Profile list.
When selected as the ColorSync system profile, EFIRGB ICC v1f
sets the optimal source color space for printing to the Fiery. The
color space set by the EFIRGB ICC v1f profile is the same as that
set by the EFIRGB setting of the RGB Source Profile print option.
The RGB Source Profile print option setting overrides the ColorSync system
profile setting.
3.
Close the ColorSync window.
For more information about ICC profiles, refer to the application
documentation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–9
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Loading the monitor settings file using Photoshop 5.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and RGB Setup.
3.
In the RGB Setup dialog box, select Load.
4.
Browse to the System:Preferences:ColorSync Profiles folder.
Select the Efirgb v1f file and Open.
If you are using ColorSync 2.5 or later, ColorSync profiles are
located in the System:ColorSync Profiles folder.
The EFIRGB ICC v1f file is displayed as the selection in the RGB
drop-down list of the RGB Setup dialog box.
5.
12–10
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
Loading the ICC printer profile in Photoshop 4.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and Separation
Tables.
3.
Select Build Tables Using Apple ColorSync.
4.
In the CMS Settings dialog box, select a profile and a render
intent.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
12–11
12. Installing user software in a Macintosh OS environment
5.
Select Build.
6.
Select OK.
Loading the ICC printer profile in Photoshop 5.0
1.
Launch Photoshop.
2.
From the File menu, select Color Settings and CMYK Setup.
3.
Select ICC as the CMYK color model.
4.
In the CMYK Setup dialog box, select the profile that corresponds
to the Fiery from the Profile drop-down list.
5.
Select OK.
For more information about ICC profiles, refer to the application
documentation.
12–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13
Installing the Fiery software
for Windows and Macintosh
The User Software CD includes software installers for Fiery Link. Fiery
utility software is supported on Windows 95/98, Windows 2000,
Windows NT 4.0 and Macintosh and must be separately installed on
each user workstation.
Fiery Link is supported only over TCP/IP.
Because the server is part of the printer unit, most references in this chapter
are simply to the printer.
Installing the Fiery Link software
Before you begin the installation for Fiery Link, determine the following:
•
The location of the utility on the hard disk. By default, the installer
places Fiery Link in the Programs\Fiery folder.
•
The name of the utility folder in the Windows\Start Menu\ Programs
folder. By default, the installer names the folder Fiery.
1.
Insert the User Software CD in your CD-ROM drive. Open the
CD-ROM drive icon.
2.
Double-click Fiery Link and the Setup.exe file.
3.
Follow the instructions in the Setup dialog boxes to complete
installation.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–1
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Ensure you complete the following:
•
Read the Setup program introduction.
•
Read the license agreement.
•
Specify a hard disk location for the installed utility software.
•
Specify a folder name for the software located on the
Programs menu. By default, the folder name is Fiery.
•
Acknowledge that the software installation is complete.
Using the software for the first time
Before you can use the newly installed software, configure the
connection to the printer.
Configuring a connection for Fiery Link for Windows and
Macintosh OS
You can use Fiery Link to monitor the status of Fiery servers and view
information about the print jobs sent to them.
When you select the Edit Fiery List button, all Fiery servers on the
local subnet are displayed in the Available Fierys list in the My Fiery
List dialog box. You can specify which printer servers to connect to and
monitor from this dialog box. If the printer is not in your local subnet,
you can use Fiery Link options to manually configure a connection, or
you can perform an advanced search to locate and connect to printer
servers anywhere on the network. The following procedures describe
locating and connecting to a Printer server using manual and
advanced search methods.
Fiery Link is supported only over TCP/IP.
13–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Configuring the connection to Fiery servers in a local subnet
1.
Double-click the Fiery Link icon.
A warning that no Fierys are configured is displayed.
2.
Select OK.
The Edit My Printer List dialogue box opens and all the servers
found in the local subnet are displayed in the Available Fierys
area of the dialog box. If the printer is located on a different
subnet, an Error dialog box is displayed. Select OK to dismiss the
dialogue box and perform the Advanced IP search or Advanced
Subnet search.
Only servers that support Fiery Link are displayed in the Available Fierys
area.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–3
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
3.
To add a server to the My Fiery List select the server and select
the arrow button.
The server is displayed in the My Fiery List. Repeat this step for
each server you would like to add to the My Fiery List.
4.
Select Apply to accept the changes to the My Fiery List.
5.
Select OK.
Manually configuring the connection to Fiery printers
1.
13–4
Select the Manual tab.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
2.
Enter the DNS name or IP address of the printer and select the
arrow button.
After the arrow button is selected, Fiery Link checks for the
specified server. If the server is found, it is displayed in the My
Fiery List. If it is not found, an error message is displayed.
3.
To give the server a nickname, select it in the My Fiery List and
select Modify.
4.
Select Use Nickname and enter a nickname for the printer.
5.
Select OK.
6.
Select Apply to accept the changes to My Fiery List.
7.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–5
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Configuring the connection for Fiery Link using an Advanced IP
search
13–6
1.
Select the AutoSearch tab.
2.
Select the Advanced button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
3.
To find all printers within an IP address range, enter an IP
Address in the From IP field and an IP address in the To IP
field. Select the arrow button.
Repeat this step for each IP address range you would like to
search. To remove an IP address range from the list, select the
range in the IP Range/Subnet Addr Window and select the
Remove button.
You can also search for the printer using a range of subnet
values. For more information, refer to the section Configuring the
connection for Fiery Link using an advanced subnet search.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–7
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
4.
Select Search.
When the search is complete, all found printers are displayed in
the Available Fierys area of the dialog box.
If the printer was not found and you would like to repeat the
search with the same parameters, select Refresh.
Only printers that support Fiery Link are displayed in the Available Fierys
area.
5.
To add a printer to the My Fiery List, select the printer and the
arrow button.
The printer is displayed in the My Fiery List. Repeat this step for
each printer you want to add to the My Fiery List.
13–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
6.
Select Apply to accept the changes to the My Fiery List.
7.
Select OK.
Configuring the connection for Fiery Link using an Advanced
Subnet search
1.
Select the AutoSearch tab.
2.
Select the Advanced button and the Subnet Addr tab.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–9
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
3.
Enter the IP Address and subnet to search. Select the arrow
button.
The IP address and subnet to be searched are displayed in the IP
range/Subnet Addr list. Repeat this step for each IP address and
subnet you would like to search.
To remove a subnet value from the list, select the value and
select the Remove button.
4.
Select Search.
When the search is complete, all found printers are displayed in
the Available Fierys area of the dialog box.
If the printer was not found and you would like to search again
using the same parameters, select Refresh.
13–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Only printers that support Fiery Link are displayed in the Available Fierys
area.
5.
To add a printer to the My Fiery List, select the printer and select
the arrow button.
The printer is displayed in the My Fiery List. Repeat this step for
each printer you want to add to the My Fiery List.
6.
Select Apply to accept the changes to the My Fiery List.
7.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–11
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Installing ColorWise Pro Tools for Windows and
Macintosh OS
Configuring a connection for ColorWise Pro Tools
Use the following procedure to configure a connection for ColorWise
Pro Tools.
1.
Print the Configuration page from the Printer Control Panel and
note the IP address of the printer.
You can also set up a Domain Name Server (DNS) for the IP
address of the printer. Refer to the Windows system
documentation for information.
2.
13–12
Double-click the ColorWise Pro Tools icon to display the Choose
Printer Device dialog box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
3.
If you have previously configured a connection to the printer, you
are ready to use ColorWise Pro tools. If you have not configured
a connection, select Add.
4.
Enter the appropriate information for the printer.
•
Nickname—Enter a name for the printer. This name can be
any name you wish; it does not have to match the actual
printer name.
The nickname cannot contain any of the following seven
characters: [ ] _ ” ’ <space> <tab>
5.
•
Protocol—Select the type of network protocol (TCP/IP) you
are using from the drop-down list.
•
Server Name—Enter the IP address (or DNS name) of the
printer.
•
New Device—Enter DC2006
After you have added all the information, select Add.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–13
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
6.
With the device name selected in the Devices list, select OK.
The printer is displayed in the list of available servers. The first
line of the entry displays the nickname you gave the printer,
followed by the protocol you selected. The second line displays
the device name.
7.
With the device name selected in the list of Available Servers,
select the Select button to begin using the software.
Modifying the configuration
Edit the configuration whenever there is any change to your printer or
network, such as a Printer Name or IP Address. First, change the
specific Printer Setup information before configuring the connection.
13–14
1.
To edit information for a printer in the list of available servers,
select the printer by its nickname and select Modify.
2.
Edit information in the Modify Server Settings dialog box, as
necessary, and select OK when finished.
3.
To add a new printer to the list of available servers, select Add.
Configure the printer in the Add New Server dialog box as
outlined in the previous procedure Configuring a connection for
ColorWise Pro Tools.
4.
To remove a printer, select the printer by its nickname and select
Remove.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Downloading Installers with Fiery WebTools
Fiery WebTools allow you to manage your printer remotely from the
Internet or intranet for your company. The Fiery WebTools software
has its own home page from which you can select from a variety of
functions, including Status, WebSpooler, WebLink, Installer, Web
Downloader, WebSetup and Font Manager.
Setting up Fiery WebTools
In order for network users to access and use Fiery WebTools, you
need to set certain printer options in Network Setup and Printer Setup.
You also must prepare each user workstation to communicate with the
printer over the Internet or intranet.
Setting up Fiery WebTools on the printer
1.
In Network Setup>Port Setup>Ethernet Port Setup, set Enable
Ethernet to Yes.
2.
In Network Setup>TCP/IP Ethernet Setup, set Enable TCP/IP
to Yes.
3.
In Network Setup>Network Service Setup>Web Services
Setup, set Enable Web Services to Yes.
4.
Exit Network Setup and select OK to save changes.
5.
Exit Printer Setup and select OK to save changes.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
13–15
13. Installing the Fiery software for Windows and Macintosh
Setting up Client Workstations to use Fiery WebTools
1.
Enable TCP/IP networking.
2.
Ensure that the workstation has a valid, unique IP address.
3.
Ensure that the workstation is installed with one of the following
Internet browsers:
•
Windows 95/98, Windows 2000 and Windows NT 4.0: Either
Netscape Communicator v 4.5 or later or Microsoft Internet
Explorer v4.0.1 and SP1 or later
•
Mac OS: Netscape Communicator v 4.5 or later or Microsoft
Internet Explorer v4.0.1 or later with Java enabled
Netscape and Microsoft continue to release frequent updates to their
browsers. As support cannot be guaranteed for all versions, use the versions
specified above for best results.
4.
13–16
Ensure that Java is enabled in your browser.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14
Printing from the Windows
workstations
Use the following instructions to set up options and print from one of
the following operating systems:
•
Windows 95
•
Windows 98
•
Windows 2000
•
Windows NT 4.0
For more information, refer to the chapter Print options.
Your screens may vary from those illustrated in this chapter.
This chapter describes printing to the DocuColor 2006 from Windows
95/98, Windows 2000, and Windows NT 4.0. You can print from a
networked Windows computer, a computer using Windows (WINS)
printing, or a Windows computer connected to the parallel port on the
printer. If you plan to print files at another location, follow the
procedures described in the section Saving files to print at a remote
location in this chapter.
Another way to print from a Windows computer is to download PCL,
PostScript, Encapsulated PostScript (EPS), or Portable Document
Format (PDF) files using WebDownloader. Basic instructions are
provided at the end of this chapter.
For information on connecting to the printer over the network, installing
printer drivers, and installing the Fiery utilities, refer to the appropriate
Windows installation chapter.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–1
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Printing from applications
Once you have installed the DocuColor 2006 printer driver and set it to
the proper port, you can print directly from most Windows applications.
Simply select the Print command from within your application.
Setting options and printing with Windows 95/98 and
Windows 2000
To print from Windows 95/98 and Windows 2000, use either the Adobe
PostScript printer driver or the PCL printer driver for Windows 95/98 or
Windows 2000. Both drivers are included with the DocuColor 2006
user software.
Once you have installed the printer drivers and PDD files, you can
specify print settings for a particular job and print it
To print from Windows 95/98 or Windows 2000 applications by
connecting your computer to a print server via the network, one of the
following is required: a NetWare server, a Windows NT server, or a
UNIX server. Refer to the illustrations in the chapter Connecting to the
network.
To print from Windows 95/98 or Windows 2000 applications without
connecting to a print server, you can use SMB printing. Refer to the
appropriate chapter Installing user software for your system.
The procedures for setting options and printing are different depending
on which printer driver (PCL or PostScript) you use. Ensure that you
are using the correct procedures for your needs.
14–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Configuring the PostScript print options for Windows 95/98
1.
Select Print from your application to display a Print dialog box.
2.
Ensure the DocuColor 2006 is selected in the printer Name field
and select the Properties button.
3.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
a.
In the Page Size area, specify the paper size for the job.
b.
In the Paper Source area, select the paper tray for the job.
c.
In the Media Type area, select the type of media to use for
the job.
For more information on these and other print options, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If paper loaded in the selected tray is a different size, orientation, and/or
media type than that of the job you are sending, the printer displays an error
message and the job might not print. Load the correct paper in the selected
tray or cancel the job.
4.
Select the Layout, Watermarks, ColorWise, Image Quality, and
Finishing print option bars to specify the appropriate settings for
the print job.
These print options are specific to the server and the printer. They
override settings specified in Printer Setup, but can be overridden
from the Fiery WebSpooler. For more information, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If you select Default Settings in the Saved Settings drop-down
menu, the job prints according to the settings entered during
setup, the current default settings. Refer to the chapter Print
options.
Some options can also be set from an application (for example,
Reverse Page Order or Collation). In these cases, use the driver
option to perform the function, rather than setting it from the
application. The application may not set up the file properly for
printing on the DocuColor 2006 and may also take longer to
process.
If you specify incompatible print settings, the Conflict dialog box may be
displayed. Follow the on-screen instructions to resolve the conflict.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–3
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
5.
To use the new settings as default settings for this workstation,
select Apply.
Refer to the section Using saved settings in this chapter for more
information about saved settings.
14–4
6.
Select OK to close the properties window.
7.
Select OK or Close to exit the print window.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Configuring the PCL print options for Windows 95/98
1.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 PCL printer icon and select
Properties from the File menu. The Printer PCL5 Properties
dialog box displays.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
This tab serves as the control center for all frequently used
printing functions.
4.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
a.
In the Page Size area, specify the paper size for the job.
b.
In the Paper Source area, select the paper tray for the job.
c.
In the Media Type area, select the type of media to use for
the job.
For more information on these and other print options, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If paper loaded in the selected tray is a different size, orientation, and/or
media type than that of the job you are sending, the printer displays an error
message and the job might not print. Load the correct paper in the selected
tray or cancel the job.
5.
Select the Layout, Colorwise and Image Quality print option
bars to specify the appropriate settings for the print job.
These print options are specific to the server and the printer. They
override settings specified in Printer Setup, but can be overridden
from the Fiery WebSpooler. For more information, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If you select Default Settings in the Saved Settings drop-down
menu, the job prints according to the settings entered during
setup, the current default settings. Refer to the chapter Print
options.
Some options can also be set from an application (for example,
Reverse Page Order or Collation). In these cases, use the driver
option to perform the function, rather than setting it from the
application. The application may not set up the file properly for
printing on the DocuColor 2006 and may also take longer to
process.
If you specify incompatible print settings, the Conflict dialog box may be
displayed. Follow the on-screen instructions to resolve the conflict.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–5
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
6.
To use the new settings as default settings for this workstation,
select Apply.
7.
To save the settings, select the Save current setting button (the
icon resembles a floppy disk). Enter a name for the setting in the
Save Setting box and select OK. This saves the settings for use
at another time.
8.
To delete a group of settings, select the Save and manage list of
settings button (the icon resembles a list). Select the desired
setting name, select the Delete button, and OK.
9.
To import settings from another DocuColor 2006 job, select the
Save and manage list of settings button. Browse for the desired
settings with the extension of .sav and select OK.
10. To export settings to another DocuColor 2006 job, select the
Save and manage list of settings button. Browse for the desired
job and select OK.
This action retains the settings.
11. Select OK to close the properties window.
12. Select OK or Close to exit the print window.
14–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Setting options and printing from Windows 2000
After you have installed the Windows 2000 PostScript printer driver
and PPD file, specify print settings for a particular job and print it.
PCL printing is not supported for Windows 2000.
You can install and use the PCL drivers and PDD files provided on the User
Software CD to print from Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 systems.
Refer to the appropriate Installing user software chapters and Printing
from Windows workstations for information on installing and printing with
the Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 drivers.
To set print options and print from Windows 2000 using the PostScript
printer driver:
1.
Select Print in your application.
2.
Select the DocuColor 2006, then set print options for the job by
selecting Properties (if necessary) and the print option tabs.
3.
Select the Advanced button on the Layout or Paper/Quality tab to
display the Advanced Options dialog box.
4.
Select a setting from the Paper Size drop-down list menu.
5.
Scroll to Printer Features and select the appropriate settings for
the print job.
As you select print options, incompatible print settings are
displayed with a caution icon next to their names. If you specify
incompatible print settings the Incompatible Print Settings dialog
box is displayed. Follow the on-screen instructions to resolve the
conflict.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–7
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
6.
Select OK.
Depending on the application, you will see one of two dialog
boxes.
7.
Select OK, then OK again to print; or, if the Print button is
available, select Print.
The job prints with the specified settings.
14–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Using saved settings (Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0)
Print option settings can be saved on your hard disk so you can easily
load specifically configured settings for a particular job. Settings files
can also be shared over a network, using the Import and Export
features.
Although the user interface differs slightly, the following procedures are the
same for both PostScript and PCL drivers, in Windows 95/98 and Windows
NT 4.0. The following examples show the Windows 95/98 PostScript driver.
This feature is not supported by Windows 2000.
Creating Saved Settings
1.
Ensure that the Default Settings are displayed in the Saved
Settings drop-down list.
As soon as you change any settings, the Saved Settings menu
displays Untitled instead of Default Settings.
2.
Select the Save current setting button (the disk icon).
3.
Enter a Settings Name and select OK.
Loading Saved Settings
1.
Ensure that the Default Settings are displayed in the Saved
Settings drop-down list.
2.
Select the settings you want to use.
The options are automatically configured with the saved settings.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–9
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Deleting Saved Settings
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, select the Save and manage list of
settings button.
2.
Select the settings you want to delete and select Delete.
3.
Select Yes to confirm the deletion and OK.
Modifying Saved Settings
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, select the Saved Settings drop-down
list.
2.
Select the settings you want to modify.
The options are automatically configured with the saved settings.
14–10
3.
Configure your new settings from the print option bars, then
select the Save current setting button.
4.
Select OK to save the modified settings.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Exporting Saved Settings
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, select the Save and manage list of
settings button.
2.
Select the Saved Settings you want to export and select Export.
3.
Browse to the location in which to save the file, enter a file name
and select OK.
The file name must include the .sav extension and can be up to eight
characters long (not including the extension). The file name does not have to
match the Settings name.
4.
Select OK in the Settings dialog box.
Importing Saved Settings
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, select the Save and manage list of
settings button.
2.
Select the Import button.
3.
Browse to the location in which the file is saved. Select the file
and OK.
4.
Select OK in the Settings dialog box.
When you import saved settings, they are displayed in the Saved Settings
menu under their Settings Name, not the file name. For example, the file
named present.sav would be imported, but it would be displayed in the
Saved Settings menu as Presentation (Settings Name).
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–11
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Using Shortcuts
The Shortcuts section of the driver interface displays the current
settings for some of the most common print options. You can access
and change these settings quickly and easily using the Shortcuts. You
can also access some page layout and finishing options by selecting
the Finishing tab, then right-clicking the image of the page directly
below Shortcuts (PostScript drivers only).
Although the user interface differs slightly, the following procedures are the
same for both PostScript and PCL drivers, in Windows 95/98, Windows
2000, and Windows NT 4.0.
Setting print options using Shortcuts
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, place your cursor over the print option
you want to set.
When your cursor is directly over the print option name, the
cursor turns into a hand and the option name is underlined.
2.
Select the print option and specify the appropriate settings.
Alternatively, right-click the print option and specify the settings
directly.
3.
Select Apply to make the new settings the default.
4.
Select OK.
Setting print options using Page Shortcuts
1.
From the Fiery Printing tab, select the Finishing tab, then place
your cursor over the page image and right-click.
Page shortcuts are only available from the PostScript drivers.
14–12
2.
Specify the appropriate settings for the print options.
3.
Select Apply to make the new settings the default.
4.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Working with custom page sizes in Windows 95/98 or
Windows 2000
With custom page sizes, define the page dimensions and the
unprintable area of the page. You can save three different custom
page sizes for use any time you print.
Custom page sizes are not available from Windows NT 4.0. Although the
user interface differs slightly, the following procedures are the same for both
PostScript and PCL drivers for Windows 95/98 and Windows 2000. The
following examples show the Windows 95/98 PostScript driver.
Defining a custom page size
1.
Select Print from your application.
2.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
3.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
4.
Select the Custom button.
5.
Enter the name and the dimensions of the page. Select any other
options that are applicable to the custom page, then select OK.
The new custom page name is displayed in the Page Size dropdown list.
6.
Select OK.
After you define a custom page size, you can use it from within an
application, without having to redefine it each time you print.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–13
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Printing a custom page size
14–14
1.
Select Print in your application.
2.
Ensure the Xerox DocuColor 2006 is selected as the printer,
then select Properties from the File menu.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
4.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
5.
Select the custom page size from the Page Size drop-down list.
6.
Select OK.
7.
Select OK again to print the job.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Saving files to print at a remote location
If you do not have a DocuColor 2006 and are preparing final files to
take to a service bureau or other location, select the Print to file
checkbox and OK. Save the file to the appropriate location. For more
information about printing to a file, refer to your Windows or application
documentation.
You can also print to the File port to create a file to download using
WebDownloader.
Setting print options for a job with Windows NT 4.0
You can print from Windows NT 4.0 using the Adobe PostScript printer
driver or PCL printer driver, both of which are included on the User
Software CD.
Once you have installed the Adobe PostScript printer driver and PPD
file or the PCL printer driver and PDD file, you can specify print
options.
The procedures for setting options and printing are different depending
on which printer driver you use.
With the Adobe PostScript printer driver, you can set options on a jobby-job basis or establish default settings for all jobs printed from your
computer to the DocuColor 2006.
This section describes configuring print options for Windows NT 4.0
using the PostScript printer driver and the PCL printer driver.
Custom print options available from the PostScript and PCL printer
drivers are described in the chapter Print options.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–15
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Setting print options for a PostScript job (Windows NT 4.0)
1.
Select Print in your application.
2.
Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 PostScript printer is selected
and select Properties from the File menu.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
This tab serves as the control center for all frequently used
printing functions.
4.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
a.
In the Page Size area, specify the paper size for the job.
b.
In the Paper Source area, select the paper tray for the job.
c.
In the Media Type area, select the type of media to use for
the job.
For more information on these and other print options, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If paper loaded in the selected tray is a different size, orientation, and/or
media type than that of the job you are sending, the printer displays an error
message and the job might not print. Load the correct paper in the selected
tray or cancel the job.
14–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
5.
Select the Layout, ColorWise, Image Quality, and Finishing
print option bars to specify the appropriate settings for the print
job.
These print options are specific to the server and the printer. They
override settings specified in Printer Setup, but can be overridden
in the Fiery WebSpooler or Fiery Override Print Settings dialog
box. For more information on these and other print options, refer
to the chapter Print options.
If you select Printer default, the job prints according to the
settings entered during Setup, or the default settings. Refer to the
chapter Print options.
Some options can also be set from an application (for example, Reverse
Page Order or Collation). In these cases, use the driver option to perform the
function, rather than setting it from the application. The application may not
set up the file properly for printing on the DocuColor 2006 and may also take
longer to process.
6.
Select OK.
7.
Select OK again to close the Print dialog box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–17
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Setting print options for all PostScript jobs
(Windows NT 4.0)
1.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Right-click to select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 PCL printer icon
and select Document Defaults.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
4.
Specify the appropriate default settings for all print jobs as
described in the previous procedure.
5.
Select OK.
With the PCL printer driver, you can set options on a job-by-job
basis or establish default settings for all jobs printed from your
workstation to the DocuColor 2006.
Setting print options for a PCL job (Windows NT 4.0)
1.
Select Print in your application.
2.
Select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 PCL printer icon and select
Properties from the File menu.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
This tab serves as the control center for all frequently used
printing functions.
4.
Select the Paper Source print option bar.
a.
In the Page Size area, specify the paper size for the job.
b.
In the Paper Source area, select the paper tray for the job.
c.
In the Media Type area, select the type of media to use for
the job.
For more information on these and other print options, refer to the
chapter Print options.
If paper loaded in the selected tray is a different size, orientation, and/or
media type than that of the job you are sending, the printer displays an error
message and the job might not print. Load the correct paper in the selected
tray or cancel the job.
14–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
5.
Select the Paper Source, Layout, ColorWise, Image Quality
and Finishing print option bars to specify the appropriate settings
for the print job.
These print options are specific to the server and the printer. They
override settings specified in Printer Setup, but can be overridden
from the Fiery WebSpooler. For more information on these and
other print options, refer to the chapter Print options.
If you select Printer default, the job prints according to the
settings entered during Setup, or the default settings. Refer to the
chapter Print options.
Some options can also be set from an application (for example,
Reverse Page Order or Collation). In these cases, use the driver
option to perform the function, rather than setting it from the
application. The application may not set up the file properly for
printing on the DocuColor 2006 and may also take longer to
process.
6.
Select OK in the Print dialog box.
Setting print options for all PCL jobs (Windows NT 4.0)
1.
Select Start, Settings, and Printers.
2.
Right-click to select the Xerox DocuColor 2006 PCL printer icon
and select Document Defaults.
3.
Select the Fiery Printing tab.
4.
Specify the appropriate default settings for all print jobs as
described in the previous procedure.
5.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
14–19
14. Printing from the Windows workstations
Printing with WebDownloader
Downloading files with WebDownloader is generally faster than printing
from application software. You can use WebDownloader to print
PostScript, PCL, EPS, or PDF files.
1.
Select the WebDownloader button.
2.
Select the queue in the Print Connection drop-down menu.
You can download files to the direct, print, or hold queue. Files
sent to the print queue are spooled in the memory of the printer.
Files sent to the hold queue remain in memory until they are
moved to the print queue or are deleted.
14–20
3.
If you are sending a PDF job, select the PDF check box. If this
checkbox is not selected, the download may cause PS error.
4.
Enter the desired number of copies to print. If you want a specific
page range to print, enter the first page and last page of the
range.
5.
Select the Browse button to search for the file to download.
Select the file and Open.
6.
Select the Send File button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15
Printing from the Macintosh OS
workstations
Print to the DocuColor 2006 just as you would to any other printer from
any application by selecting the DocuColor 2006 as the current printer
in the Chooser and then printing the file from within the application.
Another way to print from a Mac OS computer is to download
PostScript, Encapsulated PostScript (EPS), or Portable Document
Format (PDF) files using WebDownloader. Refer to the section Using
WebDownloader in the chapter Using the Fiery WebTools.
Printing from applications
Before you can print to the DocuColor 2006 from applications, you
must select the printer in the Chooser. Then, using the Adobe
PostScript printer driver and the correct PostScript Printer Description
file (PPD), you can control many DocuColor 2006 printing features by
specifying job settings from print dialog boxes
Selecting the printer in the Chooser
Before you print a job, ensure that the DocuColor 2006 is the currently
selected printer.
1.
Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 is connected to the network and
switched on.
2.
Select the Chooser from the Apple menu.
3.
Select the AdobePS icon and ensure that AppleTalk is set to
Active.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15–1
15. Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations
4.
If the network is divided into zones, select the zone in which the
printer is located.
5.
Select the printer by <Printer Name>_<Device Name>_<Queue
Name> from the Select a PostScript Printer list.
The names of all supported printers in the zone are displayed in
the scroll list on the right.
If your system administrator has not enabled the connection to
the Print queue or the Direct connection, the corresponding
names will not appear in this list.
6.
Close the Chooser window.
The printer remains selected as the current printer until you select
a new printer in the Chooser.
15–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15. Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations
Setting options and printing from Mac OS workstations
In Mac OS applications, print options are set from both the Page Setup
dialog box and the Print dialog box. For details on specific print
options, refer to the chapter Print options.
Some default print options are set by the administrator during Setup. Check
with the administrator or the operator for information on the current server
default settings.
1.
Open a file and select Page Setup from the application File
menu.
2.
In the dialog box that is displayed, specify the Page Attributes
settings for your print job. Ensure that the DocuColor 2006 is
displayed as your printer.
Page Setup dialog boxes vary across applications.
3.
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15–3
15. Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations
4.
Select Print from the application File menu. Ensure that the
DocuColor 2006 is displayed as your printer. Specify settings for
the print options displayed.
Print dialog boxes vary across applications.
From the Paper Source drop-down list, select the paper tray for
the job. For example, you can specify that the job should be
printed on pages from Tray 2.
If paper loaded in the selected tray is a different size, orientation,
and/or media type than that of the job you are sending, the printer
displays an error message and the job will not print. You should
then load the correct paper in the selected tray or cancel the job.
15–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15. Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations
5.
Select Printer Specific Options and specify the appropriate
settings for your print job.
These print options are specific to the DocuColor 2006. You may
need to use the scroll bar at the right of the box to see all options.
They override the settings in Printer Setup, but can be changed
from the Fiery WebSpooler. For information about these options,
refer to the chapter Print options.
Ensure that your selections are within the paper specifications for the printer.
Refer to the chapter Technical information for more information.
If you select Printer default, the job prints according to the
settings entered during Setup, or the default settings. For
information about these options, refer to the chapter Print options.
Some PPD options can also be set from an application (for
example, Reverse Order printing or Collation). In these cases,
use the PPD option to perform the function, rather than setting it
from the application. The application may not set up the file
properly for printing and may also take longer to process.
If you specify incompatible print settings, a dialog box may
appear. Follow the on-screen instructions to resolve the conflict
6.
If you want to make the new settings the default settings, select
the Save Settings button.
7.
Select Print.
The DocuColor 2006 does not support printing the Cover Page from the
Adobe PS printer driver.
Printing from an application
Although printing may vary slightly within applications, the general
procedure is as follows:
1.
After you have created a document, select Print from the File
menu.
2.
Select the DocuColor 2006 from the Printer drop-down menu
and select printing options.
3.
Select OK to print the job.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
15–5
15. Printing from the Macintosh OS workstations
Defining a custom page size
With custom page sizes, you define the page dimensions and margins.
After you define a custom page size, you can use it from within an
application, without redefining it each time you print.
1.
Select Page Setup from the application File menu.
2.
For Paper, select Custom.
3.
From the drop-down box under Printer, select Custom Page
Default.
4.
Enter the page dimensions and margins.
You can view the minimum and maximum sizes by using the
drop-down boxes under PPD Limits.
Ensure that your selections are within the paper specifications for the printer.
Refer to the chapter Technical information for more information.
5.
To save this custom page size, enter a name for it and select
Add.
Saved custom page sizes are displayed in the menu of page
sizes at the top right of the dialog box.
To remove a custom page size, select it from the menu and select
Remove.
6.
15–6
Select OK.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16
Using the Fiery WebTools
The Fiery utilities enable remote users to view server functions. Users
may also have the ability to manage jobs remotely if the system
administrator has assigned them such privileges.
This chapter provides an introduction to the Fiery WebTools, providing
a description of the tools and the procedure for accessing them.
Fiery WebTools Overview
Fiery WebTools reside on the DocuColor 2006 and can be accessed
from Windows 95/98, Windows 2000, Windows NT 4.0, and Mac OS
client workstations with Internet browsers that support the Java
language.
The Fiery software has a home page that lets you view server
functions and manipulate jobs remotely.
Some of the functions, such as WebSpooler, may require a password if
the administrator has set Administrator and Operator password.
The Status, WebLink, and WebDownloader WebTools do not require
any special access privileges. As long as the administrator has
enabled Web Services in Setup and has provided users with the IP
address of the printer, anyone can use these WebTools.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16–1
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
The following table summarizes the Fiery WebTools accessed from the
Fiery home page and refers you to the appropriate documentation for
support.
WebTool
Summary
Status
Displays the jobs currently processing and printing
WebSpooler*
Enables viewing, reordering, manipulating, reprinting, and
deleting jobs currently spooling, processing, or printing.
Enables user to view, print, and delete the Job Log.
WebLink
Provides a link to another web page, provided you have a valid
Internet connection. The initial WebLink destination is
www.xerox.com. The destination can be changed by the
Administrator.
Installer
Enables downloading of the printer file installers directly from
the server.
WebDownloader
Enables downloading of PostScript, PCL, EPS, and PDF files
to the printer
WebSetup*
Enables the Administrator to modify the Fiery configuration
(Setup) remotely.
Font Manager
Enables downloading of fonts to the printer
*Specific procedures for the Fiery Link, WebSpooler, and WebSetup
utilities are covered in separate chapters. Refer to the chapters Using
Fiery Link, Using Fiery WebSpooler, and Performing the setup from
WebSetup for more information.
The following sections of this chapter contain more information and
procedures about the other WebTools.
16–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
Accessing the Fiery WebTools
Open the Internet browser application.
1.
Enter the IP address or the DNS name of the DocuColor 2006 in
the URL line of the browser.
2.
If a Log In dialog box is displayed, select Guest and OK.
The Log In dialog box is displayed only if the administrator has set a
password. Guest access is sufficient to use the Status, WebLink, and
WebDownloader WebTools, as described in this section.
The Fiery WebTools home page is displayed, with the individual
Fiery WebTools listed on the left.
3.
To launch one of the Fiery WebTools, select the name of the tool
you want to access.
Move the cursor over the buttons to display information about the
selections.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16–3
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
Using the Status WebTool
The Status WebTool displays the jobs that are currently processing
and printing.
1.
Launch your Internet or Intranet browser. Access the Fiery
WebTools home page.
2.
Select the Status button.
The current RIP status and Printer Status are displayed.
3.
To open a new browser window for the Status display, select
Float. You can then close other browser windows and leave the
Status window open to continue checking which jobs are currently
RIPping and printing. As long as you keep the Status window
open, it is dynamically updated.
To obtain more information about the status of jobs, use Fiery
WebSpooler. You can also use Fiery Link as described in the
chapter Using Fiery Link.
Using WebLink
WebLink connects you to a help page or multiple web pages, provided
you have a valid Internet connection. The administrator at your site can
set the WebLink destination.
16–4
1.
Access the Fiery WebTools home page
2.
Select the WebLink button and view the information available
there.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
Using the Installer WebTool
The Installer WebTool enables you to download printer drivers directly
from the printer to your workstation.
Do not use this tool with Windows 2000 printer drivers.
1.
Launch your Internet or Intranet browser. Access the Fiery
WebTools home page.
2.
If a Log in dialog box is displayed, select a login level. Enter a
password if necessary. Select OK.
The Log In dialog box is displayed only if the administrator has set a
password. No password is required to log in as a Guest. Guests have full
access to the Installer WebTool.
3.
Select the Installer button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16–5
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
4.
Under the name of your operating system, select Printer Files.
For Windows workstations, a dialog box is displayed, prompting
you to save the file to the location you select.
For Mac OS workstations, a folder named Printer Driver is
downloaded to the desktop in a BinHex-encoded, compressed
format. If your internet browser is equipped with an expander
utility such as StuffIt Expander, the folder is decoded and
decompressed automatically.
5.
Perform one of the following:
• For Windows workstations, browse to the location where
you want to save the Prntdrve.exe file and select Save.
• For Mac OS workstations, if the Printer Driver folder was not
automatically decoded and decompressed, launch a utility
that performs that function.
16–6
6.
For Windows workstations, double-click the Prntdrve.exe file or
browse to the location where you want to install the folder and
select Next.
7.
Install the appropriate printer driver for your operating system.
Refer to the chapter Installing the user software for your operating
system.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
Using WebDownloader
WebDownloader enables you to send PostScript, Encapsulated
PostScript (EPS), PCL, and Portable Document Format (PDF) files to
the printer without first opening the file in an application.
1.
Launch your Internet or Intranet browser. Access the Fiery
WebTools home page.
2.
Select the WebDownloader button.
8.
Select the queue in the Print Connection drop-down menu.
9.
You can download files to the direct, print, or hold queue. Files
sent to the print queue are spooled in the printer memory. Files
sent to the hold queue remain in memory until they are moved to
the print queue or are deleted.
10. If you are sending a PDF job, select the PDF check box. If this
checkbox is not selected, the download may cause PS error.
11. Enter the desired number of copies to print. If you want a specific
page range to print, enter the first page and last page of the
range.
12. Select the Browse button to search for the file to download.
Select the file and Open.
13. Select the Send File button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
16–7
16. Using the Fiery WebTools
Font Manager
Font Manager enables you to download, retain, or restore special fonts
that are not included in the built-in printer fonts.
1.
Launch your Internet or Intranet browser. Access the Fiery
WebTools home page.
2.
Select the Font Manager button.
3.
To download a font, select the Browse button and search for the
desired font. Select the Download Font button.
4.
To retain the downloaded font, select the Validate Only check
box. Select the Browse button and search for the desired Font
Backup File. Select the Download Font Backup File button.
14. To restore the backup font, select the Get Font Backup File
button.
16–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17
Using Fiery Link
Fiery Link is designed to provide you with up-to-date status on print
jobs and connected servers. It tracks the status of your print jobs and
alerts you to errors. For example, you can see how many print jobs are
ahead of your job in the queue. Fiery Link also provides information
about paper and dry ink levels. For example, you can ensure that the
sorter output tray is empty before sending a job that will be sorted.
For information on installing and configuring Fiery Link, and on
supported networking protocols, refer to the chapter Installing the Fiery
software for Windows and Macintosh.
The Windows and Mac OS versions of Fiery Link are fundamentally
the same; differences are noted in this section. Where both windows or
dialog boxes are illustrated, the Windows version comes first, followed
by the Mac OS version.
Fiery Link WebTools does not require any special access privileges.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17–1
17. Using Fiery Link
To begin using Fiery Link:
1.
Perform one of the following:
a.
For Windows: Double-click the Fiery Link icon or select
Fiery Link from the Start>Programs menu.
b.
For Macintosh OS: Double-click your hard drive icon and
double-click the Fiery folder.
The main Fiery Link window is displayed.
You can perform the following:
• Select the minus sign (-) to minimize the Fiery Link to the
Tool Tray on the Taskbar (Windows only).
• Select the left up and down arrows to scroll through the Fiery
Link tools.
• Note that the left display window indicates the selected Fiery
Tool.
• Select the check mark to set preferences.
• Select the Fiery symbol to edit the My Fiery List.
• Select the right up and down arrows to scroll through the list
of servers and print jobs.
• Note that the right display window indicates the selected
server or print job.
• Press the Alt and F4 keys (Windows) or the Command and
Q keys (Mac OS) to exit Fiery Link.
17–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17. Using Fiery Link
2.
Select the currently selected server or print job to display the list
of all connected servers or print jobs.
3.
From this list, select the DocuColor 2006 or the job about which
you want information.
4.
Select the currently selected Fiery Link tool to display a list of all
the tools (as shown below), and select a tool.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17–3
17. Using Fiery Link
Fiery Link tools
Fiery Link includes the following tools that can be used to monitor a
print job or a connected printer. Selecting the up and down arrows
scrolls through the Tool List and opens each tool in turn in the Fiery
Link window.
Icon
17–4
Tool
If a print job is selected
If a server is selected
Status
Shows the job status and
number of pages
processed.
Shows the status of the
server, including any error
messages. You can make
an error message disappear
by selecting the Fiery Link
window.
Queue
Position
Shows the number of
jobs ahead of the
selected job in the queue.
Shows the total number of
active jobs queued to print.
File Info
Displays the file name,
when it was sent to the
printer, the printer name,
the number of pages, and
number of copies.
Displays the printer name
and connected device, total
number of queued jobs, and
the number of those jobs
sent by the user.
Input Trays
(see below)
Shows paper levels in the
paper trays of the
selected printer
Shows paper levels in all
trays of the printer.
Dry Ink
(see below)
Shows the levels of dry
ink for the selected
printer.
Shows the levels of dry ink
for the printer.
Fiery Info
Shows the model name,
amount of memory,
processor, and software
version of the printer.
Shows the model name,
amount of memory,
processor, and software
version of the printer.
Support
Lists the contact names
and information for the
printer.
Lists the contact names and
information for the printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17. Using Fiery Link
Input Trays—An icon is used to represent the paper level in each tray.
A red icon indicates the paper tray is empty, a yellow icon indicates the
paper tray is less than half full, and a green icon indicates the paper
tray is more than half full. Up and down arrows allow you to scroll
through the available paper trays.
Dry Ink— The Dry Ink tool indicates the amount of dry ink in the
printer. A warning is displayed if the Dry Ink is low.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17–5
17. Using Fiery Link
Setting preferences
1.
Select the Preferences check mark in the main window to view
the Preferences dialog box.
2.
Set the My Fiery List Options preferences:
• If Track my print jobs is selected and you select the current
print job, the Active Job List window is displayed.
17–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17. Using Fiery Link
• If Monitor my Fierys is selected and you select the current
DocuColor 2006, the Device List is displayed.
• If Both is selected and you select the current print job or
current printer, both the Active Job List and the Device List
windows are displayed.
3.
Set the General and Alert option preferences for tracking print
jobs, monitoring servers, or both:
• Show/hide tool tips
• Show/hide animations
• Enable/disable audible alerts
• Enable/disable stack alerts
• Enable/disable processing error notification
• Enable/disable printing error notification
• Enable/disable file printed notification
• Enable/disable consumable warnings notification
Xerox DocuColor 2006
17–7
17. Using Fiery Link
Using My Fiery List of Fiery Link
1.
Select the DocuColor 2006 button to access the My Fiery List.
2.
Use My Fiery List to specify the printers you want to monitor using
Fiery Link.
3.
Access a menu from the Windows taskbar status area to get
information about Fiery Link, set some Fiery Link options, or exit
the application.
4.
Right-click the Fiery Link icon in the Windows taskbar status area.
5.
Select one of the options from the drop-down list.
Options with checkmarks are enabled.
6.
Select About Fiery Link for version information.
7.
Select Always on Top to enable or disable the option.
If this option is enabled, the Fiery Link window always appears on
top of other open windows. If this option is disabled, the Fiery Link
window may be hidden by other open windows.
8.
Select Dock Fiery Link to enable or disable the option.
If this option is enabled, the Fiery Link window is automatically
repositioned to either the far left or the far right side of your
screen. If this option is disabled, you can position the Fiery Link
window anywhere on the screen.
9.
17–8
Select Exit to exit Fiery Link.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18
Using Fiery WebSpooler
Fiery WebSpooler enables job tracking and management from multiple
platforms over the Internet or intranet.
Fiery WebSpooler, one of the Fiery WebTools, is accessed through
your Internet browser and the Fiery WebTools home page.
Tracking and managing jobs with Fiery WebSpooler
You can use Fiery WebSpooler to perform the following functions from
your workstation:
•
Override current job option settings
•
Delete jobs and cancel processing
•
Duplicate or rename jobs
•
RIP a job and hold the raster data
•
Hold jobs in the spooled area or the RIPped area
•
Remove raster data from RIPped files
•
Change the priority of jobs
•
Display, print, or delete the Job Log
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18–1
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
Accessing the Fiery WebSpooler window
1.
Launch your Internet or Intranet browser. Access the Fiery
WebTools home page.
2.
From the Fiery home page, select WebSpooler.
The Fiery WebSpooler window is displayed in a new browser
window.
18–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
About the Fiery WebSpooler window
Fiery WebSpooler is a window to view printer functions and an
interface from which you can control those functions.
The Fiery WebSpooler window is divided into three areas by Spool,
RIP, and Print status bars. When the printer receives jobs, the Fiery
WebSpooler window becomes a dynamic display, filled with the names
of jobs and their characteristics.
The Spool, RIP, and Print areas of the Fiery WebSpooler window
represent the stages of printing a job. Jobs come in at the top level
(Spool) and drop down to the Print level, unless they are held along the
way.
Job icons
Three types of icons are used for both active jobs and jobs on hold.
Icon
Active Jobs
(white icons)
Jobs on Hold
(yellow icons)
PostScript, PCL, or raster data
headed for printing (top) or
after printing (bottom).
PostScript or PCL data
headed for Print and Hold or
job on Hold after printing
(Hold).
PostScript, PCL, and raster
data after printing, ready for
fast reprint.
PostScript or PCL data
already rasterized and held.
Printer icons
Raster icon
Job types
•
Spooled jobs—Jobs listed in the area below the Spool status bar
are PostScript files stored on the printer. These jobs were sent to
either the Print queue (white icons) or the Hold queue (yellow
icons).
•
RIPped jobs—Jobs listed in the area below the RIP status bar
are ready to print. They have already been rasterized (RIPped, or
processed for printing) and are waiting, in order, for access to the
printer. Rasterized jobs can also be held; held jobs are shown
with a yellow icon.
•
Printed jobs—Jobs listed in the area below the Print status bar
have already been printed. Printed jobs can be stored on the
printer. The number of jobs that can be stored (from 1 to 99) is
defined in Setup.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18–3
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
•
Errors—Jobs with an error are shown in red. To display the error,
double-click the job line. Note that you cannot check the job
properties or hold a job with an error.
If your job does not display anywhere in the Fiery WebSpooler window, it
may have already been printed; if so, it will appear in the Job Log. To view
the Job Log, select Show Job Log from the Window menu. For more
information, refer to the section Using the Job Log.
Manipulating job options and job flow
Using the commands in the Job menu, you can alter the destinations,
priorities and other characteristics of jobs that appear in the Fiery
WebSpooler window.
Job Menu Command
Action
Raster data is:
Delete Job(s)
Delete the job(s) from the list
Deleted
Cancel Printing
Cancel the currently printing job
Deleted
Cancel RIPping
Cancel the currently processing
job
Deleted
Duplicate Job(s)
Duplicate one or more selected
PostScript or PCL data jobs in the
Spool or Print areas (creates a
reference to the original job, with
the same name).
n/a
(The Duplicate command is
not available for raster jobs)
18–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
Rename
Rename the job (PostScript or
PCL file with or without raster).
Unaffected, but associated
with the new name
Note: If the renamed job is
printed, the Job Log reflects
the original name of the job.
Hold
Hold the job in the current place
(except for a printed job, which is
moved to the Spool or RIP area).
Held in RIP area indefinitely, if
included with job
RIP and Hold
RIP the job and hold it in the RIP
area.
Held in RIP area indefinitely
Print
Print the job in its turn (RIP it first
if it does not have raster data).
Keep the printed job in the Print
area until the job limit is reached.
Temporarily held in RAM until
memory is needed for another
job
Print and Hold
Print the job in its turn (RIP it first
if it does not have raster data)
After printing, hold the PostScript
or PCL data and the raster in the
RIP area.
Held in the RIP area
indefinitely (saved to disk)
Process Next
Give top priority to this job.
Held in RAM after printing (can
be selected in the Print area
while it remains there), or Held
in RIP area (saved to disk) if
destination was RIP and Hold.
Print the job (or RIP and print) as
soon as the processor and copier
are free, before other waiting jobs.
Remove Raster
Remove the raster from a job that
has raster data; leave the
PostScript or PCL job in place.
Deleted
Override Print Settings
Change the print options for the
job.
Deleted and regenerated, if
the newly selected options
require reRIPping, or reprinted
with the new settings, if none
require reRIPping.
Thumbnail A
Open the selected held raster
data job in the Thumbnail A
window where you can view a fullscreen preview of the job.
Unchanged.
Thumbnail B
Open the selected raster data job
(not necessarily a held job) in the
Thumbnail B window for viewing.
Unchanged
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18–5
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
Overriding job option settings
To change the job options of a job, perform one of the following:
•
Double-click the job line.
•
Select the job and Override Print Settings from the Job menu.
If necessary, scroll down to see all the various job options.
For PostScript files, you cannot override the Orientation option. For
PDF files, you can only override the number of copies and the range of
pages printed.
For some options, changing the setting requires that the job be reRIPped;
these options show an icon to the left of the option name.
The options you set here are the same ones you set from the Print
dialog box when you print from an application. For information about
setting and overriding these print options, refer to the chapter Print
options.
18–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
Using the Job Log
From Fiery WebSpooler, you can view and print a log of all jobs printed
by the DocuColor 2006.
If you logged in as Administrator, you can delete the Job Log from Fiery
WebSpooler. The Job Log is not available if you logged in as Guest.
Displaying the Job Log
Select Show Job Log from the Fiery WebSpooler Window menu.
The Job Log is displayed in a new browser window.
The Delete button is displayed only if you logged in as Administrator.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
18–7
18. Using Fiery WebSpooler
The Job Log displays each job and the following information: status,
document name, user name, date, start time, end time, process time,
page description language, file size, device, paper size, media, number
of originals, number of color pages, number of black-and-white pages,
and total number of pages.
The date, start time, end time, process time or device does not display on
Macintosh OS screens.
The Status column provides the following information about jobs:
•
OK
The job was printed normally.
•
Error
An error occurred during processing or printing.
•
Cancel
The job was canceled before printing was completed.
Updating, printing and deleting the Job Log
The system administrator can also print and clear the Job Log from the
Control Panel.
1.
To update the Job Log, select the Update button.
2.
To print the Job Log, select Print Job Log from the File menu or
select the Print button.
The information displayed in the Job Log window prints to the
current printer. When you print the Job Log, totals are printed for
all appropriate columns.
18–8
3.
If you logged in as Administrator, you can select Delete Job Log
from the File menu or select the Delete button to clear the Job
Log.
4.
To redisplay the job list, select Show Job List from the Window
menu.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19
Performing the setup from WebSetup
After you have performed initial Setup (Server Setup, Network Setup,
and Printer Setup) from the Control Panel, users with access privileges
can complete or change most Setup options from a Windows computer
using the Fiery WebSetup WebTool.
Accessing Setup
Remote Setup is performed from a Windows computer using Fiery
WebSetup.
Some Setup options cannot be accessed from remote Setup; use the
Printer Control Panel instead.
To use Fiery WebSetup, you must enter the Administrator password.
This is set either from the Printer Control Panel or Fiery WebSetup.
Fiery WebSetup is supported for Windows 95/98, Windows 2000, and
Windows NT4.0 workstations only.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–1
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Enabling Java services
When you access WebSetup for the first time, the Accessing
WebSetup screen may display, indicating Java is not enabled. Follow
the instructions on the screen to enable Java services.
19–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Accessing Fiery WebSetup
1.
Start your Internet browser application.
2.
Enter the IP address of the printer in the URL line of the browser.
This information is available from your system administrator.
3.
Log in as the Administrator.
The DocuColor 2006 welcome page displays. The individual Fiery
WebTools are listed on the left.
4.
Select the WebSetup button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–3
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
General Setup options
Regardless of how you access Setup remotely, the following
window is displayed.
You may select from the following categories of options:
•
Server Setup
•
Network Setup
•
Printer Setup
Refer to the sections that follow for more details.
If you change a Setup option, the Cancel and Save buttons flash
when you select a different Setup category. You must select Save
or Cancel before you can proceed to another Setup Category or
exit Fiery WebSetup. If necessary, the system will display a
prompt to reboot the server to apply the changes.
19–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Server Setup
In Server Setup, you can specify server settings; set, change or
remove server passwords; and specify job log page size and support
options.
1.
Select the Server Setup button from the WebSetup screen to
display the Server Setup tabs.
Perform the following:
a.
Specify a default Server Name. This is the name that
displays in the Chooser on an AppleTalk network.
Do not use the Device name (DocuColor 2006) as the server name. If you
have more than one server, be sure to assign them different names.
Windows NT 4.0 does not support two computers with the same name in the
same workgroup or domain.
b.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Select the Print Start Page check box to print a start page
each time the printer is restarted. The Start Page lists server
name, current date and time, amount of installed memory,
last calibration date, network protocols enabled, and print
connections published. To deselect the option, ensure there
is no check mark in the box (default).
19–5
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
2.
c.
Select the Enable Printed Queue check box to create a
storage location on the hard drive of the printer for the most
recent print jobs. When this option is enabled (default), users
with Administrator privileges can use the WebSpooler to
reprint jobs in the printed queue without sending those jobs
again. To deselect the option, ensure there is no check mark
in the box. If not enabled, jobs are deleted immediately after
they are printed.
d.
In the Jobs Saved in Printed Queue text field, enter the
number of jobs (from 1—99) to be saved in the Printed
Queue. Jobs in the printed queue take up space on the hard
disk.
Select the Password tab from the Server Setup tab and perform
the following in either the Administrator or Operator box, as is
appropriate.
Entries are limited to 19 characters. The Administrator password
controls access to Setup privileges and all operator privileges.
Operator passwords control access to job management functions
through the job management tools.
19–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
If you do not set passwords, all users will have access to setup
functions (including setting passwords) and job control. It is
strongly recommended that you set at least an administrator
password to protect the server from unauthorized changes to
setup.
a.
Type an administrator password in the Enter New
Password text box.
b.
Type the same password in the Verify New Password text
box. The new password is in effect until you change it again.
Write down the password and store it in a secure place. If the
password is lost or forgotten, system software will have to be
reinstalled.
To remove a password, delete the asterisks (*) in both the Enter
New Password and the Verify New Password fields.
3.
Select the Support tab from the Server Setup tab and type in the
relevant names, phone numbers, and e-mail addresses for your
internal support personnel. Entries are limited to 18 characters.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–7
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Network Setup
Network Setup configures the printer to receive print jobs over the
networks that are used at your site. If the printer is configured to
enable more than one protocol, it automatically switches to the correct
protocol when it receives a print job. When the parallel port and one or
two network ports are enabled, print jobs can be received over all ports
at the same time.
You can view and specify the following network settings in Network
Setup:
Adapters and ports—View currently configured network adapters and
port settings.
From local Setup only, the installed network boards are displayed.
You cannot change this information. From remote Setup, you can
enable Ethernet or Token Ring. You can also enable the parallel
port, regardless of the network type you use.
Protocols—including AppleTalk, IPX/SPX and TCP/IP.
Print Services—including LPD printing (TCP/IP), NetWare printing
(PServer), Windows print sharing (SMB), HTTP support (WWW),
and Port 9100 printing.
Once you enter IP addresses, the server will store them, even if you
later disable TCP/IP. If you need to assign the printer IP address to
another drive, set the address to a null address.
In Network Setup, you can specify settings on the following tabs: Port,
Protocol1, Protocol2, Service1, and Service2.
19–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
1.
Select the Network Setup button from the WebSetup screen to
display the Network Setup tabs.
2.
If it is not already displayed, select the Port tab and perform the
following:
a.
Select the Enable Ethernet check box if the printer is to be
connected to an Ethernet network. If this box is selected, the
Transmission Speed option is enabled and the TCP/IP
Ethernet options listed under the Protocol1 tab are enabled.
Select a Transmission Speed from the drop down box.
Select Auto Detect if your network environment is mixed, or
select the speed (10 Mbps or 100 Mbps) of the network to
which the printer is attached. Changing the speed requires
rebooting the server.
To deselect the option, ensure there is no check mark in the
box.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–9
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
b.
Select the Enable Parallel Port check box if you want to
print though the parallel port. This option enables you to
connect a single Windows workstation to the parallel port
and print directly to the printer. Enabling this option does not
conflict with Ethernet or Token Ring communication to the
printer. If this box is selected, the Ignore EOF Character and
Parallel Port timeout fields are enabled.
Select the Ignore EOF Character check box to direct the
printer to ignore end-of-file (EOF) messages and use the
Parallel Port timeout value to determine when the end of the
file has been reached. This option is required to print
PostScript files in binary (not ASCII) format. Under normal
circumstances, the box should not be checked.
To deselect the option (default), ensure there is no check
mark in the box.
From the Parallel Port timeout drop down box, select the
timeout interval in number of seconds (5-60). Until the
parallel port job times out, the server cannot receive new
jobs through the parallel port. The server can, however,
continue receiving network print jobs.
To deselect the option (default), ensure there is no check
mark in the box.
19–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
3.
If you have an Ethernet or Token Ring network, select the
Protocol1 tab from the Network Setup tabs. In this tab, you can
specify the protocols used to send jobs to the printer.
Unlike remote Setup, local Setup does not provide separate
settings to enable a protocol and to configure it. For example,
remote Setup has two setting for AppleTalk: one to enable
AppleTalk and the other to set the AppleTalk zone. Local Setup,
offers only the setting for the AppleTalk zone. By default, the
AppleTalk, IPX/SPX, and TCP/IP protocols are installed and
enabled. You can verify a protocol is enabled in the Bindings tab
of the Network Control Panel.
Depending on your network configuration, perform one of the
following:
•
Step 4 if you have an Ethernet network.
•
Step 5 if you have a Token Ring network.
•
Step 6 if you have an AppleTalk network.
•
Step 7 if you have an IPX/SPX frame type.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–11
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
4.
Select the Enable on Ethernet check box if you have a TCP/IP
network connected to the printer over Ethernet cabling. If the
check box is selected, the IP Auto and IP Static radio buttons and
the Gateway address fields are enabled.
a.
Select the IP Auto radio button to enable the system to find
an IP address. Select the appropriate protocol (DHCP,
BOOTP, RARP) to be used from the enabled Select Protocol
drop down box. The printer reboots when you save your
changes and exit Setup. Allow the printer to complete its
reboot and return to Idle mode before printing a configuration
page or proceeding with any other operation.
b.
To set a specific address, select the IP Static radio button to
enable the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields and perform
the following:
Enter the DocuColor 2006 unique IP address for Ethernet in
the IP Address text boxes (default address used for network
checking is 127.000.000.001). The values in each field are
limited to a range of 0-255.
19–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Enter one of the following values in the Subnet Mask text
boxes:
• 255.0.0.0 if the IP address starts with a number less
than 128
• 255.255.0.0 if the IP address starts with a number in
the range of 128—191
• 255.255.255.0 if the IP address starts with a number
greater than 191 (network defined)
Confirm the Subnet Mask setting with your system
administrator before proceeding. In some cases the required
setting may be different from those listed.
If your TCP/IP network has a gateway and you expect users
outside the gateway to print to the printer using TCP/IP,
perform one of the following:
• Select the IP Auto radio button to enable the system to
find an IP Gateway address to use.
• Select the IP Static radio button and type the address
in the Gateway text boxes (the default address is
127.000.000.001).
In Remote Setup, Token Ring information displays even if you have not
enabled Token Ring.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–13
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
5.
Select the Enable on Token Ring check box if you have a
Token Ring network connected to the printer over Ethernet
cabling. If the check box is selected, the IP Auto and IP Static
radio buttons are enabled.
a.
Select the IP Auto radio button to enable the system to find
an IP address. Select the appropriate protocol to be used
from the enabled Select Protocol drop down box.
b.
To set a specific address, select the IP Static radio button to
enable the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields and perform
the following:
Enter the DocuColor 2006 unique IP address for Ethernet in
the IP Address text boxes (default address used for network
checking is 127.000.000.001). The values in each field are
limited to a range of 0-255.
Enter one of the following values in the Subnet Mask text
boxes:
• 255.0.0.0 if the IP address starts with a number less
than 128
• 255.255.0.0 if the IP address starts with a number in
the range of 128—191
• 255.255.255.0 if the IP address starts with a number
greater than 191 (network defined)
19–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
6.
If you have an AppleTalk network, select the Protocol2 tab from
the Network Setup tabs. In this tab, you can specify the AppleTalk
protocols used to send jobs to the printer.
a.
In the AppleTalk box, select the Enable AppleTalk check
box.
b.
From the Select Zone drop down box, select the AppleTalk
zone in which you want the printer to display. If there is only
one zone, the printer is assigned to that zone automatically.
If you cannot find an AppleTalk zone, your network may
have no defined zones or the network cable is not
connected.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–15
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
7.
If you have an IPX/SPX frame type, select the Protocol 2 tab.
In the IPX Frames box, perform one of the following:
19–16
a.
Select the Auto Frames radio button to enable the server to
select the appropriate frame to use with NetWare.
b.
Select the Manual Select radio button to add an IPX frame
type. From the Select Frames drop down list, select the
frame type and the Add button. The selected frame type will
be added to list. To remove a frame type, select the frame
type and the Remove button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
8.
To specify the Novell NetWare (PServer) options, select the
Service1 tab from the Network Setup tabs.
a.
When the server is connected to a Novell network, select the
Enable PServer mode check box to enable the options on
this tab.
To enable PServer mode, an IPX frame type must be selected using the
Select Frames button on the Network Services Protocol 2 tab.
b.
From the PServer Poll Interval drop down box, select how
often (in seconds) the Novell Print server should poll the
network for new print jobs. The polling interval is limited to a
range of 0-3600 seconds.
c.
If your network uses NetWare 3.x or NetWare 4.x in bindery
emulation mode, select the Bindery Setup button. The
Bindery Setup button launches a Novell Setup dialog box
from which you can select the group of servers that the print
server will poll for print jobs.
From the Bindery Setup… drop down list, select a server to
add to the polling list and the Add button. The server will be
added to the Selected Servers list. To remove a server,
select the server name and the Remove button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–17
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
In initial setup, the printer was connected to the network and an NDS
directory tree with a printer, print server and one or more print queue objects.
You can make any changes to that setup through WebSetup. To modify
NDS Setup, you may need permission to browse the NDS tree. If access to
the Print Server is restricted, you will need a login password. Only one NDS
tree can be connected.
d.
Select the Enable NDS checkbox. You can now log in and
navigate an existing NDS tree.
The system administrator must create print queues in the
NDS Tree associated with the selected Print Server. The
Print Queues names must correspond with the published
direct, print, or hold queues. The server will not accept print
jobs from a print queue whose name does not correspond to
an available server queue.
e.
Select the Change Trees button. Because you can only
have one NDS tree, select the current NDS tree and select
Remove. Select the new NDS tree and select Add.
From the Change Trees drop down list, select the tree from
the Available Trees list and the Add button. Only one tree
may be added at a time. The selected tree name will be
added to list with the tree name, printer server name, and
print queue root listed in both the NDS Configuration section
of the dialog and the in the NDS Configuration section under
the Service tab. To remove a tree, select the tree and the
Remove button.
19–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
9.
To specify the Windows Printing Service (SMB) options, select
the Service2 tab from the Network Setup tabs.
Broadcasts from SMB devices cannot be routed beyond their
original network segment without a WINS name server. Setting up
the WINS name server is outside the scope of this
documentation. To find out if a name server is available, contact
your system administrator.
Use all uppercase letters in the following fields.
a.
To enable Windows clients to print to the Hold, Print, and
Direct queues, select the Enable Windows Printing
Service check box to enable the options on this tab.
TCP/IP must be configured on the Windows client workstation and the print
server.
b.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Type the name (up to 15 characters) that enables you to
access the server on the network in the Server Name text
box.
19–19
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
c.
Type relevant information (up to 15 characters) about the
server in the Comment text box.
d.
Type the network domain or workgroup (up to 15 characters)
of the server in the Domain or Workgroup text box.
e.
Perform one of the following:
• If you are using Ethernet or Token Ring, check the Auto
IP radio button.
• If you are using a WINS Server, enter the WINS Server
IP address in the IP Address text boxes
19–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
Printer Setup
Use the Printer Setup to specify the printer default page description
language (pdl), paper size, and ability to print when Dry Ink is low. You
can also set options for PostScript and PCL printing.
1.
Select the Printer Setup button from the WebSetup screen.
2.
Select the Paper Setup tab to specify PostScript printing options.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–21
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
19–22
a.
Select the Default Paper Size from the Default Paper Sizes
drop-down box to specify the kind of paper to use for printing
standard jobs.
b.
Select Yes or No in the Print to PS Error drop down box.
Select Yes to print the portion of the job that was processed
before the error occurred along with the error message or
the PostScript code if no image data was processed to that
point. This information can be useful in troubleshooting
PostScript files that will not print. Select No to cancel the job
entirely whenever a PostScript error is encountered. The
processed portion of the job and the PostScript error
information is stored on the printer. You can view the job and
the error information using the job management tools.
c.
Select Continue or Stop in the Toner Low drop down box.
(Continue is the default.) Specify the behavior of the printer
when the Dry Ink (Toner) is low. Select Continue to print
until there is no more Dry Ink or Stop to cease printing
immediately until the Dry Ink has been replaced.
d.
Select No or Yes in the Cover Page drop down box. When
Yes is selected, each job is printed with a cover page that
includes the name of the user who sent the job, the
document name, the server, the time the job was printed, the
number of pages printed, and the status of the job. If a
PostScript error occurs and the Print to PS Error option is set
to Yes, the PS error message replaces the job status.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
The following option available only when printing from Windows computers;
it is not available in Remote Setup.
3.
Select the Printer Setup tab to specify PCL printing options. Find
PCL Setup under the printer name in the directory tree.
For each of the following, select the desired option icon in the tree
and the desired default value in the box that displays below the
tree.
a.
Select the Paper Size from the drop down box.
b.
Select Portrait or Landscape from the Default Orientation
drop down box. Select Portrait to orient printing across the
short edge of the page or Landscape to orient printing
across the long edge of the page.
c.
Use the scroll box to specify the Form Length or lines of
text (5-128) to print on each page. The default length is 60.
The form length varies according to the orientation of the paper.
d.
Use the scroll box to specify the default Font Size in Points
of a proportionally scalable font (4.00 to 999.75). The point
size is significant to a quarter of a point. The default is 12.00.
e.
Use the scroll box to specify the Font Pitch or number of
fixed-space PCL characters (.44-99.99) per horizontal inch
to print. The pitch value can be specified to two decimal
places. The default is 10.00.
f.
Select a PCL Symbol Set to print from the drop down box. A
symbol set is specific to a font and is generally designed for
a single application. For a complete list of available PCL
Symbol Sets and their corresponding font numbers, refer to
the Fonts List.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
19–23
19. Performing the setup from WebSetup
g.
Select Internal or Softfont (Internal) from the Font Source
drop down box. Internal fonts are built into printer memory
and are listed on the PCL font list. Soft fonts are fonts that
have been downloaded to the printer.
h.
Use the scroll box to specify the Font Number to print. The
default is 0. For a complete list of available PCL fonts and
their corresponding font numbers, refer to the Fonts List.
i.
Select a Paper Size for System Pages to set the size of a
print area on the paper, not the size of the paper itself.
System pages are printed from the Printer Control Panel.
Exiting Setup
After you have finished specifying Setup options, select OK and
close the Setup dialog box. You are notified that the server must
be restarted for the new settings to take effect and given the
choice to reboot now or later.
After you have completed Setup and rebooted the server for the
first time, install user software for printing on remote workstations.
Refer to the chapter Installing user software that is appropriate to
your system. To confirm the network connection and your Setup,
print a test job from a remote workstation.
19–24
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20
Using ColorWise Pro Tools
ColorWise Pro Tools are color management applications that give you flexible
control of color printing. There are three tools:
•
Calibrator
•
Color Editor
•
Profile Manager
ColorWise Pro Tools for Windows and Mac OS computers are fundamentally
the same; differences are noted in this chapter.
Calibrator
Calibrating the Fiery ensures consistent, reliable color output. You can
calibrate the Fiery with ColorWise Pro Tools using an X-Rite DTP32
automatic scanning densitometer (available as an option). By connecting the
densitometer to the serial port on your computer, you can quickly measure
color patches and download measurements to the Fiery.
This section explains how calibration works and provides instructions for all
calibration procedures.
Introduction
Calibration generates curves that compensate for the difference between the
actual toner densities (measurements) and the response expected by the
output profile.
•
Measurements represent the actual color behavior of the copier.
•
Calibration sets are sets of measurements.
•
A calibration target that describes the expected behavior of the copiers
is contained in each output profile.
Once you have calibrated the Fiery with ColorWise Pro Tools, a calibration
set is stored on the Fiery. This calibration set will be used when it is
associated with an output profile. Every output profile has an associated
calibration set. If you have not specified one, the calibration set associated
with the default output profile is used.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–1
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Changing calibration has the potential to affect all jobs for all users, so you may
want to limit the number of people authorized to perform calibration. An
Administrator password can be set from the Fiery Control Panel to control
access to calibration.
Understanding Calibration
Although most users needs are met by the default calibration set, the Fiery
allows you to choose a calibration set to customize calibration for specialized
jobs.
Calibration allows you to:
•
Maximize the color reproduction capabilities of the Fiery.
•
Ensure consistent color quality over time
•
Produce consistent output across Fiery servers that are connected to the
same print engine.
•
Achieve better color matches when reproducing spot colors such as
PANTONE colors or other named color systems.
•
Optimize the fiery for using ColorWise rendering styles (CRDs) and
CMYK simulations, and for using ICC profiles.
How Calibration Works
Success in obtaining satisfactory print quality from a color server, such as a
Fiery connected to a copier, depends on many factors. Among the most
important are establishing and maintaining optimal toner densities. Density is
a measure of the light absorbed by a surface. By carefully regulating toner
densities, you can obtain consistent printed color.
Even with a calibrated system, service settings, humidity, and temperature
affect toner density. It also tends to drift over time. Regular measurement
detects day to day variations in densities, and calibration corrects for them.
Calibration works by creating calibration curves on the Fiery that compensate
for the difference between actual (measured) and desired (target) density
values.
Calibration curves are the graphic equivalent of transfer functions, which are
mathematical descriptions of changes that will be made to the data you start
with. Transfer functions are often graphed as input or output curves.
The Fiery generates calibration curves after comparing measured values to
the final target values for each of the four toner colors. The target values are
based on the output profile specified.
20–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Measurements
Measurement files contain numerical values that correspond to the toner
density produced by the copiers when it prints solid cyan, magenta, yellow
and black, and graduated tints of those colors.
To create a measurement file, first print a page of color patches from
ColorWise Pro Tools or from the Control Panel to the copier. Then measure
the patches using either an X-Rite DTP32 densitometer connected to a
computer on the network or the copier’s scanner. The new measurements
are automatically downloaded to the Fiery.
Output profiles and calibration sets
Output profiles and calibration sets define desired calibration results. One or
more output profiles and one or more calibration sets are provided with the
Fiery. When you calibrate the Fiery, you can select the calibration set that
corresponds to the typical printing jobs at your site. This same calibration set
can be associated with one or more output profiles.
Scheduling Calibration
In general, you should calibrate the Fiery at least once a day, depending on
the volume of print jobs. If it is very important to maintain consistent color, or
if the copier is subject to wide fluctuations in temperature or humidity,
calibrate every few hours. To get the best performance, calibrate whenever
there is a noticeable change in print quality.
If you need to split a print job into two or more batches to be printed at
different times, it is especially important to calibrate before printing each
batch. You should also calibrate the Fiery after copier maintenance.
However, because the copier may be less stable immediately after
maintenance, wait until you have printed approximately 50 pages before you
calibrate.
Since printed output from the copier is very sensitive to changes in temperature
and humidity, the copier should not be installed near a window or in direct
sunlight, near a heater or air conditioner. Paper is sensitive to climate changes
as well. It should be stored in a cool, dry, stable environment, and reams
should remain sealed until they are needed.
Print color reference pages, such as the Color Charts from the Control Panel,
and the color reference pages included with the user software. All of these
pages include fully saturated color patches and pale tints of cyan, magenta,
yellow and black. Images with skin tones offer a very good basis for
comparison. You can save and compare pages you printed at different times.
If there is a noticeable change in appearance, you should calibrate the Fiery.
If the solid density patches (100% cyan, magenta, yellow or black) look less
saturated with time, show the pages to your copier service technician to find
out whether adjusting the copier can improve output.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–3
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Checking Calibration Status
You can check whether the Fiery is calibrated, which calibration set and
output profile were used, and when the copier was last calibrated:
•
Print a Configuration page or Test Page from the Control Panel.
•
When you select a calibration set in Calibrator, the last calibration and
the user who performed it are displayed.
Using a Densitometer
ColorWise Pro Tools are designed to work with the X-Rite DTP32 reflection
densitometer where color measurements are entered automatically.
Setting up the Densitometer
Before you calibrate the Fiery, you need to connect, configure, and calibrate
the densitometer to prepare for measuring the printed patches. For additional
information about setting up and using the densitometer see the
documentation included with it.
To Connect the X-Rite DTP32 to the Computer
1.
Turn off the computer.
2.
Plug the square end of the interface cable (looks like a modular phone
plug) into the I/O port on the side of the X-Rite DTP32.
3.
Attach the connector to the computer.
For a Windows computer, insert the 8-pin mini-DIN end of the interface
cable into the 9-pin DB9 Connector cable adapter. Insert the 9-pin end
into the COM1 or COM2 port on the computer and tighten the screws. If
the available port on your computer is 25-pin, you must use the 8-pin to
25-pin adapter.
For a Mac OS computer, connect the 8-pin mini-DIN plug directly into
the serial port of the computer.
For Macintosh computers with a USB port, you need an adapter to connect the
DTP32 to your computer. See the X-Rite, Inc. web site at www.x-rite.com for
information on supported adapters.
4.
Use the AC adapter to provide power.
Plug the small connector on the adapter cable into the side of the X-Rite
DTP32 and plug the adapter into a wall outlet.
20–4
5.
Turn on the computer
6.
Calibrate the densitometer.
7.
Use ColorWise Pro Tools to calibrate the Fiery.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Calibrating with ColorWise Pro Tools
Using the densitometer, you can quickly measure color patches and
download these measurements to the Fiery ColorWise Pro Tools Calibrator.
Multiple users can be connected to one server with ColorWise Pro Tools, but
only one user at a time can use Calibrator. An error message appears if you try
to calibrate when another user is already using ColorWise Pro Tools to
calibrate.
ColorWise Pro Tools for Windows and Mac OS computers are fundamentally
the same; differences are noted in this section.
Changing the calibration has the potential to affect all jobs for all users, so you
may want to limit the number of people authorized to perform calibration. An
administrator password can be set from the fiery Control Panel to control
access to calibration.
To calibrate the copier Using Calibrator
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and connect to the Fiery.
2.
Click Calibrator.
3.
Select a measurement method.
X-Rite DTP32 should appear as the measurement method. This
information is provided to Calibrator by the Fiery. If this option does not
appear, make sure you are connected to the Fiery.
4.
Under Check Print Settings, choose the desired calibration set.
Choose the appropriate calibration set for the type of media you will use
most often.
For this calibration to take effect, the calibration set must be associated with
one or more output profiles. The default calibration set is already associated
with the default output profile, so there is no need to make any new
associations.
5.
Under Generate Measurement page, click Print.
6.
In the Print Options dialog box that appears, choose the page type,
paper size and input tray to use for the measurements page and click
Print.
For the densitometer method, select either 34 or 21 Sorted Patches.
In the Paper size pop-up menu, specify the paper size for the
measurement page: For densitometer, the menu will automatically select
LTR/A4 for 21 Sorted Patches or 11x17/A3 for 34 Sorted Patches.
In the Input Tray pop-up menu, specify the paper source.
7.
Under Get measurements, click Measure.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–5
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
If you chose the densitometer method, select the Page Type and Paper
size options you selected for the measurements page, and click
Measure.
8.
Follow the directions for the densitometer measurement.
9.
When you are notified that the measurements were read successfully,
click OK, and then click Apply to implement the new calibration set.
To Restore Default Calibration Measurements
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Calibrator.
2.
Click Restore Device.
3.
Click OK to restore the preset default calibration set.
Restore device applies only to the currently selected calibration set.
Expert Mode
Expert Mode offers two additional options: Print Pages and View
Measurements.
With the print pages option, you can print a calibration Comparison Page
showing the results of the new measurements with any profile associated with
the currently selected calibration set. You can also create a custom
comparison page and save it as a PostScript or an Encapsulated PostScript
(EPS) file called CALIB.PS. Then print the file to the Hold Queue of the Fiery
from your application or download it to the Hold Queue with Fiery
Downloader.
With the View measurements option, you can view the current set of
measurements as a table or as a graph that shows both the measurements
and the target curves.
When more than one profile uses the same target, an additional menu called
Plot Against appears at the top right of the window above. It lists all output
profiles that use the same calibration set. Selecting an output profile from this
menu displays the target curves associated with that profile. If each output
profile contains a unique calibration target, when you switch profiles, the
curves displayed also change.
Color Editor
Color Editor is used to customize simulation and output profiles and can be
accessed either directly by clicking its icon in the ColorWise Pro Tools main
window, or indirectly through the Profile Manager.
20–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Editing Profiles
Color Editor allows you to create custom profiles by editing existing simulation
or output profiles and saving the changes as a new profile. With Color Editor,
you can fine-tune a profile on your Fiery to meet your exact specifications.
You cannot edit source profiles; only simulation and output profiles can be
customized.
Color Editor has two Edit Modes for editing output profiles.
•
Custom – Use Custom to edit output profiles and save customized
versions of them.
•
% Density – Use % Density to view the calibration target, which is one
component of the output profile. You cannot make changes to the
calibration target in this window, but you can import a new target.
Color Editor also has three Edit Modes for editing simulations.
•
Master – Use Master mode to create a custom master simulation that
affects all print jobs to which it is applied, unless a linked simulation
exists for the selected combination of simulation profile, simulation
method and output profile.
•
Quick or Full – Use Quick or Full mode to create custom linked
simulation. Linked simulations affect the print job only if the
corresponding simulation profile, simulation method, and output profile
are selected. If you choose an output profile and simulation method for
which you have created a custom linked simulation, that simulation is
applied automatically to the job. If you choose a simulation method or
output profile for which there is no custom linked simulation, then the
master simulation is automatically applied.
Quick applies one-dimensional transfer curves that adjust output density
only, while Full provides a more complete and accurate simulation by
applying colorimetric transformations that adjust hue as well as output
density.
If you made edits to a master simulation after you created a linked simulation,
the edits are not applied to the linked simulation.
To Edit a Simulation Profile in master Mode or an Output Profile in
Custom Mode:
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Color Editor.
2.
Choose Simulation or Output from the View pop-up menu.
Simulation lists the simulation profiles resident on the Fiery, and Output
lists the output profiles resident on the Fiery.
3.
Choose a profile to edit and click Select.
You can also open the Profile Manager, select a profile, and click Edit.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–7
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
4.
For a simulation profile, choose Master from the Edit Mode menu. For
an output profile, choose Custom from the Edit Mode menu.
You can use the dialog box to view or edit profiles. The graph allows
you to view and manipulate color output values.
When editing an output profile in Custom mode, the Import button at the bottom
of the color Editor window lets you import a calibration target file (.trg) created
on another Fiery using the previous version of ColorWise. The current version
of ColorWise does not allow you to save a target separately; rather, it saves the
target in conjunction with and output profile.
5.
Select the colors you want to edit by turning colors off and on.
The box with the eye icon to the left of each color indicates whether that
color is visible on the graph and will be affected by changes to the
curves, brightness, and dot gain controls. You can view and edit all four
colors (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black) at once or any combination
thereof. Working with only one or two colors at a time helps you finetune your adjustments. To turn off a color, click its eye icon. In the
example below, cyan and magenta are visible and can be edited.
6.
Click Dot Gain to adjust the dot gain value for simulating press output.
You can choose either the North American or European standard. Then
use the sliders to select the desired Dot Gain:
•
The range of values for North American at 50% input is from 0% to
50% gain on output.
•
The range of values for European at 40% input are from 0% to 59%
gain on output; the range of values for European at 80% input are
from 0% to 20% gain on output.
If you use Dot Gain values, you should apply the settings first so that the
curves are deflected from their straight-line positions. Then make edits
to the new curves. When you adjust Dot Gain values, all existing points
on the curve are removed. A warning dialog box gives you the chance
to cancel Dot Gain settings before they are applied.
7.
Use the plus and minus buttons to adjust brightness.
Changes to the brightness are reflected in the curve(s).
8.
You can adjust the curves directly by clicking and dragging points on the
curve or by entering numbers into the input and output boxes.
The graph maps the input percentage to the output percentage. (These
percentages refer to the size of the CMYK halftone dots). The curve you
selected appears, and points along the curve are marked so you can
adjust them.
You should adjust points in this way only after you have entered the Dot Gain
and Brightness values.
20–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
For greater precision, you can key in percentages in the Input and
Output boxes or use the arrow keys in the keyboard to adjust the
curve. To use the arrow keys, you must first click on the curve to
establish and anchor point that serves as a reference.
9.
For an output profile, you can set maximum densities of the C, M, Y, and
K channels.
You can enter the maximum densities, called D-Max values, of individual
colors for profiles that support density settings. D-Max settings are not
available when editing Simulation profiles in Master mode.
10. When you are finished, click Save and enter a name for the new profile.
The new custom profile is saved to the Fiery with the new name. If you
edit one of the press standard targets (for example, SWOP-Coated, DIC,
or Euroscale), you may want to include the original name as part of the
new target name, for example, DIC-new, to help you remember the
source of the new target.
Preset default profiles are locked and must be saved with a new name.
Custom profiles must be linked to one of the 10 pre-defined custom
profile names (Simulation – 1 through 10 for simulation or Output – 1
through 10 for output) in order to be accessible from the printer driver.
You can create as many custom profiles as you want, but a maximum
of 10 are available from the printer driver at any one time.
If you set a custom profile as the default, you can access it from the printer
driver without linking it to one of the predefined custom names. Simply select
“Printer’s default” from the printer driver.
To Edit a Simulation in Quick or Full Mode
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click the Color Editor.
2.
Choose Simulation from the View pop-up menu, choose the simulation
profile to edit, and click Select.
You can also open the Profile Manager, select a simulation profile, and click
Edit.
3.
Choose Quick or Full from the Edit Mode menu, and choose an output
profile with which your edited simulation will be linked from the “Link
with” menu.
The edited simulation will be linked with the output profile you select
from the “Link with” menu.
When editing a simulation profile in Quick mode, the Import button at the
bottom of the Color Editor window lets you import a custom Quick Simulation
created on another Fiery using the previous version of ColorWise. The current
version of ColorWise does not allow you to save custom Quick or Full
Simulation independently; rather, they are saved as components of the same
profile.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–9
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
4.
Edit and save the simulation.
For this new simulation to be automatically applied to a print job, the
CMYK Simulation, Simulation Method, and Output Profile settings must
be the same as those used when you edited the profile. If the
Simulation Method is different or a different output profile is selected,
then the Master simulation is applied.
A Simulation Profile can have a custom Master and one or more custom links –
up to two links (Quick and Full) for each output profile on the system.
Undoing Simulation Edits
You can undo the changes you made to simulations (master and linked) in a
number of ways:
•
If you have not yet saved your edits, click Done on the color Editor menu
bar, and don’t save the changes.
•
If you saved your edits under a new simulation name and want to delete
all edits (in Master, Quick, and Full modes) to the simulation, see below.
•
If you saved your edits under a new simulation name and want to undo
the edits to one or more linked simulation, see below.
To Undo Edits made to a Custom Linked Simulation
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click either Color Editor or Profile
Manager.
2.
Choose Simulation from the View pop-up menu, choose the simulation
for which you wish to undo edits, and click Select (Color Editor) or Edit
(Profile Manager).
3.
Choose Quick or Full from the Edit Mode menu and choose the output
profile with which your unwanted edits are linked from the “Link with”
menu.
4.
Click Revert to Master.
Revert to Master makes the curves for one or more linked simulations match
the last saved master simulation. If you have edited and saved changes to a
master simulation, your linked simulations will revert to the changed master, not
the original.
5.
Indicate whether you want to revert the currently selected linked
simulation only, or revert all links of this simulation profile, and click OK.
6.
If you choose “For all Edit Modes and all Profile Links,” a warning dialog
box appears. Click OK.
The curves for the linked simulation(s) now match the last saved master
simulation exactly.
20–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Checking Edited Profiles
You can view a printed sample of a profile before you save it to the Fiery.
You can print a:
•
Comparison Page provided with ColorWise Pro Tools, which shows a
comparison of images and colored patches with and without edits.
•
User defined CALIB.PS in the Hold Queue.
You can create a custom comparison page and save it as a PostScript or an
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file called CALIB.PS and then print the file to
the Hold Queue of the Fiery from your application or download it to the Hold
Queue via the Web Downloader.
To Check a Profile
1.
Click Test Print from the color Editor window.
2.
Select the Profile Button.
3.
Select a page to print, specify the paper size and input tray (Comparison
Page only), and click Print.
For Comparison Page, specify the paper size (LTR/A4 or 11 x 17/A3) in
the Paper Size pop up menu. In the Input Tray pop up menu, specify
the paper source.
If you print the measurement page from the Bypass Tray, make sure to select
“BYPASS set at copier” in the Input Tray pop up menu. Load the appropriate
paper in the Bypass tray and then select the correct paper size from the copier
touch panel display.
Profile Manager
Profile Manager allows you to manage and edit ICC profiles. In the case of
the Fiery, these profiles are divided into RGB Source, Simulation, and Output
profiles.
•
RGB Source – contains all monitor profiles resident on the Fiery. RGB
Source profiles are used to define the source color space for RGB colors
processed by the Fiery.
•
Simulation – contains printer profiles used to simulate another device
on the Fiery.
•
Output – contains copier profiles that describe the attached copier.
Changing the Fiery default profiles affects all jobs for all users, so you might
want to limit the number of people authorized to use ColorWise Pro Tools by
setting an Administrator password.
Several profiles are provided with the fiery, and you can create additional
ones as needed by modifying the existing ones. You can also download
profiles from any workstation to the Fiery. The profiles provided are:
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–11
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
•
•
•
RGB Source:
•
SRGB (PC) – source color space for a generic Windows computer
monitor.
•
Apple Standard – standard source color space for Mac OS
computer monitors with older versions of ColorSync.
•
EFIRGB – preset default setting for a Fiery.
Simulation:
•
SWOP-Coated – the United States press standard
•
Euroscale – the European press standard
•
DIC – the Japanese press standard
Output:
•
Fiery DocuColor 2006 – profile that describes the copier.
•
Fiery DocuColor 2006 HiGCR – profile that describes the copier,
but with a higher level of black generation than the preset default
profile (should be used if gray balance is of a higher priority than
print quality).
•
Fiery DocuColor 2006 Max PPM K – profile that describes the
copier but ensures that equal levels of red, green and blue will be
printed as black-only at 26 pages per minute. Use this profile if you
are printing documents that contain both color and black-and-white
pages and you want to make sure that the copier prints at the
highest speed for each type of page.
Fiery DocuColor 2006 is built into the fiery; Fiery DocuColor 2006 HiGCR and
Fiery DocuColor 2006 Max PPM K can be found on the User CD in the ICM
folder (Windows) or ColorSync folder (Mac OS).
Setting the Default Profiles
The default profiles are applied to all print jobs sent to the Fiery, unless you
override them using print options. Therefore, the defaults should be the most
commonly used profiles.
To Specify a Default Profile
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Profile Manager.
The left side of the screen lists the ICC profiles in the default directory of
your computer. The right side lists each of the three types of profiles on
the Fiery.
The lock icon to the left of a profile name indicates that the profiles
cannot be deleted and can be edited only if it is saved under a new
name. Only Simulation and Output profiles can be edited.
20–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
A small icon to the left of a profile name indicates the default profile for
each category (RGB, Source, Simulation, and Output). If you designate
a different profile as the default, the icon appears next to your
designated profile. The icon indicating the default RGB Source and
Output profiles looks like a target. The icon indicating the default
Simulation profile changes in appearance depending on whether the
RGB Separation setting in the Global Settings dialog box is set to
Simulation or Output.
2.
Select the profile you want as the default for a profile type, and click
Profile Settings.
3.
In the Profile Settings dialog box, click Default and click Apply.
4.
Click OK.
5.
In the main Profile Manager window, the target icon appears next to the
new default profile you specified. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each
type of profile.
If no default is set for RGB Source, then the RGB Source print option is
set to None. If no default profile is set for Simulation, then the CMYK
Simulation print option is set to None.
For Output there is always a default profile. You can change the Output
default be selecting a preset profile you want as the default and clicking
Profile Settings. Or you can create a new default under a new name by
selecting a preset profile and specifying your choice of the calibration set
in the use Calibration Set pop up menu and a new name in the Profile
Description menu.
Downloading Profiles
The Fiery comes with default profiles. It is possible to download additional
profiles from any computer connected to the Fiery.
To Download a Profile
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click the Profile manager.
The left-hand side of the main Profile Manager windows lists the ICC
profiles in the default directory of your workstation.
For Windows 95/98, the default directory is \Windows\System\Color.
For Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000, the default directory is
\Winnt\System32\Color.
For Mac OS, the default directory is System
Folder:Preferences:ColorSyncProfiles for ColorSync, and
SystemFolder:ColorSyncProfiles if you have ColorSync 2.5 or later.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–13
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
2.
If the desired profile does not appear, click Browse to go to a different
directory.
Browse to the directory containing the profile you want to download and
click OK.
3.
When the profile you wish to download appears in the list in the main
Profile Manager window, select it.
If the profile is compatible with the Fiery, a green arrow indicates that the
profile is available for download. Only output device profiles are
downloadable to Simulation and Output. Only input device profiles are
downloadable to RGB Source.
On Windows computers, the profiles must have an extension of .icc or .icm to
be listed. On Mac OS computers, the profiles must have a file type of profile.
All ICC profiles in the selected directory on your computer are
displayed in the list in the main Profile Manager window. However,
because a profile is listed does not necessarily mean it can be
downloaded to the Fiery.
Simulation profiles should be only profiles of devices for which you
want the Fiery to match in terms of color output characteristics. Output
profiles should be only profiles of the device to which your Fiery is
connected. Although CMYK printer profiles can be downloaded as
Simulation or Output, consider how they will be used. If you want the
Fiery prints to look like another printer, download that profile as a
Simulation. If you have a custom profile of the copier your Fiery is
connected to, download that profile as an Output profile.
4.
Click the arrow to download the profile and click OK when the download
is complete.
The new profile now appears on the list of profiles on the right side of the
Profile Manager main window.
This profile must be associated with one of the predefined names
(Source-1 through 10 for RGB Source; Simulation-1 through 10 for
Simulation; or Output-1 through 10 for Output) or set as the default
before it can be used.
When an output profile is downloaded, it inherits the calibration target of the
current default output profile.
Editing Profiles
The profiles on the Fiery can be customized to meet your specific needs and
the characteristics of your copiers using Color Editor either directly or through
Profile Manager.
20–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Managing Profiles
With Profile manager, you can back up profiles and delete profiles. You
should always back up profiles before updating Fiery software to ensure that
no custom profiles are lost.
You can back up and delete only those profiles that appear in the main Profile
manager window without the lock icon next to them. Locked profiles cannot be
deleted, but most can be backed up.
To Back up Profiles
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Profile Manager.
2.
Select the profile on the Fiery to upload.
The arrow in the middle of the Profile Manager window turns green and
points to the left, indicating the profile is available for upload.
3.
Click the green arrow, choose a name and location for the profile, and
click Save.
The name will be the filename of the profile, but the profile description
will be the original one or the one you entered in the Profile Settings
dialog box.
When saving the profile on a Windows computer, be sure to include the
extension .icm. If the extension is not included, additional dialog boxes appear.
4.
Click OK when you are notified that the profile was successfully
uploaded.
Delete profiles to make sure no one uses the wrong profile and to free
up disk space on the Fiery (although profiles are small and don’t take up
much space).
To Delete Profiles from the Fiery Hard Disk
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Profile Manager.
2.
Select the profile you wish to delete and click Delete.
A Warning dialog box asks you to confirm deletion.
You can not delete preset profiles, profiles that are currently set as default, or
profiles that are linked to any of the predefined custom names, for example
Simulation – 1.
3.
Click Yes to delete the profile.
If you want to delete a profile that is currently set as the default or
associated with a custom name, click Profile Settings and uncheck the
default option.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–15
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Defining Profiles
Before you can apply any downloaded or edited profile to a print job, that
profile must be linked to one of the predefined custom names, or you can set
the profile as the default for all print jobs. There are 10 names available for
custom profiles – Source - 1 through 10 for RGB Source, Simulation - 1
through 10 for Simulation, or Output - 1 through 10 for Output.
A custom simulation profile is used to illustrate this procedure. The same steps
apply for defining custom or downloaded output profiles.
To Define a Profile
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Profile Manager.
For the purposes of this example, assume DIC-new is a custom
simulation profile created with Color Editor. As you can see, DIC-new
has no information under the heading “Appear in Driver as”.
2.
Select DIC-new in the Simulation list, and click Profile Settings or
double-click DIC-new.
3.
Select the “Appear in Driver as” checkbox, choose one of the predefined
custom simulation names (Simulation-1 through Simulation-10) from the
pop-up menu, and then click Apply.
Make sure to choose a name that is not already linked with another
simulation. If you try to define two profiles with the same name, you will
get and error message.
For an output profile, the predefined custom names would be Output-1
through Output-10.
While you can not delete a preset profile, you can use a preset profile’s name
for your edited profile when you select the “Appear in Driver as” option. This
replaces the preset profile with your own profile.
When you choose Profile Settings for an output profile, the use
Calibration Set option also appears. You must calibrate the Fiery with
this calibration set before this option has any effect. If you have never
measured for this calibration set, default measurements will be used.
In Profile Settings you can also change profile descriptions for all nonlocked profiles.
4.
Click OK.
Simulation-1 now appears under the “Appear in Driver as” column for
DIC-new. Choosing Simulation-1 from the CMYK Simulation option of
the printer driver applies the DIC-new simulation to the print job.
If you do not define a custom simulation profile, your job will print with
CMYK Simulation Profile set to None. If you do not define a custom
RGB Source or Output profile, the default profile is used.
20–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
Changing Global Settings
Use the Global Settings button to open a dialog box where you can set the
default simulation method and the profile used for RGB Separation. You can
also access information on how all the profiles are applied to color data in a
job.
To Change the Global Settings
1.
Launch ColorWise Pro Tools and click Profile Manager.
2.
Click Global Settings at the top right corner.
3.
Choose Full or Quick for the Default CMYK Simulation Method.
4.
Choose Simulation or Output for RGB Separation.
Although the RGB Separation feature is primarily intended for RGB, it
can also apply to data in the Lab color space or data that uses
PostScript Color Management.
5.
To see a diagram of how color settings affect print jobs, click the
question mark (?) button at the bottom left-hand side.
The diagram is illustrative and does not include selectable options. Click
OK to close.
6.
Click Apply to apply any changes you have made. Click OK to close the
window.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
20–17
20. Using ColorWise Pro Tools
20–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21
Basic Copying
This chapter contains the elements and basic function descriptions of the
DocuColor 2006 Copier Control Panel. Also included in this chapter are
guidelines for placing the DocuColor 2006 in copier mode, positioning the
originals on the Document Glass and in the Document Feeder, and a
procedure for making a basic copy using the copier/printer default settings.
The Copier Control Panel
Use the Copier Control Panel to program the DocuColor 2006 for your copy
jobs.
The following is a list of the various components on the Copier Control Panel
and their functions.
17
16
15
18
14
19
13
20
12
2
1
11
10
9
8
3
7
4
5
6
0301149A-W O L
1.
Copier Screen: The Copier Screen displays programmable features,
available options, and the current settings.
2.
Copy: Press the Copy button to change the DocuColor 2006
copier/printer from the On-Line mode to the copy mode.
3.
Tools: Press the Tools button to access the Administration features.
4.
Clear All: Press the Clear All button to reset the select options to the
default settings.
5.
Stop: Press the Stop button to stop the copy operation. You can not
restart a job after you press the Stop button. To complete a job, you
must reprogram the copier/printer settings and reload any uncopied
originals.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21–1
21. Basic Copying
6.
Start: Press the Start button to begin a copy job.
7.
Numeric Keypad
•
Use buttons 0-9 to select the copy quantity, enter personal
passwords, and specify particular feature settings.
•
Use the Clear button to reset copy quantity back to 1 or to clear an
incorrect numeric setting.
8.
Exit: Press the Exit button to return to the previous screen.
9.
Select: Press the Select button to save copy settings other than the
default settings.
10. Arrow Buttons: Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight a specific setting on
the Copier Screen for a feature.
11.
Advanced Features: Press the Advanced Features button to access
the advanced features screen in order to specify the Output location, the
Erase, the 2-Sided, and the 2 Up options.
12. Quality Adjustment: Press the Quality Adjustment button to access the
quality adjustment screen in order to change the Sharpness and the
Color Level of the copies.
13. Contrast Dial: Use the Contrast Dial to lighten or darken the Copier
Screen.
14. Paper Supply Arrow Buttons: Use the Paper Supply Arrow Buttons to
select the desired paper tray.
15. Zoom Arrow Buttons: Use the Zoom Arrow Buttons to select a
desired percentage for a reduction or enlargement setting.
16. Reduce/Enlarge Arrow Buttons: Use the Reduce/Enlarge Arrow
Buttons to specify a preset reduction or enlargement setting.
17. Reduce/Enlarge Indicators: The green light next to each option is lit
when it is selected.
18. Paper Supply Indicators: The green light next to a tray is lit when it is
selected.
19. Color Mode Button: Press the Color Mode button to access the color
mode screen.
20. Lighten/Darken Button: Press the Lighten/Darken button to access the
copy density screen and adjust the saturation levels of the copies.
More information on the copy features introduced above is given in the Copy
Features chapter. More information on the Tools option is given in the Tools
Mode chapter.
21–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21. Basic Copying
Copy Mode
The default setting for the DocuColor 2006 is the printer mode. To make a
copy you must change the copier/printer to the copier mode.
When the DocuColor 2006 copier/printer is in the printer mode, a message
displays in the Copier Screen that says
To enter Copy Mode press Copy button
This message is referring to the Copy button on the Copier Control Panel.
After you press the Copy button, one of the following occurs:
•
The Copy Ready message appears on the Copier Control Panel
indicating that you have successfully entered copy mode. The copier is
ready to begin processing jobs.
•
If the User Password option is enabled, the Copier Control Panel
prompts you to enter your user password.
Enter your password using the Numeric Keypad. If you enter the wrong
number, press the Clear button.
If your password is correct, the Copy Ready message automatically
appears on the Copier Screen. This indicates that you have
successfully entered copy mode. The copier is ready to begin
processing jobs.
If you entered an incorrect password, the Incorrect Password message
appears and the copier prompts you to enter your password again.
For information on setting up or changing the user password, see the Tools
Mode chapter.
Using the Auto Mode Change feature enables the DocuColor 2006
copier/printer to automatically enter the copy mode when originals are loaded
in the Document Feeder. For more information on the Auto Mode Change
feature, go to the Tools Mode chapter.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21–3
21. Basic Copying
Auto Start
While the Please Wait message appears on the Copier Screen, you cannot
start copy operations. You may, however, program your copy job. Once the
copier/printer has successfully entered copy mode, your copy job will
automatically begin to print.
While the Please Wait message is displayed, position your originals, select
the desired options and press the Start button. The copier/printer continues
to show the Please Wait message until it enters the copy mode.
Once the DocuColor 2006 enters the copy mode, the copy job begins to print.
If you wish to cancel the copy job before it begins, press the Stop button.
The Copier Main Screen
Once the DocuColor 2006 enters the copy mode, the Copier Screen displays
the Main Screen. The message Ready to Copy appears on the Main Screen.
The Main Screen also displays the copy quantity and the settings for the
following features:
•
Reduce/Enlarge
•
Paper Supply
•
Color Mode
When you first enter copy mode, each of these features is programmed at the
factory default setting. Should you make any changes to these settings, the
Main Screen will reflect these changes.
For information on the Reduce/Enlarge feature, the Paper Supply feature and
the Color Mode feature, go to the Copy Features chapter. For information on
changing the default settings for each of these features, go to the Tools Mode
chapter.
To view any changes made to the other features available through the
DocuColor 2006 copier/printer, access the corresponding feature screen. For
information on the available features and for directions on accessing feature
screens, go to the Copy Features screen.
21–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21. Basic Copying
Positioning the Originals
There are two ways to position originals on the DocuColor 2006: on the
Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
The Document Glass
Perform the following steps to use the Document Glass:
1.
Raise the Document Cover or the Document Feeder.
2.
Align the original into the rear, left-hand corner of the Document Glass
face down. Place your original in the same orientation that the paper
supply is loaded in your selected paper tray.
For transparency sheets, tracing paper or other types of thin paper, place a
blank, white sheet over the original on the Document Glass.
For information on the Paper Supply feature, see Chapter 24, “Copy Features”.
For information on loading paper into a paper tray, see Chapter 1, “Setting up
the DocuColor 2006”.
Long Edge Feed (LEF)
3.
Short Edge Feed (SEF)
Close the Document Cover or the Document Feeder.
CAUTION
When copying a thick document, do not force the document cover down. The
Document Glass may break if under too much pressure.
WARNING
If you must perform a copy operation with the document cover open, do not
look at the scanner light.
The maximum original size that the Document Glass can scan is 11 inch x 17
inch or A3 (297 mm x 420 mm).
If you should try to register an original document larger than the maximum
size on the Document Feeder, the image will be cut off on your copy output.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21–5
21. Basic Copying
The DocuColor 2006 detects original sizes in either inches or millimeters. The
table below lists the various paper sizes that the DocuColor 2006 can
automatically detect when configured to inches and to millimeters.
For information on changing the copier configuration between inches and
millimeters, go to the Tools Mode chapter.
Inch Configuration
Metric Configuration
8.5 in. x 11 in. SEF/LEF
B5 SEF/LEF
8.5 in. x 14 in. SEF
A4 SEF/LEF
11 in. x 17 in. SEF
B4 LEF
A3 SEF
A5 LEF (EU only)
You must enter a Paper Supply option for documents that do not fall within
the sizes listed in the table and for documents that are difficult to detect, such
as transparencies and tracing paper. If the copier cannot detect the size of
your original, an error message appears on the Copier Screen. The error
message appears each time you attempt to copy the original until you enter a
specific Paper Supply option.
For directions on using the Paper Supply feature, go to the Copy Features
chapter.
21–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21. Basic Copying
The Document Feeder
The Document Feeder allows you to load up to 30 originals into the DocuColor
2006 for continuous scanning. Each original is scanned individually, beginning
with the bottom sheet.
The Document Feeder is an optional accessory for the DocuColor 2006. For
information on ordering the Document Feeder, go to the Accessories section in
the Getting to Know the DocuColor 2006 chapter.
To use the Document Feeder perform the following steps:
1.
Raise the document handler to the right.
2.
Place the originals into the Document Feeder face up and in the same
orientation as your selected paper tray.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21–7
21. Basic Copying
3.
Gently push the originals into the Document Feeder, as shown below,
until the Document Feeder light illuminates.
To prevent paper jams, ensure that the original documents rest against the
rear edge of the Document Feeder. Make sure that the Document Feeder
light illuminates.
Document
Feeder Light
4.
Adjust the Document Guide to gently touch the edges of the originals, as
shown below.
Pushing the Document Guide too tightly against the originals may cause a
Document Feeder jam.
0302512A-W O L
21–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21. Basic Copying
5.
Return the Document Tray to the original position.
0302513A-W O L
6.
If you are loading large size originals into the Document Feeder, pull out
the extension tray of the Document Handler.
0302516A-W O L
CAUTION
Pay attention to the following cautions when using the Document Feeder:
•
Do not press on the originals while using the Document Feeder; this
could cause a paper jam.
•
Do not let more than 30 sheets stack on the Document Handler. Do not
place any objects on the Document Handler. Both actions could cause a
paper jam.
The Document Feeder accepts all paper sizes between 8.5 inch x 11 inch or
B5 (182 mm x 257 mm) and 11 inch x 17 inch and A3 (297 mm x 420 mm).
The Document Feeder accepts all paper weights between 38 gsm and 128
gsm or between 10 lb. and 34 lb. To copy an original that is not with in these
specifications, you must use the Document Glass.
For specific information on media regulations for the Document Feeder, go to
the Technical Data chapter.
The Document Feeder does not accept jobs with mixed size originals.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
21–9
21. Basic Copying
Making a Copy
Perform the following steps to make a copy on the DocuColor 2006:
1.
If the copier/printer is in printer mode, press the Copy button.
2.
Press the Clear All button to reset all default settings.
The settings for all of the copy features are not displayed on the Main Screen.
Feature settings may be altered from a previous copy job. Press the Clear All
button to ensure that all copy features are on the default settings.
3.
Position the originals on the Document Glass or in the Document
Feeder.
4.
Select the desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad. If you
enter the wrong number, press the Clear button.
5.
Press the Start button.
For directions on applying additional copy features, go to the Copy Features
chapter.
21–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22
Copy Features
The following copy features are available on the DocuColor 2006
copier/printer:
•
Reduce/ Enlarge options
•
Paper Supply options
•
Original Type options
•
Lighten/Darken options
•
Quality Adjustment
•
Advanced Features
This chapter provides detailed information about using each of these features.
Reduce/Enlarge
The Reduce/Enlarge feature allows you to increase or decrease the size of
the original image onto your copy output. Selecting a Reduce/Enlarge
percentage on the Copier Control Panel specifies a desired change in the
original image size.
The following Reduce/Enlarge options are available on your DocuColor 2006
copier/printer:
•
100 % - The copy image will be the same size as the original image.
•
Auto % - The DocuColor 2006 copier/printer automatically detects
original document size. After you select your desired paper output size,
the copier/printer reduces or enlarges the image to fit onto the output
paper.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–1
22. Copy Features
•
Preset % - The Preset % settings are shown on the Copier Control
Panel. The copier/printer automatically determines output size based on
the selected reduction or enlargement percentage.
The following tables list the Preset % options available on the DocuColor
2006 and how each percentage affects certain paper sizes.
Percentage
Paper Sizes
Percentage
Paper Sizes
64%
11 in x 17 in ➙ 8.5 in x 11 in
70 %
A3 ➙ A4
78%
8.5 in x 14 in ➙ 8.5 in x 11 in
81%
B4 ➙ A4
129%
8.5 in x 11 in ➙ 11 in x 17 in
86%
A3 ➙ B4; A4 ➙ B5
154%
5.5 in x 8.5 in ➙ 8.5 in x 14 in
115%
B4 ➙ A3; B5 ➙ A4
200%
5.5 in x 8.5 in ➙ 11 in x 17 in
141%
B5 ➙ B4
U.S. Preset % options
•
International Preset % options
Manual % options- The Zoom Arrow Buttons allow you to set a manual
zoom percentage between 25% and 400%. The manual zoom
percentage displays on the Copier Screen.
Using the Reduce/Enlarge feature
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Reduce/Enlarge feature:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For information on positioning documents on the Document Glass or using
the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
22–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
4.
Perform one of the following:
•
Use the Reduce/Enlarge Arrow buttons to select 100 % to produce
a copy that is the same size as the original document.
•
Use the Reduce/Enlarge Arrow buttons to select Auto%.
•
Use the Reduce/Enlarge Arrow buttons to select a Preset %
reduce/enlarge setting.
•
Use the Zoom Arrow Buttons to select a Manual % reduction or
enlargement percentage.
You can enter any percent between 25 % and 400 %.
5.
If you selected Auto %, select a desired Paper Supply.
You cannot use the Auto Paper Supply feature with the Auto %
Reduce/Enlarge option. You must select a specific paper supply when using
the Auto % Reduce/Enlarge option. Information on the Paper Supply feature
is provided in the next section.
You cannot select an Enlarge value greater than 100% when Auto Paper
selected. You must select a paper size.
6.
Select the desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
7.
Press the Start button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–3
22. Copy Features
Paper Supply
The Paper Supply feature allows you to select the desired paper for your
copies.
The following Paper Supply options are available on the DocuColor 2006:
•
Auto – The copier/printer automatically determines original size and the
appropriate paper supply. The copier/printer then pulls the appropriate
copy stock from paper tray 1, 2, or 3.
•
Paper Trays 1, 2, and 3 – This Paper Supply option allows you to select
a paper tray loaded with the desired output size.
Selecting Paper Tray 1, 2, or 3 along with the Auto % reduce/enlarge option
prompts the DocuColor 2006 to fit the original image on the desired output
paper size. More information on using the Reduce/Enlarge feature is
provided at the beginning of this chapter.
•
Bypass Tray – This option allows you load your desired output paper
into the Bypass Tray. Use this method when copying original documents
onto transparencies, labels, envelopes, postcards and other
unconventional paper stocks.
More information on using the Bypass Tray is provided later in this chapter.
Using Paper Trays 1, 2, and 3
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the paper trays 1, 2, or 3:
For instructions on loading paper trays 1, 2, or 3, go to the “Setting Up the
DocuColor 2006” chapter.
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore all default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning original documents, go to the “Basic
Copying” chapter.
22–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
4.
Use the Paper Supply Arrow Buttons to select one of the following:
•
Auto
You cannot use the Auto Paper Supply feature with the Auto %
Reduce/Enlarge option. You must select a specific reduce/enlarge
percentage. Information on the Reduce/Enlarge feature is provided at the
beginning of this chapter.
•
Tray 1
•
Tray 2
•
Tray 3
If paper is not loaded in the paper tray, the message “Add Paper to Tray X”
is displayed on the Copier Screen, where “X” is the selected tray. For
information on loading the paper tray, go to the “Loading paper in the paper
trays” procedure in the “Setting up the DocuColor 2006” chapter.
5.
Select your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
6.
Press the Start button.
Using the Bypass Tray
Use the Bypass Tray to copy onto unconventional paper sizes or weights,
such as postcards, transparencies or envelopes.
Loading the Bypass Tray
Use the following procedure to load the Bypass Tray:
1.
Lower the Bypass Tray.
0302500A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–5
22. Copy Features
2.
Perform one of the following:
•
If loading A3 oversize paper, ensure that the blue-green, left-hand
paper guide is lowered and snapped into place.
•
If loading any other size paper, lift the blue-green, left-hand paper
guide.
0302501A-W O L
3.
Slide the right-hand paper guide all the way to the right.
0302502A-W O L
4.
If you are printing on longer paper, pull out the Tray Extender.
0302503A-W O L
22–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
5.
Insert your paper stock into the Bypass Tray. Place the left-hand edge of
the paper stock against the left-hand paper guide.
0302504B-W O L
Follow these guidelines to help minimize paper jams in the Bypass Tray:
6.
•
Do not use paper that is folded, creased or curled.
•
Do not load more sheets than can fit easily under the paper
guide tab.
•
Whenever possible, load paper for long edge feed.
Slide the right-hand paper guide to fit against your paper stock.
Pushing the paper guide to tightly against the paper stock can cause a paper
jam.
0302505A-W OL
When paper stock is first loaded in the Bypass Tray, the Bypass Tray paper
selection screen automatically is displayed on the Copier Screen. For further
directions on using the Bypass Tray, go to the “Making a Copy Using the
Bypass Tray” procedure.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–7
22. Copy Features
Loading Transparencies into the Bypass Tray
Transparencies can be fed only from the Bypass Tray or optional
Transparency Tray that goes into Tray 1 position. Use only the transparencies
specified in the DocuColor 2006 Recommended Materials List.
Leaving transparencies in the Bypass Tray can cause static build up, which
can cause a jam. Be sure to remove the transparencies when the job is
complete.
Use the following procedure to load transparencies into the Bypass Tray:
1.
Fan the transparency sheets a few at a time to separate them and
prevent static.
2.
Insert transparencies into the Bypass Tray until they are touching the
feeding slot. Slide the right-hand paper guide against the transparency
stack.
0302514A-W O L
22–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Loading Postcards into the Bypass Tray
Postcards must be fed through the Bypass Tray.
When printing on the back of pre-printed postcards, make sure that the
postcard is not bent. To avoid paper jams, flatten every bend by hand before
printing.
Use the following procedure to load postcards into the Bypass Tray:
1.
Load a postcard into the Bypass Tray with the copy side face up.
2.
Adjust the paper guides to fit snuggly against the postcard stack.
0302507A-W O L
Use the Reduce/Enlarge feature to copy larger images onto a postcard.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–9
22. Copy Features
Loading Envelopes in the Bypass Tray
All envelopes must be fed through the Bypass Tray. Open the flap and insert
the envelope, one at a time, into the Bypass Tray as shown below.
0302508A-W O L
Follow these guidelines when printing onto envelopes to help minimize
potential jams and other problems:
22–10
•
Do not use envelopes that have tape seals. If you are using
an envelope with a glue seal, make sure it is dry before use.
•
Only use landscape (horizontal) type envelopes (more than
90 mm wide, and more than 143 mm long with the flap
open). Portrait (vertical) type envelopes may not be used.
•
Insert envelopes with the flap facing out and the glue side
down.
•
Poor quality envelopes may crease, and may not print
properly.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Making a Copy Using the Bypass Tray
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the Bypass Tray:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the originals on the Document Glass or in the Document
Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass or
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying feature.
4.
Use the Paper Supply buttons to select the Bypass Tray. The Bypass
Tray Selection screen is displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to select one of the following:
•
•
Side 1 if you are printing onto one of the following paper types and
the paper is not printed on:
•
Plain
•
Transparency
•
Label
•
Postcard (Pcard)
•
Coated
•
Glossy
•
Thick
Side 2 if you are printing onto one of the following paper types and
the paper has already been printed on.
•
Plain
•
Postcard (Pcard)
•
Coated
•
Glossy
•
Thick
Use the Side 2 option to create a 2-Sided copy manually.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–11
22. Copy Features
WARNING
Feeding paper into the Bypass tray that has been printed on one side from
another copier can damage the DocuColor 2006 because of the differences
in dry ink temperature and chemical specifications. It is recommended that
you create manual, 2-Sided copies using paper printed on by the DocuColor
2006 only.
6.
Press the Select button. Paper Size selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the paper size loaded in the Bypass
Tray.
8.
Press the Select button. The Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen. The Bypass Tray, along with your selected copy stock, will
display under the Paper Supply option.
9.
Enter the desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
10. Press the Start button.
Color Mode
The Color Mode feature allows you to define color specifications for your copy
output.
The following Color Mode options are available on the DocuColor 2006
copier/printer:
•
Auto – The copier/printer automatically detects if the original is color or
black and white.
Documents that are detected as color are copied in Text/Photo mode.
Documents that are detected as black and white are copied in Text
mode.
•
22–12
Black – The copier/printer uses only black dry ink to create the copy.
The following original type options are available in Black color mode:
•
Text – Use this setting when the original is black and white and
contains only text.
•
Text/Photo – Use this setting when the original is black and white
and contains both text and printed photographs.
•
Photograph – Use this setting when the original is a black and white
photograph.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
•
•
Color - The copier/printer will use all dry ink cartridges for full color copy
output. The following original type options are available in Full color
mode:
•
Text/Photo – Use this setting when the original consists of color text
and photographs or color text and a photo from a magazine or
newspaper.
•
Printed Photo – Use this setting when the original is a photograph
from a magazine or a newspaper.
•
Photograph – Use this setting when the original document is an
original photograph (negative films, developed photographs), not a
printed photograph.
2 Color – Use this setting to produce two color output; black and one of
the following:
•
Red
•
Green
•
Blue
•
Yellow
•
Purple
•
Brown
•
Yellow Green
•
Light Blue
•
Pink
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–13
22. Copy Features
Using the Color Mode feature
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Color Mode feature:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying section.
4.
Press the Color Mode button. Color Mode selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to select one of the following:
•
Auto
•
Black
•
Color
•
2 Color
6.
Press the Select button.
7.
If you selected Auto Color Mode, skip to step 8. If you selected Black
Color Mode, Full Color Mode or 2 Color Mode, perform one of the
following:
•
For Black Color Mode, use the Arrow Buttons to select the original
type as Text, Text/Photo or Photograph.
•
For Full color Mode, use the Arrow Buttons to select the original
type as Text/Photo, Print photo or Photograph.
•
For 2 Color Mode, use the Arrow Buttons to select the color you
want to print with black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Purple, Brown,
Yellow Green, Light Blue, or Pink.
8.
Press the Select button. Copy Mode selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen
9.
Press the Exit button. The Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen. Your Color Mode setting displays on the main screen.
10. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
11. Press the Start button.
22–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Lighten/Darken
The Lighten/Darken feature enables you to adjust the overall density of the
copy output. This feature offers an Auto Contrast option as well as five
lighten/darken levels.
When the Auto option is selected, the copier/printer automatically determines
the density of the original. The copier/printer then adjusts the density levels of
the copy output to optimize image quality.
Using the Lighten/Darken feature
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Lighten/Darken feature:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document
Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and on
the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Lighten/Darken button. Copy Density selection is displayed
on the Copier Screen.
5.
Perform one of the following actions:
•
Use the up arrow button to go from Auto mode to manual mode
density selection.
•
Use the right and left arrow buttons to select one of the fine copy
densities between Dark and Light in manual mode.
•
Use the down arrow button to return to Auto mode from manual
mode selection.
6.
Press the Select button. The Copier Screen returns to the main menu.
7.
Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
8.
Press the Start button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–15
22. Copy Features
Quality Adjustment
The Quality Adjustment feature allows you to adjust the following features:
•
Sharpness – to adjust the line sharpness of your copy output.
For detail use a darker line sharpness. For softness use a lighter line
sharpness.
•
Color Level – to adjust the amount of color in the copy output.
•
Background Mask – to keep undesired images printed on the back of an
original from appearing on the copy output.
The Background Suppression option is useful for copying newspaper and/or
magazine articles because it keeps the print on the back of the page from
appearing on the copy output.
Using the Sharpness option
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Sharpness option:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Quality Adjustment button. Quality Adjustment selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Sharpness option.
6.
Press the Select button. Sharpness selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight a sharpness level between Lighter
and Darker.
A lighter sharpness level produces softer lines. A heavier sharpness level
produces more distinct lines.
22–16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
8.
Press the Select button. Quality Adjustment selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
9.
Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
10. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
11. Press the Start button.
Using the Color Level option
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Color Level option:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Quality Adjustment button. Quality Adjustment selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Color Level option.
6.
Press the Select button. Color Level selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight a color level between Lighter and
Darker.
A lighter color level produces pale, weak colors. A heavier color level
produces brighter, stronger colors.
8.
Press the Select button. Quality Adjustment selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
9.
Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
10. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
11. Press the Start button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–17
22. Copy Features
Using the Background Mask option
Follow these steps to make a copy using the Background Mask option:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Quality Adjustment button. Quality Adjustment selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Background Mask option.
6.
Press the Select button. Background Mask selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight On to activate the background
suppression or to highlight Off to turn the background suppression off.
8.
Press the Select button. Quality Adjustment selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
9.
Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
10. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
11. Press the Start button.
22–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Advanced Features
The Advanced Features option includes the following:
•
Output – to change the tray that your copies output to. The option can be
set to either the Exit Tray, the left-hand side output tray, or the Top Tray,
the tray above the printer where print jobs are output.
•
If the Sorter/Stacker option is attached, there are other output selections
available. Refer to the section Determining Output with the optional
Sorter/Stacker for additional information.
•
Erase – to set an erase value from 0 — 50 mm for the following
dimensions on your copy output:
•
Horizontal
•
Vertical
•
Center
The DocuColor 2006 copier/printer automatically creates a 4 mm border on
every copy. This is not an erase feature and can not be deleted.
•
•
2-Sided – to produce double sided output, output with images on both
the front and back sides, from single sided input. The following
orientation options are available for the 2-Sided feature:
•
Portrait – to have to images flip along the long edge of the output.
•
Landscape – to have the images flip along the short edge of the
output.
2 Up – to copy two images onto a single page. The following image
positions are available for the 2 Up feature:
•
ON (L➙R) – to position the images in order from left to right.
•
ON (R➙L) – to position the images in order from right to left.
You can not use the 2 Up feature with the following:
•
2-Sided option
•
Auto Paper Supply option
•
Auto Reduce/Enlarge option
The 2-Sided feature and the 2 Up feature are available only if you have a
Document Feeder.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–19
22. Copy Features
Using the Output option
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the Output option:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on position originals on the Document Glass and using
the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Advanced Features button. Advanced Features selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Output option.
6.
Press the Select button. Output Destination selection is displayed on the
Copier screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight one of the following:
•
Exit Tray to direct output to the printer side output tray.
•
Top Tray to direct output to the printer top output tray.
•
Sort/Stack selections if option is enabled. Refer to the section
Determining Output with the optional Sorter/Stacker.
8.
Press the Select button. Advanced Features selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
9.
Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
10. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
11. Press the Start button.
22–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Determining Output with the optional Sorter/Stacker
The Sorter/Stacker functions are available to copy jobs only. Full
functionality is available only when the optional Automatic Document Feeder
is installed
1.
Select the Copy button on the copier control panel to enter Copy Mode.
2.
Select the Advanced Features button.
3.
Select the Output option.
4.
Select one of the following options:
12 x 18 (A3 OV) paper cannot be sent to the Sorter/Stacker.
•
Exit Tray (default): Up to 100 output pages can be delivered to the
top output bin without sorting.
Example: Three copies of a single-sided three-page job will be
delivered in the order 3-3-3, 2-2-2, 1-1-1, with page 1 on top.
•
High Cap: Up to 500 sheets can be stacked in the sorter’s bottom
high capacity bin without sorting. A message displays when the
high cap bin is full.
Example: One hundred copies of a single-sided three-page job will
be delivered so that 100 copies of page 3 are output first, followed
by 100 copies of page 2, then 100 copies of page 1, with page 1 on
top.
Only Plain paper jobs may be sorted or stacked. Transparencies, Thick,
Postcard or other special stock may be sent to the Exit Tray or High Cap bin.
•
Sort (by set): Up to 30 sheets are sorted into a maximum of 10
sets and delivered to the sorting bins.
Example: Three copies of a single-sided three-page job will be
delivered in 3-2-1 order to each of the top three bins (page 3 is
copied first and placed in the bottom of the stack). The final order
will appear as 1-2-3, with page 1 on top.
•
Stack (by page): Up to 30 sheets of the same page (up to 10
pages) can be delivered to each of the 10 sorting bins. If more than
10 pages are in the set, all extra copies will be sent to the High Cap
bin.
Example: Three copies of a single-sided three-page job will be
delivered with all copies of page three sent to bin 3, all copies of
page 2 sent to bin 2 and all copies of page 1 sent to the top bin.
5.
Press Select, then Exit to continue programming the job.
6.
After the job completes, select the Clear All button to return the settings
to the default.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–21
22. Copy Features
Using the Erase option
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the Output option:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the original on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder.
For more information on positioning originals on the Document Glass and
using the Document Feeder, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Advanced Features button. Advanced Features selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Erase option.
6.
Press the Select button. Erase selection is displayed on the Copier
screen.
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight one of the following:
8.
•
On to turn the Erase feature on.
•
Off to turn the Erase feature off.
Press the Select button. One of the following happens:
•
If you selected Off, Advanced Features selections will redisplay on
the Copier Screen. Skip to step 10.
•
If you selected On, Erase value selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight an erase dimension.
Use the Numeric Keypad to enter an erase value between 0 mm
and 50 mm.
Vertical
Horizontal
Center
If you enter an incorrect value, press the Clear (C) button to delete it.
22–22
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
9.
Press the Select button. Advanced Features selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
10. Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
12. Press the Start button.
If you enter two values and wish to change the first, you must first exit and
then return before making the desired change.
Using the 2-Sided feature
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the 2-Sided feature:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the originals in the Document Feeder.
You must use the Document Feeder to create a 2-Sided copy. For more
information on positioning originals in the Document Feeder, go to the Basic
Copying chapter.
4.
Press the Advanced Features button. Advanced Features selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the 2-Sided option.
6.
Press the Select button. 2-Sided selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–23
22. Copy Features
7.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight one of the following:
•
Off to turn the 2-Sided feature off.
•
Long Edge Binding to flip the images along the long edge of the
output. This option prints the top of the long edge side 1 image on
the same edge of the page as the top of the side 2 image. For
Portrait documents, this creates a book effect. For Landscape
documents, this creates a landscape effect.
•
Short Edge Binding to flip the images along the short edge of the
output. This option prints the top of the side 1 short edge image on
the opposite edge of the page from the top of the side 2 image. For
Portrait documents, this creates a calendar effect. For Landscape
documents, this creates a book effect.
The Copier Screen displays an error message if the 2 Up feature is on when
you try to switch the 2-Sided feature on. For information on using the 2 Up
feature, see “Using the 2 Up feature.”
8.
9.
Press the Select button. One of the following happens:
•
If you selected Off, Advanced Features selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen. Skip to step 12.
•
If you selected Portrait or Landscape, Page Count is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
Using the Arrow Buttons, select one of the following:
•
Number – to manually enter the number of originals.
•
Auto Count – to have the copier detect the number of originals.
Skip to step 12.
10. Using the Numeric Keypad, enter the number of originals loaded in the
Document Feeder.
11. Press the Select button. 2-Sided selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
12. Press the Exit button. The Main Screen is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
13. Enter your desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
14. Press the Start button.
22–24
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22. Copy Features
Using the 2 Up option
Use the following procedure to make a copy using the 2 Up feature:
1.
If the DocuColor 2006 is in printer mode, press the Copy button to enter
copy mode.
2.
Press the Clear All button to restore default settings.
3.
Position the originals in the Document Feeder with the long edge of the
paper entering the Document Feeder first (Long Edge Feed).
You must use the Document Feeder to create a 2 Up copy. For more
information on positioning originals in the Document Feeder, go to the Basic
Copying chapter.
4.
Select the Paper Supply and the % R/E required. Several common sizes
are listed below. Use the Zoom feature to determine the best reduction
for other sizes.
Original
Desired 2-Up output
Reduction
8.5 x 11 in. Portrait
8.5 x 11 in. Landscape
64%
8.5 x 11 in. Portrait
11 x 17 in. Landscape
100%
8.5 x 11 in. Portrait
11 x 14 in. Landscape
75%
A4 Portrait
A4 Landscape
70%
A4 Portrait
B4 Landscape
86%
A4 Portrait
A3 Landscape
100%
5.
Load paper into the paper tray by placing the short edge of the paper to
feed into the machine first (Short Edge Feed).
6.
Press the Advanced Features button to display the Advanced Features
selections on the Copier Screen.
7.
Use the arrow buttons to highlight the 2 Up option.
8.
Press the Select button to display the 2 Up selection on the Copier
Screen.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
22–25
22. Copy Features
9.
Use the Arrow Buttons to select one of the following:
•
No to turn the 2 Up feature off.
•
Yes (L→R) to turn the 2 Up feature on, and position the images
from left to right.
•
Yes (R→L) to turn the 2 Up feature on, and position the images
from right to left.
The copier Screen displays an error message if the 2-Sided feature is on
when you try to switch on the 2 Up feature. For information on using the 2Sided feature, go to the “Using the 2-Sided feature” section.
10. Press the Select button.
•
If you selected Off, Advanced Features selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen. Skip to step 14.
•
If you selected Yes (L→R) or Yes (R→L), Page Count selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
11. Using the Arrow Buttons, select one of the following:
•
Number – to manually enter the number of originals.
•
Auto Count – to have the copier detect the number of originals.
Skip to step 12.
12. Using the Numeric Keypad, enter the number of originals loaded in the
Document Feeder.
13. Press the Select button. 2 Up selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
14. Press the Exit button. Advance Features selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
15. Press the Exit button to return to the Main Screen.
16. Enter the desired number of copies using the Numeric Keypad.
17. Press the Start button.
The Copier Screen displays an error message of the Reduce/Enlarge feature
is set at Auto or if the Paper Supply feature is set at Auto. For information on
using the Reduce/Enlarge feature go to the “Using the Reduce/Enlarge
feature” section. For information on using the Paper Supply feature go to the
“Using the Paper Supply feature” section.
22–26
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23
Tools Mode
Use the Tools button on the Copier Control Panel to access Tools Mode on
your DocuColor 2006. The Tools Mode feature provides access to meter
information and the administrative features that allow you to customize and
service your copier.
For the Administration features, the default administrator password is 9999.
Change the password as soon as possible to prevent unauthorized
personnel from accessing the Administrator Menu and its options.
Meter Check
The Meter Check feature provides a statistical report on the number of
images produced on your DocuColor 2006. The Billing Meters screen
displays the following image counts:
•
Meter 1 displays the total number of color prints and copies made.
•
Meter 2 displays the total number of black and white prints and copies
made.
•
Meter 3 displays the total number of copies and prints made to date by
your DocuColor 2006.
The Meter Check feature tracks the use of your copier/printer so that you may
follow maintenance and service requirements accurately.
The Meter Check feature also tracks the types of copies and prints made on
your DocuColor 2006 so that you may customize your copy functions for this
purpose.
For example, if Meter 2 readings are always higher than Meter 1 readings,
your copier/printer is used more for color images than for black and white
images. You may change your default settings to reflect this function.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–1
23. Tools Mode
Use the following procedure to access the Meter Check screen:
1.
Press the Tools button on the Copier Control Panel to display the Tools
Main Menu on the Copier Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Meter Check option.
3.
Press the Select button. Meter Check is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
To exit the Meter Check feature, press the Exit button. The Tools Main
Menu is displayed on the Copier Screen.
5.
Press the Tools button in order to exit Tools Mode.
Administrative Features
Accessing the Tools Mode allows you to alter several administrative features
available with the DocuColor 2006. Those features include
23–2
•
Defaults for Copy
•
Color
•
Auto Color Adjust
•
Detect Doc. Size
•
Auto Mode Change
•
Limit Copy Set Size
•
Timer Preset
•
Sound Preset
•
User Password
•
Admin Password
•
Version Info
•
Self Diag
•
Transporting Scanner
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Use the following procedure to access the Administrative Features menu:
1.
Press the Tools button on the Copier Control Panel to display the Tools
Main Menu on the Copier Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
The default system administrator password is 9999. Change the password
as soon as possible to prevent unauthorized personnel from accessing the
Administrator Menu and its options. For directions on changing the
Administrator Password, go to the Administrator Password procedure
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight your desired feature. Press the
Select button to view the feature options.
Specific information on each of the available Administrative features is
discussed in the following sections.
7.
To exit the Administrator Menu, press the Exit button. The Tools Main
Menu is displayed on the Copier Screen.
8.
To exit Tools Mode, press the Tools button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–3
23. Tools Mode
Defaults for Copy
The DocuColor 2006 automatically restores default feature settings
•
When the power is switched on.
•
When restoring power from energy saver mode.
•
When the Clear All button is pressed.
To change the default settings for the following features, select the Defaults
for Copy option from the Administrator menu in Tools Mode:
•
Paper: This option allows you to change the default setting for the Paper
Supply feature.
The Paper Supply default can be set at Auto, Tray 1, Tray 2 or Tray 3.
The Paper Supply default cannot be Auto if the Reduce/Enlarge default
setting is Auto %.
•
R/E: This option allows you to change the default setting for the
Reduce/Enlarge feature.
The Reduce/Enlarge default can be set to Auto %, 100 %, or to any of
the Preset % options listed on the Copier Control Panel.
The Reduce/Enlarge default setting cannot be Auto % if the Paper Supply
default setting is Auto.
•
Density: This option allows you to change the default setting for the
Lighten/Darken feature.
The Lighten/Darken default can be set to Auto or any of the five density
levels between Darken and Lighten.
23–4
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
•
Color Mode: This option allows you to change the default setting for the
Original Type feature.
The Original Type default can be programmed to one of the following:
•
Black Text
•
Black Text/Photo
•
Black Photograph
•
Color Text/Photo
•
Color Prnt Photo
•
Color Photograph
•
Auto
Setting a default value for the Color Mode feature is useful when most
originals are of the same type.
•
Output: This option allows you to change the default Output location for
copies.
The Output destination default can be set to the Exit Tray or the Top
Tray.
Media types other than Plain will automatically output to the Exit Tray, even if
Top Trap is selected. Additional output selections are available if the
Sorter/Stacker option is part of the configuration. Refer to Determining
Output with the optional Sorter/Stacker in the Copy Features section for
more information.
All paper fed from the Bypass Tray automatically outputs to the Exit Tray,
even if the Top Tray is set as the default.
•
Erase: The option allows you to change the default measurements for
the Erase feature when it is on.
Each Erase dimension can be set at a value between 0 and 50 mm. The
new value is the default measurement for that dimension when the
Erase feature is on.
The default setting for the Erase option is Off. Changing the dimensional
values does not set the default to On; it only changes the default
dimensional values when the Erase feature is switched on.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–5
23. Tools Mode
Use the following procedure to change a Defaults for Copy setting:
1.
Press the Tools button on the Copier Control Panel to display the Tools
Main Menu on the Copier Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering the password, press the Clear (C)
button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Defaults for Copy option.
7.
Press the Select button. Defaults for Copy selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
8.
Using the Arrow Buttons, highlight the feature whose defaults you wish
to change.
9.
Press the Select button. The feature selections are displayed on the
Copier Screen.
10. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight a new default setting.
To change the default for the Erase feature, you must enter an erase
measurement using the Numeric Keypad. If you enter a wrong number,
press the Clear button (C) and enter the correct number.
11. Press the Select button. Defaults for Copy selection are displayed on
the Copier Screen. The new default setting displays next to the
appropriate feature.
12. To change the default for another feature, repeat steps 8 through 11.
13. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
14. To exit Tools Mode, press the Tools button.
23–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Color
The color balance setting changes the toner density for the colors yellow,
magenta, cyan and black. Each color is set for a high, medium and low
density. Each color has a density setting for three document types:
Text/Photo, Print Photo, and Photograph.
The color balance adjustment is for copies only. When the machine is in the
printer mode, color adjustments do not affect the output.
Use the following procedure to adjust the Color settings:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Using the Arrow Buttons, highlight the Color option.
7.
Press the Select button. Color Types are displayed on the Copier
Screen.
8.
Using the Arrow Buttons, highlight one of the following:
•
Text/Photo
•
Print Photo for documents that are printed photographs,
photographs printed in magazines or newspapers.
•
Photograph for documents that are photographs on photographic
paper.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–7
23. Tools Mode
9.
Press the Select button. Color selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
10. Using the Arrow Buttons, highlight one of the following: Y for yellow, M
for magenta, C for Cyan and B for Black. Press the Select button.
11. Using the Arrow Buttons, adjust the color density between –3 and +3 for
each of the three density levels, Low, Middle and High.
Use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease the density level. Use
the left and right arrows to switch between low, medium, and high density.
Pressing the Clear (C) button will return all color densities to 0.
12. Press the Select button. Color selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen. The new density value displays next to the appropriate color.
13. To change the density of other colors, repeat steps 10 through 12.
14. Press the Exit button. Document Type selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
15. To change the color density for other document types, repeat steps 8
though 14.
16. Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
17. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
18. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
23–8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Auto Color Adjust
The Automatic Color Adjust option allows you to correct any color degradation
that occurs from use to maintain the optimum copy quality for the
copier/printer.
The color adjustment is for copying only. When the DocuColor 2006 is in the
printer mode, the adjustments have no effect.
Use the following procedure to apply the Auto Color Adjust feature:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Auto Color Adjust feature.
7.
Press the Select button. Auto Color Adjust Document Type selection is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
8.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight one of the following document types:
9.
•
Text/Photo
•
Print Photo for originals that are photographs printed in magazines
or newspapers.
•
Photograph for originals that are photographs on photographic
paper.
Press the Select button.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–9
23. Tools Mode
10. Confirm that the Printout Document option is highlighted. Press the
Select button.
11. Load 8.5 in. x 11 in. or A4 paper in the Bypass Tray and press the Start
button. Load by long edge first.
For directions on loading paper in the Bypass tray, go to the Copy Features
chapter.
12. The Auto Color Adjustment Patch Page prints out to the Exit Tray.
13. Place the Auto Color Adjustment Patch Page face down on the
Document Glass. Position the magenta patches on the left-hand side of
the glass.
14. Cover the Auto Color Adjustment Patch Page with 5 sheets of white
paper.
15. Press the Start button. The copier/printer begins the color adjustment
process.
16. Press the Exit button when the color adjustment is complete. The
copier/printer prompts you to print a confirmation page.
17. Load 8.5 in. x 11 in. LEF or A4L paper in the bypass tray and press the
Start button. Load long edge first.
18. Retrieve the printout from the Exit Tray and inspect it to see if an
accurate color compensation has taken place.
19. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight one of the following:
•
No if the printout results are not satisfactory and to cancel the color
adjustment.
•
Yes if the printout results are satisfactory and to apply the color
adjustment.
20. Press the Select button. Auto Color Adjustment Document Type
selection is displayed on the Copier screen.
21. To perform the color adjustment for other document types, repeat steps
8 through 20.
22. Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
23. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
24. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
23–10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Detect Doc Size
The DocuColor 2006 can automatically detect the size of an original if it is a
certain size. The copier measures original document sizes in millimeters or
in inches.
For a complete list of all paper sizes the DocuColor 2006 can automatically
detect, go to the Basic Copying chapter.
Use the following procedure to set the default unit of size:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Detect Doc Size option.
7.
Press the Select button. Unit of Size selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
8.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the desired unit of measurement: mm
(millimeters) or inch (inches).
9.
Press the Select button. The Administrator Menu is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
10. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–11
23. Tools Mode
Auto Mode Change
The DocuColor 2006 can enter copy mode when originals are loaded into the
Document Feeder or the platen cover is opened if the Auto Mode Change
option is set to Copy. You do not need to press the Copy button to enter copy
mode.
For further information on using the Copy button to enter copy mode, go to
the Basic Copying chapter.
Use the following procedure to access the Auto Mode Change option:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers displays as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Auto Mode Change option.
7.
Press the Select button. Auto Mode Change selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight one of the following:
9.
•
Off to switch the Auto Mode Change feature off. Copy mode can
only be entered by pressing the Copy button.
•
On to switch the Auto Mode Change feature on. The copier/printer
enters copy mode when originals are loaded into the Document
Feeder or the scanner cover is open.
Press the Select button. The Administrator Menu is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
10. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
23–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Limit Copy Set
The maximum number of copies allowed for a single job can be set between
1 set and 99 sets.
Use the following procedure to select a Limit Copy Set number:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Limit Copy Set option.
7.
Press the Select button. The Limit Copy Set screen is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
8.
Use the Numeric Keypad to enter a maximum set limit between 1 and
99.
9.
Press the Select button. The Administrator Menu is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
10. Press the Exit button. The Tool Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–13
23. Tools Mode
Timer Preset
The DocuColor 2006 has time limits for certain conditions. In Tools Mode, you
can change the timer settings for the following options:
•
Auto Reset: If the copier/printer is not operated within a designated
amount of time, the machine returns to print mode. The time-out before
returning to print mode can be 1 – 4 minutes.
•
Reset Time: When the DocuColor 2006 is in an error condition, the error
message automatically returns to the main screen after a certain time.
This allows printing to resume. The reset time for when the original
screen will display after an error message can be 1 – 120 minutes. To
use copy mode, the error condition will have to be addressed. To clear
error conditions, refer to the problem solving section.
•
Energy Saver Time: If the copier is not operated for a designated
amount of time, the copier will enter energy-saving mode. The time out
before changing to the energy saving mode can be 1 – 60 minutes.
Use the following procedure to change the timer settings:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
23–14
Once the correct password is entered, the Admin Menu is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Timers option.
7.
Press the Select button. Timer Selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the desired Timer option that you
wish to change. Press the Select button.
If you are setting the Energy Saver Timer you must first turn the Energy
Saver Mode on and then you may set a time. Using the Arrow Buttons,
highlight On and then press the Select button. The Copier Screen prompts
you to enter a timer setting.
9.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter a new time limit for the specified item.
You may only enter a value within the time range of the timer option you are
setting. The copier/printer will not allow you to save any time settings outside
of the allowed values for the feature.
10. Press the Select button. Time selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. If you wish to change the timer setting for any other option, repeat steps
8 through 10.
12. Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is displayed.
13. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
14. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–15
23. Tools Mode
Sound Preset
The DocuColor 2006 emits tones when it is in certain conditions. These tones
alert you when the copier/printer has reached a certain state.
The following Audio Tone options are available on the DocuColor 2006:
•
Valid Tone: An entry can be made so that a tone is produced when the
buttons of the control panel are pressed accurately.
•
Invalid Tone: An entry can be made so that a tone is produced when
copying ends abnormally, such as when paper runs out or there is a
paper or document jam.
•
Job Complete Tone: An entry can be made so that a tone is produced
when copying ends.
•
Ready Tone: An entry can be made so that a tone is produced when the
machine shifts from energy saver status to the use status.
•
Alarm CRU Tone: An entry can be made so that a tone is produced
when the toner cartridge or drum cartridge requires replacement.
Use the following procedure to change the Audio Tone settings:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
23–16
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Sound Preset option.
7.
Press the Select button. Audio Tones selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to select the audio tone feature you would like to
change.
9.
Press the Select button to open the selection screen for the selected
audio tone option.
10. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight Off or On for the selected audio tone
option.
11. Press the Select button. Audio Tone selection is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
12. If you wish to change the Audio Tone settings for any other option,
repeat steps 8 through 11.
13. Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is redisplayed.
14. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
15. Press the Tools button to exit out of Tools Mode.
User Password
The DocuColor 2006 allows you to restrict user access to the copier by
setting up user passwords.
If a User Password is set up, a user is required to enter a 4 digit number to
gain access to copy mode. If they do not have a user password, they cannot
use the copier.
For more information on accessing copy mode with a user password, go to
the Basic Copying chapter.
Use the following procedure to set up a user password:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–17
23. Tools Mode
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the User Password option.
7.
Press the Select button. User Password selection is displayed on the
Copier Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to turn the user password option On or Off.
Highlight the On option if you are assigning a new user password. Highlight
the Off option if you are changing a user password. To change a user
password, you must first turn the old password off and then assign a new
password.
9.
Press the Select button. The copier/printer prompts you to enter a 4-digit
number.
10. Using the Numeric Keypad enter a four-digit password.
If you make a mistake while entering the password, press the Clear (C)
button.
11. Press the Select button. When the change is confirmed the
Administrator Menu is displayed on the Copier Screen.
12. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
13. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
23–18
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Admin Password
The password for the machine supervisor is set to 9999 when the machine
ships from the factory. For secure control of the machine, please change this
password as soon as possible.
The Administrator password can not be checked after it is entered. Record
this password so that it is not forgotten.
Use the following steps to change the Administrator Password:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Administrator Password option.
7.
Press the Select button.
8.
Use the Numeric Keypad to enter a four-digit password. Each entered
number displays as an asterisk (*).
If you make a mistake while entering the password, press the Clear (C)
button.
9.
Use the Numeric Keypad to enter the same four-digit password as
confirmation. Each entered number displays as an asterisk (*).
If the password entered as confirmation is identical to the first password
entered, the password is changed and the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
If the password entered as confirmation is different from the first
password entered, you must enter the password again. Repeat steps 8
and 9.
10. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–19
23. Tools Mode
Version Info
If you should ever run into problems with your DocuColor 2006 and have the
need to call for service, you may need to provide your software version
information to the service engineer helping you. You can access all software
version information through Tools Mode.
Use the following procedure to access Version Information:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
number displays as an asterisk (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Version Information option.
7.
Press the Select button. The Version Information screen is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
8.
All version information for the copier software and for all installed options
is listed on the Version Information screen.
9.
Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is displayed.
10. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
11. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
23–20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23. Tools Mode
Self Diag
The Self Diagnostics test allows you to prompt the DocuColor 2006 to assess
the hardware status.
Use the following procedure to begin the self-diagnostics test:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Self Diag feature.
7.
Press the Select button. Diagnostics selection displays on the Copier
Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight Self Diag.
9.
Press the Start button. The DocuColor 2006 automatically begins the
Diagnostics test.
10. When the copier/printer has completed the diagnostics test, one of the
following will happen:
•
The Copier Screen will display a message saying that the copier
has passed the diagnostics test.
•
The Copier Screen will display an error code indicating that the
copier did not pass the diagnostics test. If this should happen, call
for service immediately.
For information on calling for service, go to the Problem Solving chapter.
11. Press the Exit button. The Administrator Menu is displayed.
12. Press the Exit button. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
13. Press the Tools button to exit Tools Mode.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
23–21
23. Tools Mode
Transporting the Scanner
The scanner module must be locked when transporting the DocuColor 2006
to ensure against damage. Locking the module keeps it from sliding and
either damaging itself or causing damage to other parts of the scanner.
Use the following procedure to lock the scanner module:
1.
Press the Tools button to display the Tools Main Menu on the Copier
Screen.
2.
Using the Arrow Buttons highlight the Admin Menu option.
3.
Press the Select button. Password Input is displayed on the Copier
Screen.
4.
Using the Numeric Keypad, enter your Administrator Password. The
numbers display as asterisks (*).
If you make a mistake while entering a password, press the Clear (C) button.
5.
Once the correct password is entered, the Administrator Menu is
displayed on the Copier Screen.
6.
Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the Transporting Scanner option.
7.
Press the select button. Transporting Scanner selection is displayed on
the Copier Screen.
8.
Use the Arrow Buttons to select ON.
The default setting for transporting the scanner is OFF. If you do not wish to
transport the scanner at this time, press the Exit button to return to the
Administrator Menu. The Tools Main Menu is displayed on the Copier
Screen. To exit Tools Mode, press the Tools button.
9.
The copier/printer locks the scanner module. The copier then prompts
you to turn off the power.
10. Turn the power off and proceed with moving the scanner.
For directions on turning the power off, go to the Setting up the DocuColor
2006 chapter.
Once the scanner module is locked, you cannot return to any copy functions
until the scanner power is switched off and then on again. This is the only
way to unlock the scanner module.
23–22
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24
Problem Solving
The following list shows the types of problems identified in this chapter:
•
Jam clearance
•
Copy/print quality problems
•
Power problems
•
Printer error messages
•
Printer error codes
•
Scanner error messages
Avoiding paper jams
The following conditions cause jams in the Printer.
•
The paper guides in the paper tray are not adjusted to the size of the
paper. Refer to the Loading paper in the Paper Tray procedure in the
Setting up the DocuColor 2006 section.
•
The Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) document guides are not
adjusted to the size of the documents. Refer to the Automatic Document
Feeder information in the Setting up the DocuColor 2006 section.
•
Transparencies are incorrectly loaded in the Bypass Tray. Refer to the
Loading Transparencies into the Bypass Tray procedure.
•
Paper not recommended is used. Refer to the Recommended Materials
List.
•
Whenever possible, load paper to feed long edge first.
CAUTION
DO NOT open the Duplex Tray unless directed to do so from the Printer
Control Panel. Opening the Duplex Tray at any other time could create a
paper jam.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-1
24. Problem Solving
Clearing paper jams
Printer jam clearance areas
D
C
B
A
301069a
Area 1: Bypass Tray and Bypass Transport
Area 2: Paper Feed Area from Paper Tray 1 or the Duplex Tray, when
installed.
Area 3: Paper Feed Area from the 2 Tray Module, when installed.
Area 4: Top Left-hand Cover
Area 5: Upper Inverter, if installed. Also provides access to the Fuser area.
Area 6: Lower Inverter, if installed
A: Duplex Tray, if installed
B: Paper Tray 1
C: Paper Tray 3, in the 2 Tray Module
D: Paper Tray 2, in the 2 Tray Module
24-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing paper jams
24. Problem Solving
Document Feeder jam clearance area
301270a
Lift to open the left-hand Document Feeder cover.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-3
24. Problem Solving
24-4
Clearing paper jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing a Paper Tray jam
24. Problem Solving
Clearing a Paper Tray jam
Perform this procedure when the message CHECK LOADING OF TRAY X (1,
2, or 3) is displayed on the Control Panel.
1.
Slowly open the paper tray all the way. Remove the jammed paper and
any paper that is creased or torn. Ensure that there are no pieces of
torn paper remaining in the tray.
301087
2.
Remove the paper stack from the tray, and fluff the edges. Replace the
stock.
3.
Ensure that the stack is flush on all four sides.
4.
If this is Paper Tray 1, press down on the paper stack until the metal
plate on the bottom of the tray latches into place.
301145
It is not necessary to perform step 4 on Paper Tray 2 and Paper Tray 3, if
installed.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-5
24. Problem Solving
5.
Clearing a Paper Tray jam
Firmly close the paper tray.
301065b
24-6
6.
Try running the job again.
7.
If the problem still exists, open the tray and turn the stack of paper over.
8.
Firmly close the paper tray.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing a Duplex Tray jam
24. Problem Solving
Clearing a Duplex Tray jam
Perform this procedure only when the message Clear Duplex Tray jam is
displayed on the Control Panel.
CAUTION
DO NOT open the Duplex Tray unless directed to do so from the Printer
Control Panel. Opening the Duplex Tray at any other time could create a
paper jam.
1.
Slowly open the Duplex Tray all the way.
0301266A-W O Lt
2.
Remove the jammed paper and any paper that is creased or torn.
Ensure that there are no pieces of torn paper remaining in the tray.
t301267a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-7
24. Problem Solving
3.
Clearing a Duplex Tray jam
Firmly close the Duplex Tray.
301268a
24-8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 1 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 1 jams
Perform this procedure when the message Clear Jam in Area 1 is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
Remove any jammed or torn paper or other stock from Area 1, Bypass
Tray. Ensure that there are no pieces of torn stock remaining in the tray.
301088a
2.
Remove any stock loaded in the Bypass Tray.
301089a
3.
In order to access a jam in the transport, pull the Bypass Tray all the
way out of the Pinter.
301090a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-9
24. Problem Solving
4.
Clearing Area 1 jams
Lift the transport cover using the handle as shown.
0301091A-W O L
5.
Remove any jammed or torn paper as shown below. Ensure that there
are no pieces of torn paper remaining in the transport.
0301092A -W O L
6.
Close the transport cover.
0301093B-W O L
24-10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 1 jams
7.
24. Problem Solving
Close the Bypass Tray transport.
0301084A -W O L
8.
Reload the Bypass Tray with the desired stock and ensure that the width
guide is adjusted to the size of the stock.
0301095A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-11
24. Problem Solving
24-12
Clearing Area 1 jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 2 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 2 jams
Perform this procedure when the message Clear Jam in Area 2 is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
Lower the Area 2 access cover.
301096
2.
Remove any jammed or torn stock from Area 2. Ensure that there are
no pieces of torn stock remaining in the area.
301097
3.
Close the access cover.
301082
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-13
24. Problem Solving
24-14
Clearing Area 2 jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 3 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 3 jams
Perform this procedure when the message Clear Jam in Area 3 is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
Open the Area 3 access door.
301099
2.
Remove any jammed or torn paper as shown below. Ensure that there
are no pieces of torn paper remaining in the feed area.
301100
3.
Close the access door.
0301200A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-15
24. Problem Solving
24-16
Clearing Area 3 jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 4 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 4 jams
Perform this procedure when the message Clear Jam in Area 4 is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
Open the Area 4 cover.
301201
2.
Remove the jammed paper. If the paper is torn ensure that there are no
pieces of torn paper remaining in the Printer.
301103
3.
Close the Top Left-hand Cover.
301104
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-17
24. Problem Solving
24-18
Clearing Area 4 jams
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 5 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 5 jams
Perform one of the following procedures when the message Clear Jam in
Area 5 is displayed on the Control Panel.
•
If you do not have the Duplex Tray option installed perform the Clearing
the Fuser Area procedure below.
•
If you have the Duplex Tray option installed, go to the Clearing the
Upper Inverter procedure.
Clearing the Fuser Area
1.
In order to access Area 5, pull open the Fuser Area access cover.
301105a
WARNING
The Fuser may be hot. Use care when reaching into the Fuser area.
2.
To release any paper, lift the green lever as shown, and gently pull the
paper in the direction of the arrow.
301106a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-19
24. Problem Solving
3.
Clearing Area 5 jams
If the paper is not visible, turn the green knob in the direction shown.
0301107A -W O L
301107a
4.
Ensure that there are no pieces of torn paper remaining in the Fuser
Area.
5.
Return the green handle to the original position.
0301257A-W O L
301257a
Firmly close the Fuser Area.
301114a
24-20
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 5 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing the Upper Inverter
1.
In order to access Area 5, pull open the Upper Inverter.
301260
2.
To release any paper, lift the green lever, and gently pull the paper in
the direction of the arrow. If the paper is not visible, turn the green knob
in the direction of the arrow.
0301115A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-21
24. Problem Solving
3.
Clearing Area 5 jams
Open the small, clear, cover and ensure that all the paper and paper bits
are removed.
0301109A-W O L
a.
If paper is visible under the clear cover, hold the cover open and
push the paper toward the paper exit with your fingers.
0301110A-W O L
24-22
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 5 jams
b.
24. Problem Solving
Pull the paper in the direction of the arrow shown below.
0301111A -W O L
c.
If paper is only partially visible under the cover, check under the
tray for access to the paper.
d.
Pull the paper down and remove.
0301112A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-23
24. Problem Solving
4.
Clearing Area 5 jams
Close the small clear cover and move the green lever to the lower
position.
0301113A-W O L
5.
301113a
Firmly close the Upper Inverter.
30164
24-24
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Clearing Area 6 jams
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 6 jams
Perform this procedure when the message Clear Jam in Area 6 is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
In order to access Area 6, open the Lower Inverter cover.
301127a
2.
Remove the jammed paper. Ensure that there are no pieces of torn
paper remaining in the Lower Inverter.
301116a
3.
Close the Lower Inverter cover.
301117a
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-25
24. Problem Solving
Clearing Area 6 jams
Clearing jams in the Sorter/Stacker
24-26
1.
Read the messages that display on the copier and printer control panels.
2.
Slide the Sorter/Stacker to the left away from the DocuColor 2006.
3.
Lift the Jam Clearance Cover.
4.
Lift the green handle and gently remove any sheets that are jammed in
the output area.
5.
Close the Jam Clearance Cover.
6.
Continue to follow the messages that display in the copier and printer
control panels and clear any additional jams that have occurred in the
DocuColor 2006.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Copy/print quality problems
24. Problem Solving
Copy/print quality problems
If the problem still exists after following the instructions in this table, call your
supplier or Xerox for service.
Description
Possible Cause
Action
Printer out of adjustment
Go to Adjusting the color in
this section.
The Copy/print Cartridge is
old or damaged.
Go to Replacing the
supplies in the
Maintenance section.
If only some colors are
faded, a Dry Ink Cartridge
is old or damaged.
Go to Replacing the Dry
Ink Cartridges in the
Maintenance section.
Stray black dots, or white
dots in solid black or color
areas
The Document Glass is
dirty
Go to the Cleaning
procedures in the
Maintenance section.
Vertical streaks
The drum in the Copy/Print
Cartridge is old or
damaged.
Go to Replacing the
Copy/Print Cartridge in the
Maintenance section.
Horizontal streaks
Dirt in the paper path
Clean the document glass,
and make 50 blank copies.
If the problem still exists,
call for service.
Repeating defect
The drum in the Copy/Print
Cartridge is old or
damaged.
Go to Replacing the
Copy/Print Cartridge in the
Maintenance section.
Dry Ink smears when
touched
The Fuser is not operating.
Call for service.
Black pages
The Copy/print Cartridge is
old or damaged.
Go to Replacing the
Copy/Print Cartridge in the
Maintenance section.
Faded print/copy
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-27
24. Problem Solving
Blank pages
Copy/print quality problems
Sheets of paper are
sticking together.
Remove the paper stack
from the paper tray. Fan
the corners of the stack,
and replace it in the Paper
Tray.
The Low Dry Ink message
is display on the Control
Panel.
Go to Replacing the Dry
Ink Cartridges in the
Maintenance section.
The Copy/print Cartridge is
old or damaged.
Go to Replacing the
Copy/Print Cartridge in the
Maintenance section.
Vertical blanks
The Copy/print Cartridge is
old or damaged.
Go to Replacing the
Copy/Print Cartridge in the
Maintenance section.
Image is slanted
The paper guides in the
paper tray are not in the
appropriate position.
Open the paper tray and
adjust the paper guides to
the size of the paper. For
more information, go to the
Loading the paper in the
Paper Tray procedure in
the Setting up the
DocuColor 2006 section.
If a Document Feeder is
installed, the Feeder
document guides may not
be in the appropriate
positions.
Adjust the Feeder
document guides to the
size of the paper. For
more information, go to the
Document Feeder
procedure in the
Accessories section.
Color is out of adjustment.
Go to the Adjusting the
color procedure in this
section.
The color is too light or too
dark.
24-28
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adjusting the color
24. Problem Solving
Adjusting the printer color
Perform this procedure if you have color problems such as insufficient
amounts of one or more colors, or excessive amounts of one or more colors.
If a message to replace a Dry Ink Color Cartridge is displayed on the Printer
Control Panel, replace the cartridge BEFORE performing this adjustment.
VisualCal
There are three parts to the VisualCal adjustment. Do not skip any steps or
perform any part out of sequence.
If you wish to stop the VisualCal adjustment, you may press the Cancel
button at any time. Pressing the Cancel button returns the menu to READY.
1. Print Limits Page
1.
Ensure that READY is displayed on the Printer Control Panel. Any error,
low toner, or paper messages will result in a printing warning to abort
calibration.
2.
Press the Menu button repeatedly until VISUALCAL is displayed.
3.
Press the Item/Enter button. PRINT LIMITS YES is displayed on the
Control Panel screen.
4.
Press the Item/Enter button. PRINTING LIMITS PAGE is displayed and
after a few moments, the page is delivered to the Printer Output Tray.
5.
Under your normal lighting, study the Black Start row.
a.
Select the left-most circle that you can distinguish from the
background and draw a circle around it.
View the page at an angle for the best results.
b.
Select the left-most circle that you can distinguish from the
background on the next row, Black End, and draw a circle around it.
c.
If you cannot see any circle in the row, write 9 next to the row.
d.
If you see all the circles in a row, write 0 next to the row.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-29
24. Problem Solving
Adjusting the color
6.
Repeat step 5 for each for the color rows, drawing circles around your
preferred selections or recording a 9 or a 0 next to the row.
7.
For the 30% Match row, hold the sheet at arms length. Select the circle
that best matches the background and draw a circle around it.
8.
BLACK START 4 is displayed on the Printer Control Panel. Press the
up and down arrows button to enter the number that corresponds to the
value that you selected on the first row.
Pressing the up arrow button increases the number displayed. Pressing the
down arrow button decreases the number.
9.
a.
When the desired number is displayed, press the Item/Enter
button. BLACK END 4 appears on the Control Panel.
b.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to enter the number that
corresponds to the value that you selected on the next row.
c.
Press the Item/Enter button. CYAN START 4 appears on the
Control Panel.
Repeat step 8 for each of the color rows and for the 30% Match row.
If you entered a 9 or a 0 for any row, VisualCal will generate another Print
Limits Page containing the adjustments from your previous selections.
Perform step 8 again until you are able to select circles within the desired 1
to 8 range.
10. When all the values are entered and accepted by VisualCal, PRINT
GRAYS YES is displayed on the Control Panel.
24-30
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adjusting the color
24. Problem Solving
2. Gray Balance Page
1.
Press the Item/Enter button. The PRINTING GRAY BALANCE PAGE is
displayed, and after a moment the page is delivered the Printer Output
Tray.
a.
Select the color patch that is most like the gray that surrounds the
color patches.
b.
Circle your selection.
2.
BEST PATCH (ROW) is displayed on the Printer Control Panel. Use the
up and down arrow buttons to enter the number of the row that
corresponds to your circled selection.
3.
Press the Item/Enter button and perform one of the following steps:
•
•
Xerox DocuColor 2006
If you enter any number other than 0, BEST PATCH (COL) appears
on the Control Panel.
a.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the letter or
name of the column that corresponds to your circled selection.
b.
Press the Item/Enter button. PRINTING GRAY BALANCE
PAGE is displayed, and after a moment the page is delivered
the Printer Output Tray.
c.
Select the color patch that is most like the gray, and perform
steps 2 and 3 again.
If you enter 0, PRINT COLOR TEST YES appears on the Control
Panel.
a.
Press the Item/Enter button and, after a moment, the
Comparison Page is delivered to the output tray.
b.
Go to part 3 Comparison Page.
24-31
24. Problem Solving
Adjusting the color
3. Comparison Page
The Comparison Page allows you to see the changes you that made during
the VisualCal adjustment. On the page are four rows of color photographs.
The first row and the third row show the color setup before you selected
VisualCal. Row two and row four show the color setup after the VisualCal
adjustment was completed. Now you must decide which setup is preferred.
Perform one of the following steps:
•
If you are satisfied with your adjustments press the Item/Enter button.
VISUALCAL appears on the Control Panel.
The system saves your changes and after a moment READY is
displayed.
•
If you are not satisfied with your adjustments, press the down arrow
button and ensure that “No” is displayed on the Control Panel.
a.
Press the Item/Enter button. APPLY CHANGES DEFAULT
COLOR appears on the Control Panel.
b.
Press the Item/Enter button again. The system erases your
adjustments and returns to the color default settings. After a
moment READY is displayed.
To adjust the Scanner Color, refer to the section Auto Color Adjust in the
Tools Mode chapter.
24-32
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer Error messages
24. Problem Solving
Printer Error messages
If the problem still exists after following the instructions in this table, call your
service support and report the problem.
Message
Possible Cause
Action
010-317 Call for
Service
There may be an
electrical problem.
Call your service support and report
the code displayed in the message.
Black Ink Low
The Black Dry Ink
Cartridge is low.
When prompted, replace the Black
Dry Ink Cartridge.
Check Loading of
[paper tray] in Use
The input document size
does not match the size
of the paper in the
selected tray.
Select Auto Tray.
Clear Jam in Area 1
There is a paper jam in
Area 1.
Refer to the Area 1 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in Area 2
There is a paper jam in
Area 2.
Refer to the Area 2 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in Area 3
There is a paper jam in
Area 3.
Refer to the Area 3 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in Area 4
There is a paper jam in
Area 4.
Refer to the Area 4 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in Area 5
There is a paper jam in
Area 5.
Refer to the Area 5 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in Area 6
There is a paper jam in
Area 6.
Refer to the Area 6 jam clearance
procedure in this chapter.
Clear Jam in
Duplex Tray
There is a paper jam in
the Duplex Tray.
Refer to the Duplex Tray jam
clearance procedure in this chapter.
Close Area 1
The Area 1 access cover Close the Area 1 access cover.
is open.
Close Area 2
The Area 2 access cover Close the Area 2 access cover.
is open.
Close Area 3
The Area 3 access cover Close the Area 3 access cover.
is open.
Close Area 4
The Area 4 access cover Close the Area 4 access cover.
is open.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Adjust the paper tray Width Guide.
24-33
24. Problem Solving
Message
Printer Error messages
Possible Cause
Action
Close Area 5
The Area 5 access cover Close the Area 5 access cover.
is open.
Close Duplex Tray
The Duplex Tray is
open.
Close Front Cover
The Front Cover is open. Close the Front Cover.
Close Paper Tray 1
Paper Tray 1 is open.
Close the tray.
Close Paper Tray 2
Paper Tray 2 is open.
Close the tray.
Close Paper Tray 3
Paper Tray 3 is open.
Close the tray.
Cyan Ink Low
The Cyan Dry Ink
Cartridge is low.
When prompted, replace the Cyan
Dry Ink Cartridge.
Empty Top Tray
The Top Output Tray is
Remove the copies from the Top
full, or contains unusable Output Tray.
copies.
Install Black Ink
Cartridge
The Black Dry Ink
Cartridge is empty.
Install Copy/Print
Cartridge
The Copy/Print Cartridge Replace the Copy/Print Cartridge.
has failed or reached
end-of-life.
Install Cyan Ink
Cartridge
The Cyan Dry Ink
Cartridge is empty
Replace the Cyan Dry Ink Cartridge.
Install Magenta Ink
Cartridge
The Magenta Dry Ink
Cartridge is empty
Replace the Magenta Dry Ink
Cartridge.
Install Waste
Container
The Waste Container is
not in the Printer, or is
not pushed in all the
way.
Ensure that the Waste Container is
installed and pushed all the way into
the Printer.
Install Waste
Container
The Waste Container is
Full.
Replace the Waste Container.
Install Yellow Ink
Cartridge
The Yellow Dry Ink
Cartridge is empty
Replace the Yellow Dry Ink
Cartridge.
Load [stock size] in
Tray 1
Tray 1 is low on the
specified stock.
Fill the Paper Tray with the
appropriate stock.
24-34
Close the Duplex Tray.
Replace the Black Dry Ink Cartridge.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer Error messages
Message
24. Problem Solving
Possible Cause
Action
Load [stock size] in
Tray 2
Tray 2 is low on the
specified stock.
Fill the Paper Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Load [stock size] in
Tray 3
Tray 3 is low on the
specified stock.
Fill the Paper Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Load [stock size],
[stock type] in
Bypass Tray
The Bypass Tray is
empty.
Fill the Bypass Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Magenta Ink Low
The Magenta Dry Ink
Cartridge is low.
When prompted, replace the
Magenta Dry Ink Cartridge.
Order Copy/Print
Cartridge
The Copy/Print Cartridge When prompted, replace the
is approaching end-ofCopy/Print Cartridge.
life.
Printer Warning
Abort Calib
Paper or dry ink (toner)
is low prior to starting
Visual Cal.
Clear all fault messages and wait for
“Ready” message prior to starting
VisualCal.
Printer is warming up.
Reload [stock size]
in Tray 2
Tray 2 is low on the
specified stock.
Refill the Paper Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Reload [stock size]
in Tray 3
Tray 3 is low on the
specified stock.
Refill the Paper Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Reload [stock size],
[stock type] in
Bypass Tray
The Bypass Tray is
empty.
Refill the Bypass Tray with the
appropriate stock.
Replace Copy/Print
Cartridge
The Copy/Print Cartridge Replace Copy/Print Cartridge.
has failed.
Yellow Ink Low
The Yellow Dry Ink
Cartridge is low.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
When prompted, replace the Yellow
Dry Ink Cartridge.
24-35
24. Problem Solving
Printer Error messages
24-36
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Printer Error Codes
24. Problem Solving
Printer Error Codes
An error code may indicate that an electrical or mechanical problem exists in
the Printer. Typical error codes, six digit numbers with a hyphen in the
middle, are followed by the words CALL FOR SERVICE.
If an error code should appear on the Printer Control Panel perform the
following steps:
1.
Write down the code number.
2.
Switch OFF the Scanner power switch.
3.
Wait 20 seconds.
4.
Switch ON the Scanner power switch.
•
If the problem is resolved, resume printing.
•
If the problem is not resolved, call your service representative and
report the error code.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-37
24. Problem Solving
24-38
Printer Error Codes
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Scanner Error messages
24. Problem Solving
Scanner Error messages
An error code may indicate that an electrical or mechanical problem exists in
the Scanner. Typical error codes, xx digit numbers, are followed by the words
CALL FOR SERVICE.
If an error code should appear on the Scanner Control Panel perform the
following steps:
1.
Write down the code number.
2.
Switch OFF the Scanner power switch.
3.
Wait 20 seconds.
4.
Switch ON the Scanner power switch.
•
If the problem is resolved, resume printing or copying.
•
If the problem is not resolved, call your service representative and
report the error code.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-39
24. Problem Solving
24-40
Scanner Error messages
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Sorter/Stacker Error messages
24. Problem Solving
Sorter/Stacker Messages
Message
Cause and solution
A3-Ov is not available with
Sorter. Select top tray.
The paper size selection you made for the job, for
example, 12 x 18 inches, is not valid. Redirect the
job to the printer top tray or change the output paper
size so the job may be sent to the Sorter/Stacker.
Check printer panel and remove
papers.
Follow jam clearance procedures for the
Sorter/Stacker and the DocuColor 2006. For
complete jam clearance procedures for the
DocuColor 2006, refer to the DocuColor 2006 user
documentation CD.
Check Sorter position.
The Sorter/Stacker is not in place. Move the unit to
the right, adjacent to the DocuColor 2006.
Clear Jam in Sorter.
There is a paper jam in the Sorter/Stacker. Follow
the jam clearance procedures to clear the jam in the
Sorter/Stacker. You may also be instructed to clear
jams from other areas of the copier/printer.
Close Sorter Cover
The Sorter Cover is not in place. Ensure that the
cover is completely closed.
Combination of this paper and
Sort or Stack is not available.
The paper selection (size or type) you made for the
job is not valid. Redirect the job to the top tray or
change the paper size or type selection so the job
may be sent to the Sorter/Stacker.
Empty Sorter bins.
This message is displayed at the conclusion of every
job sent to the Sorter. It is also displayed when bin
capacity has been reached. Remove the sheets from
the bins and continue copying.
Invalid for High Cap Tray.
The selections (such as paper size) you made for the
job are not valid for output to the high capacity bin.
Redirect the job to the top tray or change the
selections so the job may be sent to the high
capacity bin.
Invalid for Sort.
The selections (such as paper size) you made for the
job are not valid for sorting. Redirect the job to the
top tray or change the selections so the job may be
sent for sorting.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-41
24. Problem Solving
Sorter/Stacker Error messages
Invalid for Stack.
The selections (such as paper size) you made for the
job are not valid for stacking. Redirect the job to the
top tray or change the selections so the job may be
sent for stacking.
Remove papers from High Cap.
500 sheets are in the high capacity bin. Remove the
sheets from the high capacity bin and continue
copying.
Remove papers from Sorter.
The capacity of the Exit Tray (bin 1) or other bins has
been reached. Remove the sheets from the bins and
continue copying.
Sort and Stack are selected.
Load originals in Document
Feeder.
The Sorter/Stacker is ready to receive the job. Load
the originals in the Document Feeder and run the
job.
Sorter is available up to 10 sets.
The desired number of sets exceeds the sorting limit.
Decrease the number to 10 and run the remaining
sets as part of another job.
Sorter malfunction.
A problem has occurred in the Sorter. Examine the
job specifications and any output. Rerun the job, if
possible. If you are unable to proceed, call for
service.
Stack is available up to 30
copies.
The capacity of the output bins (30 sheets of 20 lb/
64 gsm paper) has been exceeded. Remove the
paper from the bins and continue running the job.
Stack is full. Remove papers.
Bin capacity has been reached. Remove the sheets
from the bins and continue copying
Stacker is full.
Bin capacity has been reached in the high capacity
bin. Remove the sheets from the high capacity bin
and continue copying.
24-42
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Because the DocuColor 2006 server is part of the Printer, most references in
this chapter are simply to the Printer. The word server is used to refer to
network servers.
Problems during Setup from the Control Panel
If you have difficulty printing the test page and no message is displayed,
perform the following steps:
1.
Check the Printer status.
2.
Use the table below to attempt to resolve the problem.
3.
Try printing again.
Symptom
None of the control
panel lights are on.
Nothing is displayed on
the Control Panel
screen.
The data does not light
when a print job is sent
over the network or the
parallel connection, or a
copy job is in progress.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Possible cause
Possible solution
The power switch has
not been switched on.
Switch ON the Printer
power switch.
The power cord is not
securely attached.
Ensure that the power
cord is securely plugged
into the wall and into the
Printer.
There is no power to the
electrical outlet.
Ensure that the outlet is
switched on.
The interface cable is
not connected properly.
Ensure that the network
or parallel cable
connector is properly
attached.
Either the print driver is
not installed or a server
has not been correctly
set up.
Check the settings on the
host server.
24-43
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Network Protocol Setup messages
The following table lists the network protocol messages that you may see
during the Network Protocol setup. It also contains the last Setup screen
shown before the message appeared, a description of the problem, and any
action required.
Message
No AppleTalk zone
found.
Setup screen
Enable AppleTalk
(Network Protocol
Setup>
AppleTalk Setup)
Description and action
• The Ethernet network cable
is not attached to the
connector on the DocuColor
2006 or the network cable is
not plugged into the hub or
network. If your AppleTalk
network has zones, and you
want to specify a zone for the
Printer, you must connect the
network cable to the
DocuColor 2006 before
performing AppleTalk Setup.
• AppleTalk network does not
have zones. Zones are not
required for printing to the
DocuColor 2006. Press OK
to continue.
You must first
enable a network
port.
Protocol Setup or
Service Setup
(Network Setup)
Enable at least one network
port (Ethernet or Token Ring) in
Port Setup before beginning
Protocol Setup or Service
Setup.
Invalid frame size
Frame Type selection
(Network Protocol
Setup>
IPX>SPX Setup)
The network hub is not
connected to a Novell server
when the DocuColor 2006 tries
to bind.
Warning IPX
network number is
zero.
Frame Type selection
(Network Protocol
Setup>
IPX>SPX Setup)
No other IPX computer can be
found on the network, or the
network hub is not connected
to the network when the
DocuColor 2006 tries to bind.
When this occurs, the network
number defaults to zero.
Can’t detect Token
Ring hardware.
Frame Type selection
(Network Protocol
The Printer queries the Token
Ring hardware. Either some
24-44
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
Message
24. Problem Solving
Setup screen
Description and action
Token Ring
Hardware not
installed or not
functioning.
Setup>
IPX>SPX Setup)
components are not installed,
are not installed correctly, or
are not installed in the correct
device. An unsupported Token
Ring board may be in use. Call
for support.
Can’t autodetect the
ring speed. No
device on ring.
Token Ring Setup
The Printer is trying to detect
the current ring speed, but it is
the only machine on the Token
Ring network. Connect another
machine to the Token Ring
network before connecting the
DocuColor 2006.
No NDS trees found. Enable NDS
(Network
Setup>Service
Setup>PServer
Setup>NDS Setup)
No NDS trees were found on
the Novell network. Ensure that
the frame types on the Printer
are properly configured.
Warning! Selecting a
new NDS tree
deletes Bindery
setup.
You have previously connected
the DocuColor 2006 to a
different NDS tree. NetWise
supports only a single NDS tree
connection. To avoid a
potential conflict with the
existing tree connection, all
bindery settings will be deleted.
Select NDS Tree
(Network
Setup>Service
Setup>PServer
Setup>NDS Setup)
When the message Delete
Bindery setup and continue?
appears:
• Select OK and Yes to delete
the current bindery settings.
Reenter the settings in
Bindery Setup.
• Press the Menu key or select
OK and No when the
message appears to avoid
deleting the bindery settings.
Continued…
Repeat NDS Setup without
changing the NDS Tree, or exit
to Bindery Setup to review the
current bindery settings.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-45
24. Problem Solving
Message
Network Problem Solving
Setup screen
Description and action
______ is empty.
Navigating NDS Tree
(Network
Setup>Service
Setup>PServer
Setup>NDS Setup)
The selected container has no
subcontainers or objects
relevant to the current mode of
navigation.
If you plan to use
NDS, set up NDS
before Bindery.
Bindery Setup
(Network Setup>
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
No NDS settings are present.
You are reminded to perform
NDS Setup before Bindery
Setup in case the network
includes both NDS and bindery
servers.
Error. Cannot open
bindery connection
to NDS server.
Select File Server
Select this server through NDS
From List
Setup or disable NDS and
(Network Setup>
select it through bindery.
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
No NetWare file
server found.
Select File Server
From List
(Network Setup>
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
No file server was found when
the DocuColor 2006 queried
the network to create a list of
supported servers or a list of all
servers.
Check cable connections and
ensure that the NetWare server
is switched on.
File Server name not Enter First Letters of
found. Try again?
Server Name
(Network Setup>
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
No file server with those letters
was found when the DocuColor
2006 queried the network.
Check the name of the
NetWare file server, check
cable connections, and ensure
that the NetWare server is
switched on.
No file server is
selected.
View Server List, Edit
No file server has been added
Connection
in Bindery Setup.
(Network Setup>
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
All connections
Add File Server
24-46
You have added the maximum
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
Message
24. Problem Solving
Setup screen
Description and action
used. Remove
server?
(Network Setup>
8 bindery servers. You must
Service Setup>PServer disconnect one of those
Setup> Bindery Setup) servers in order to add a
different server.
No NetWare print
server found.
Add Server, Enter Your
Login Name, Enter
Your File Server
Password
(Network Setup>
Service Setup>PServer
Setup> Bindery Setup)
No print server was found when
the DocuColor 2006 queried
the file server you selected.
Any Bindery Setup
screen
Novell NetWare has reported
an error. The Printer Control
Panel reports the error number
and displays a brief message.
Novell error code,
followed by a
message.
You must configure a print
server and a print queue for
every NetWare file server that
will handle DocuColor 2006
print jobs.
For the most common errors, a
screen is displayed, enabling
you to retry the action that
caused the error. If the action
cannot be completed, you are
prompted to notify the Novell
administrator to troubleshoot
the error on the network.
Consult NetWare Administrator
documentation for further
explanation of Novell error
codes.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-47
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Novell problems during Network Setup
In Network Setup, when you are configuring your IPX (Novell) connection, the
DocuColor 2006 queries the network for Novell file servers and trees and
temporarily attaches to them. If a guest login is enabled, it will be used. If not,
you will be prompted to log in from the DocuColor 2006 Printer Control Panel.
If the selected NetWare file server or tree does not have a guest account, or if
the guest account has expired or has been disabled by the NetWare
supervisor, you will be prompted to notify the IPX (Novell) administrator. In
that case, you or the supervisor may perform one of the following actions:
•
Enable a guest account on the NetWare server or tree for the purpose of
setup.
•
Log in with a different account. At the log in screen, change the default
name (guest) to supervisor or enter another valid login name. When you
are prompted for a password, enter the correct password for the account
you named.
For any Novell error, ensure that:
24-48
•
The IPX (Novell) network is connected to the DocuColor 2006. The
NetWare server you are trying to access is running.
•
The Novell network has been configured with at least one print server
and queue for the DocuColor 2006.
•
You have the appropriate permissions and login information, including
user name and password, if necessary.
•
The DocuColor 2006 is configured with the correct frame types for
communication with the desired Novell servers.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Novell error messages
Message
220
Guest account not
available.
222
Unable to log in to
server.
Password has
expired for login
name.
252
Unable to log in to
the server.
Login does not
exist.
255
Unable to connect
to file server.
File server is down
or out of
connections.
nnn
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Cause
Suggested action or exit
The guest account,
which you have
selected for initial login,
has expired or has
been disabled by the
NetWare supervisor.
• Enable a guest account on
the NetWare server for the
purpose of setup.
The server has
connected to a file
server, but is unable to
log in to the file server
or print server because
the password has
expired for the login
account name or the
named print server.
• Select a different login
account or print server.
The server has
connected to a file
server, but is unable to
log in to the server
because the selected
login account does not
exist on the file server.
Select a different login account.
The error screen exits to the
File Server Login screen.
Pressing the Menu button to
display the PServer Setup
menu.
The Novell file server is
down or out of
connections.
Select a different file server or
try to get someone else to log
off. Pressing the Menu button
to display the PServer Setup
menu
This error occurs while
the server is trying to
connect to the
requested file server.
Indicates other network
errors when the
• Log in to a different account.
On the log in screen, change
the default name (guest) to
supervisor or enter another
valid login name. When you
are prompted for a password,
enter the correct password
for the account you named.
• The error screen exits to the
File Server Login screen (if
login to the file server failed)
or NetWare Print Server
screen (if login to Print Server
failed). Press the Menu
button to display the PServer
Setup menu.
Notify the Novell Administrator
and report the error number.
24-49
24. Problem Solving
Message
Notify IPX (Novell)
Administrator
Network Problem Solving
Cause
DocuColor 2006 is
already connected to a
file server. Something
unexpected has
happened and the user
generally cannot
recover without the
intervention of the
system administrator.
Suggested action or exit
The error screen exits to the
PServer Setup screen.
Error #197 indicates
that you have
exceeded the number
of login attempts
permitted for this
account on the
NetWare file server.
Error #255 usually
indicates a hard failure.
24-50
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Runtime Printer error messages
For error messages related to canceling jobs and printing, including the Disk
full message and alerts to local media, refer to the sections Job management
error messages and Clearing the Printer.
Users can turn on PostScript error reporting as a print option from Mac OS
applications.
The following table lists the messages, a description of the problem, and
action to take.
Message
Description and action
Check power and cable
Ensure that the interface cable
between the server and the Printer is
connected, or the Printer may be off.
Printer not found
The printer may have a conflicting or
missing name, or address setting. The
required names are:
• TCP/IP host name (also known as
the DNS name), which is defined by
your organization. Enter the host
name as the Server Name in Printer
Setup.
• Remote Printer (internal machine)
name. Use either print or hold.
Configure one of the Fiery utilities on
each workstation if you change the
DNS name (also known as the TCP/IP
host name of the Printer).
Refer to the Name Table that follows
for the appropriate name to use.
Cannot connect to Printer
with Fiery utilities
Check the following:
• Printer Setup—the appropriate
network protocol must be enabled,
with the correct parameters (for
example, TCP/IP, the IP address,
etc.) and you must have published
either the Print queue or the Hold
queue.
Continued…
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-51
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Message
Description and action
• Check these settings quickly by
printing a Configuration page.
At the client workstation, ensure that
the appropriate network protocols are
loaded, and that the Windows directory
contains a configured Efinl.ini file.
24-52
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Name Table
In this location:
For this item:
IPX/SPX
networks:
TCP/IP
networks
Administrator
defines name
Administrator
defines name
Server Setup
Server Name
option
Windows NT
hosts file
host name
Windows NT
setup for TCP/IP
lpd host name
Name of Printer
on lpd host
machine
print or hold
UNIX
/etc/printcap file
(BSD)
rp line
print or hold
Solaris
lpadmin
queuename
print or hold
NetWare
administration
utility
print queues
_direct
(must be all
_print
lowercase and in
_hold
English)
Add New Server New Device
dialog box, when
configuring a
Fiery utility
Server Name
Xerox DocuColor 2006
DNS name
(TCP/IP
hostname)
Utilities are not
supported over
IPX/SPX.
Printer name
Utilities are not
supported over
IPX/SPX.
DNS name
(TCP/IP host
name)
24-53
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Printing problems
On a Windows workstation
Setting up printing on Windows
NT 4.0 Workstations
If you have problems installing the Printer with
Windows NT 4.0, try installing another
PostScript Printer (such as the Apple Laser
Writer II g) and then install the Printer.
Installing another Printer ensures that all files
are properly installed and available.
For additional details, refer to the Windows
NT 4.0 documentation or the Adobe README
file (ReadMeNT.txt) included in the prntdrvr
folder on the User Software CD.
Reinstalling the Adobe
PostScript Printer Driver on
Windows 95/98 or Windows
2000
If you are reinstalling the Adobe PostScript
Printer Driver, delete any previous versions
and related files before installing. Search for
and delete all files named Efax.* in the
Windows\System folder.
For additional details, refer to the Adobe
README file (ReadMe9x.doc) included in the
prntdrvr folder on the User Software CD.
Problems with the Fiery utilities
on Windows 95/98, Windows
2000 or Windows NT 4.0
1. If you are using Windows 95/98 or
Windows 2000, ensure that IPX/SPX and
TCP/IP networking protocols are enabled.
2. If you are using Windows NT 4.0, ensure
that the TCP/IP networking protocol is
enabled.
3. Ensure that the connection is configured
correctly for your site.
To check the current configuration, launch
a Fiery utility and select Open from the
File menu. Select the Printer and Modify
to see current settings. If the settings are
incorrect, you can change them in this
dialog box.
24-54
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
On a Mac OS workstation
Setting up the Printer in the
Chooser
If auto-setup does not work and you are
prompted to select the PPD, select the
appropriate Printer file in your
System:Extensions:Printer Descriptions
folder.
Select DocuColor2006.
Installing screen fonts
If you experience problems installing the
PostScript screen fonts from the User
Software CD to the System:Fonts folder,
perform the following.
1. Quit all applications and close all windows.
2. Create a new folder and name it
Uninstalled Fonts. This folder must be
located outside of the System folder.
3. Move fonts that you are not using from the
System:Fonts folder to the Uninstalled
Fonts folder.
4. Install the fonts from the User Software CD
to a folder called CD fonts. Copy the fonts
to the System:Fonts folder.
5. Create aliases to the System:Fonts folder
and the Uninstalled Fonts folder.
6. Place both aliases on the desktop.
7. When necessary, use the aliases to open
both folders and move fonts between
them.
If you have any applications running, you
must quit and relaunch them in order to view
and use the newly installed fonts.
Alternately, you can try combining fonts from
multiple suitcases into a single suitcase.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-55
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
General printing problems
If this happens:
You cannot connect to the
Printer.
Try this:
Make sure that the Printer is not being
calibrated from the Control Panel.
If the Printer is being calibrated from
the Control Panel, you can select it in
the Chooser, but you cannot connect to
it. This ensures that only one person is
calibrating the server at any time and
that print jobs do not use unexpected
calibration.
You cannot select or view one of
the queues.
Have your system administrator enable
the queue in Setup.
You cannot connect to the Printer Make sure the connection is configured
from a Windows computer with
correctly.
the Fiery utilities.
Printing seems to take too long.
Print to a queue instead of to the Direct
connection.
When you print to a queue, the job is
stored on the Printer until it can be
processed and printed. When you print
to the Direct connection, the job cannot
be sent to the Printer until the previous
job is finished processing, so you must
wait longer to use your computer.
One or more Media Type options
are dimmed.
Select a Paper Source that supports
the Media Type you are using.
For information on requirements and
constraints pertaining to special papers
and transparencies, refer to the chapter
Print options.
The DocuColor 2006 does not
respond to a Print command.
• Has someone disconnected the
Printer by selecting Suspend Printing
from the Functions menu?
If the administrator or operator has
selected Suspend Printing on the
Printer Control Panel to interrupt
printing, your print job will not resume
until someone selects Resume
Printing from the Functions menu on
24-56
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
the Control Panel.
• Did you select the DocuColor 2006
as the current Printer?
Before printing, you must select the
DocuColor 2006 as the current
Printer from your Windows computer,
Mac OS computer, or UNIX
workstation.
• Make sure that the Printer is
switched on.
Someone may have turned the
Printer off, or the Automatic PowerOff or Power Saver mode function
may have engaged.
• If you are printing over an IPX
(Novell) network, verify through the
PCONSOLE utility that the job was
sent to the Novell queue and that the
queue is being used by the Printer.
• Ensure that the job does not contain
a PostScript error.
Check with the operator, or use Fiery
WebSpooler to check the job status.
A job containing a PostScript error
appears in red.
To obtain information on the
PostScript error, make sure the Print
to PS Error option is set to Yes in
Printer Setup.
Jobs sent to the parallel port do
not print.
• Ask the administrator to increase the
parallel Port Timeout in Seconds
on the Printer Control Panel.
• Ask the administrator to change the
Ignore EOF Character setting on the
Printer Control Panel.
f you are printing in ASCII format
PostScript only, set Ignore EOF
Character to No; if you are printing in
Binary format PostScript, set it to
Yes.
Continued…
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-57
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
• If you print using the DOS copy
command, make sure to use the /b
option when printing binary files.
• Restart your Windows computer,
enter BIOS setup, and if you have a
BIOS setting for the parallel port,
ensure that it is set to Compatible
mode and not to Bi-Directional, ECP,
EPP, or any other mode.
• If you are using Windows 95/98 or
Windows 2000, open the System
Properties control panel. Select the
Device Manager tab and Ports.
Double-click the parallel port you are
using and ensure that the driver
selected is the standard Printer Port
driver, and not ECP Port, EPP Port,
or any other driver.
For information about changing this
setting, refer to your Windows
documentation.
You cannot print with Quark
XPress 3.32 using the PSPrinter
8.5.1 driver on a Mac OS
workstation.
24-58
Remove the file called Balloon Help
from your Quark XPress application
folder and relaunch Quark XPress.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Problems with print quality
If this happens:
Try this:
Print settings for your job output
do not match the settings you
gave.
Ensure that you did not override the
setting for the job in another place.
You get poor printing results.
• Does your application require one of
the DocuColor 2006 Printer
description files?
For information about options and
overrides, refer to the chapter Print
options.
If you are printing from Adobe
PageMaker, ensure that the
DocuColor 2006 Printer description
file is installed correctly.
• Ensure the system has been
calibrated.
Separations do not combine
properly.
• Ensure that the file was initially
created as separations.
• If you are printing separations or a
DCS format file, set the Combine
Separations print option to ON.
With Combine Separations ON, all
four colors will be printed on a single
page; with Combine Separations Off,
four black-and-white pages will print
to simulate four single-color plates.
The registration or colors of an
image are not what you
expected.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Ask the operator to print a test page.
The problem may be with the Printer. If
your test page shows that the Printer is
working properly, correct the problem
within your application software. If the
test page is wrong, your Printer may
need to be calibrated or adjusted in
some other way.
24-59
24. Problem Solving
If this happens:
Network Problem Solving
Try this:
Your printed file appears too
dark.
Adjust the Brightness option.
Color output is incorrect.
Check with the operator or
administrator about the current
calibration information.
Use the Brightness option when
printing from an application to lighten
your image whenever you print a
PostScript or Encapsulated PostScript
(EPS) file.
The Printer may need recalibration. t.
Color file prints in black and
white.
In the Color Matching dialog box, make
sure that Color/Grayscale or ColorSync
Color Matching or PostScript Color
Matching is selected (not Black and
White).
Ensure that the Color Mode print option
is set to CMYK or Standard
Color/Expert Color (Windows 95/98 or
Windows 2000) and not Grayscale.
Desktop Color Separations
(DCS) format images print
incorrectly.
• Ensure that you selected the correct
options to send separations in the
application Print dialog box.
• Ensure that you have the file for
every layer of separation that you are
printing.
• Set the Combine Separations option
to On.
This combines the high-resolution
files for an image and prints them.
With Combine Separations Off, the
low-resolution master file will print.
QuickDraw fill patterns print as
solids.
24-60
Use the Adobe PostScript Printer driver
(or the Apple LaserWriter 8.3 or later
Printer driver.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Job Management Problem Solving
This section lists error messages you might see, and provides some
troubleshooting guidelines should a problem arise with the Printer. If you are
unable to resolve a problem after referring to this chapter, contact your
authorized service/support center.
Job management error messages
Error messages can result from problems with the print job, a server, or the
DocuColor 2006. Some of the most common error conditions are listed here.
Message
Corrective Action/Additional
Information
Check power & cable
Ensure that the Printer is on and all the
cables are secure.
Check scanner power & cable
Ensure that the scanner is on. Check
that the cable between the Printer and
the scanner is securely connected.
Communication failure while printing.
Please resubmit job.
An Printer error occurred. Try printing
the job again.
Copier busy
The DocuColor 2006 has received a
print job while running a copy job. The
job will print when the copy job has
completed.
Copier in Energy Save Mode
The DocuColor 2006 is in Energy Save
Mode. You must wait for the DocuColor
2006 to warm-up before printing.
Copier offline
The Suspend Printing option has been
selected from the Functions menu.
Press Resume Printing in the
Functions menu.
Platen Scan in progress
The Printer is completing a scan and
will be ready for printing in a few
minutes.
Print/Copy Cartrdg. misplaced
The print/copy cartridge is not correctly
placed in the Printer. Check the
cartridge and reinstall it as necessary.
Print/Copy Cartrdg. type mismatched
The print/copy cartridge installed is not
the correct cartridge. Remove the
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-61
24. Problem Solving
Message
Network Problem Solving
Corrective Action/Additional
Information
cartridge and check your
documentation for specifications on the
correct cartridge to install.
Printing . . .
This is a normal status message
indicating that printing is in progress.
Ready within 1 minute
This is a normal status message. The
Printer is warming up. It will be ready
for printing in a minute.
Run setup and enter correct security
key
This message is displayed if your
model requires that you enter a
security code.
Trying to connect
Please wait . . .
An error may have occurred with the
Printer. Refer to the message panel for
information.
Turn power off
and on.
Switch off the Printer power, wait 20
seconds, and then switch on the
power.
Warming Up . . .
This is a normal status message. The
print engine is powering up. It will be
ready for printing in a few minutes.
24-62
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Network Problem Solving
24. Problem Solving
Unexpected printing results
If this happens
This is the problem
A cover page is not printed when
you reprint a saved raster job
Cover pages are not printed with saved
raster jobs that have already printed.
The job settings are not carried
out as you expected
If printing from a Mac OS, refer to the
chapter Print options for the table of job
properties and conflicting properties.
If you expected the settings you see in
the Properties window, be aware that
the Copies field does not currently
reflect user settings. The Page Range
is All, and the Scale percent is 100%,
unless they were changed after being
sent for printing.
The job does not print
Some printing errors may be displayed
in the Print status bar. When the job is
in the Printed queue, jobs that had a
PostScript error are displayed in a light
red job row. Double-click anywhere in
the row to see the error message.
There are font errors
If user-specified non-resident fonts are
not printing correctly in PostScript files
that are downloaded by users, request
that they embed the fonts in the
PostScript file or print directly from their
application. When users print from their
applications, if special fonts are not
downloaded automatically, they should
be downloaded directly to the Printer.
Users can load fonts, provided the
Direct connection is enabled. For more
information, go to the chapter Using the
Fiery WebTools.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
24-63
24. Problem Solving
Network Problem Solving
Clearing the Printer
Clearing the Printer is an Administrator option that can be used as a last
resort if a job persists in the system and prevents printing despite attempts to
cancel or delete it. Clearing the Printer deletes all jobs currently saved in any
queue and all locally archived jobs. It also clears the Job Log and the index of
archived jobs.
Before clearing the Printer, export the Job Log if you have not recorded the
information in it. If you can, notify users that you will clear their jobs from the
Printer so they can back them up and resend them when the Printer is back in
operation.
You can clear the Printer from the Control Panel. Refer to the chapter
Performing Setup from the Printer Control Panel.
Users are unable to connect to the DocuColor 2006
If users are unable to connect to the DocuColor 2006, or are unable to find
the DocuColor 2006 from their workstations, the system administrator may
need to check the network connections, and the settings on the servers they
use for printing. If the settings have changed, it may be necessary to
reconfigure the Printer.
For example, if print servers or print queues on a Novell server are renamed
or deleted, or if accounts or permissions are changed, the system
administrator may have to edit the settings or enter new settings in IPX
(Novell) Setup to reflect the new configuration.
Mac OS users may fail to see the DocuColor 2006 if a system administrator
has assigned it to a different zone, or has added zones where previously
there were none.
24-64
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25
Maintenance
Cleaning procedures
This section contains the recommended cleaning procedures for the Xerox
DocuColor 2006.
Cleaning the Printer covers
The Printer does not require cleaning. However, if you wish to clean the
outside covers, perform the following procedure.
WARNING
Always switch off the power and disconnect the power cord from the wall
outlet in order to avoid an electrical shock when cleaning the DocuColor 2006.
1.
Moisten a clean cloth and wipe any stains from the covers.
2.
Wipe dry with a clean dry cloth.
3.
If the stains are still present, moisten a clean cloth with a solution of a
synthetic detergent.
4.
Wipe dry with a clean dry cloth.
CAUTION
DO NOT spray cleaning liquid or water directly onto the Printer.
NEVER use any cleaner other than a synthetic detergent.
DO NOT clean the interior of the Printer.
NEVER attempt to lubricate the Printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-1
25. Maintenance
Cleaning procedures
Cleaning the Scanner
For the best copies, it is recommended that you clean the Scanner at least
once a month.
Document Glass and Document Glass Cover
If the Document Glass is dirty, the copy quality can be less than desirable. If
the inside of the Document Glass Cover becomes dirty, the document size
may not be detectable by the Scanner.
1.
Lift the Document Glass Cover.
2.
Moisten a clean, soft cloth with water and wipe the glass.
3.
Wipe dry with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
301265a
4.
Moisten another clean, soft cloth with water and wipe the white area
under the Document Glass Cover.
5.
Wipe dry with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
301146a
25-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Cleaning procedures
25. Maintenance
Cleaning the Document Feeder
Document jams can be created by dirt on the feed rollers or the feed belt of
the Document Feeder. It is recommended that you clean the feeder once a
month.
1.
Lift the Document Feeder Cover.
2.
Moisten a clean soft cloth with water and wipe the feed belt.
301133a
3.
Wipe dry with a clean and dry soft cloth.
CAUTION
Use care when pulling the feed belt. Always pull it evenly and firmly toward
the right-hand side of the Scanner.
a.
When the visible area is clean, grasp the top and bottom edges of
the feed belt and carefully pull it in the right-hand direction.
0301258A -W O L
b.
Clean the new area.
c.
Repeat step 3 until the entire belt is clean.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-3
25. Maintenance
Cleaning procedures
4.
Close the Document Feeder Cover.
5.
Open the jam access cover.
301270a
6.
Clean the feed rollers as shown.
301259a
7.
25-4
Close the access cover.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges
25. Maintenance
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges
Use this procedure when you are referred here from the Problem Solving
section, or when a message to install a Dry Ink Cartridge is displayed on the
Control Panel.
1.
Open the Printer Front Cover.
0 301034B-WOL
2.
If the cartridge to be replace is not visible in the opening perform the
following steps:
a.
Press the Anti-rotation button.
0 301027C-WOL
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-5
25. Maintenance
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges
b.
Turn the knob in the direction of the arrow until it stops.
0 301028C-WOL
c.
3.
Repeat the steps until the desired cartridge is visible in the opening.
With the desired cartridge visible in the opening, turn the cartridge in the
direction of the arrow until the dot is aligned with the Unlock symbol.
301118b
4.
Pull the Dry Ink Cartridge out of the Printer and recycle according to the
instructions included in the box.
WARNING
DO NOT attempt to use old cartridges, as they could cause print quality
problems.
NEVER dispose of old dry ink cartridges in an open flame. Dry Ink is
flammable and could explode, causing burns and other injuries.
25-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges
5.
25. Maintenance
Remove the new Dry Ink Cartridge from the box and shake it seven or
eight times as shown.
0 301040A-WOL
6.
Ensure that the arrow on the cartridge can be seen on the top, and insert
the cartridge into the Printer as far as it will go.
301041c
CAUTION
If the cartridge is not all the way into the Printer, the knob cannot be turned
to the next position.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-7
25. Maintenance
7.
Replacing the Dry Ink Cartridges
Turn the Dry Ink Cartridge in the direction of the arrow until the dot is
aligned with the Lock symbol.
CAUTION
If the cartridge is not securely locked into place, dry ink will spill into the
Printer.
8.
To ensure that the cartridge is installed correctly, press the AntiRotation button and turn the knob until it stops.
If the knob can be rotated to the next cartridge, you have successfully
installed the new cartridge.
9.
If required, repeat the procedure for any other Dry Ink Cartridges that
need replacing.
10. When all the Dry Ink Cartridge replacements have been completed,
close the Printer Front Cover.
301077b
25-8
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
25. Maintenance
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
Use this procedure when you are referred here from the Problem Solving
section, or when a message to change the Copy/Print Cartridge is displayed
on the Control Panel.
1.
Place several sheets of used paper on the floor in order to protect the
floor from the old Copy Print Cartridge.
2.
Open the Front Cover of the Printer.
0 301034B-WOL
3.
Rotate the yellow lever A in the direction of the arrow, until the dot is
aligned with the Unlocked symbol.
A
301044
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-9
25. Maintenance
4.
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
Rotate the yellow lever B in the direction of the arrow, until the dot is
aligned with the Unlocked symbol.
B
0 301035B-WOL
5.
Place your fingers into the opening on the front of the Copy/Print
Cartridge and pull it slowly toward you. DO NOT remove it from the
Printer at this time.
0301120A-W O L
6.
Grasping the handle, remove the cartridge from the Printer. Ensure that
the cartridge remains level.
0301121A-W O L
25-10
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
7.
25. Maintenance
Place the Copy/Print Cartridge on several sheets of used paper.
WARNING
NEVER dispose of a used Copy/Print Cartridge in an open flame. Dry Ink
could explode and cause burns.
8.
Install the Copy/Print Cartridge:
a.
Remove the Copy/Print Cartridge from the box.
b.
Tear open the notched end of the silver protective bag and remove
the cartridge.
301081b
CAUTION
DO NOT touch the blue surface of the drum. If the drum is scratched, or
contaminated with oil from your hand, the output can be degraded.
c.
Hold the cartridge by the handle. While keeping the cartridge level,
remove the protective foam wrap.
301036c
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-11
25. Maintenance
9.
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
Holding the cartridge by the handle, align the guide with the Printer rail.
0301037C -W O L
10. Push the cartridge all the way into the Printer until it latches into place.
11. Rotate lever B in the direction of the arrow until the dot is aligned with
the Locked symbol.
B
301038b
If lever B will not move to the Locked position, ensure that the cartridge is all
the way into the machine.
25-12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
25. Maintenance
12. Rotate lever A in the direction of the arrow until the dot is aligned with
the Locked symbol.
A
301039b
13. Close the Printer Front Cover and switch on the DocuColor 2006 power.
301077b
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-13
25. Maintenance
25-14
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
25. Maintenance
Replacing the Dry Ink Waste Container
Perform this procedure when the message Waste Container Full is
displayed on the Printer Control Panel.
1.
Remove a new Dry Ink Waste Container from the box, and save the box.
0301122A-W O L
2.
Open the Printer Front Cover.
0 301034B-WOL
3.
Grasp the Waste Container handle, and pinch and hold the lever as
shown below.
4.
Keeping the container level, pull it out of the Printer.
0301123A-W O L
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-15
25. Maintenance
5.
Replacing the Copy/Print Cartridge
Place the used container in the box.
WARNING
DO NOT dispose of used Waste Containers in an open flame. Used Dry Ink
could explode and cause burns.
6.
Push the new Waste Container into the Printer until it clicks into place.
7.
Close the Front Cover.
301077b
25-16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Storing the supplies
25. Maintenance
Storing the supplies
Dry Ink Cartridges
•
Store the Dry Ink Cartridges away from direct sunlight in the following
environment:
•
Temperature = 3 to 35° Celsius
•
Humidity = 15 to 80% relative humidity, with no condensation
•
Avoid hot and humid locations
•
Avoid magnetic fields, such as computer screens and disk drives
•
Keep out of the reach of children
Handling precautions
WARNING
Never dispose of the used Dry Ink cartridges in an open flame. The Dry Ink
could explode and cause burns or other injuries.
•
Do not attempt to reuse the Dry Ink Cartridges.
•
Do not shake or hit used Dry Ink Cartridges.
•
Wash immediately with cold water if Dry Ink comes in contact with your
skin.
•
If Dry Ink is found on your clothing, vacuum or brush away lightly.
•
Use the approved Dry Ink only.
•
If moving Dry Ink from a cold area to a warm area, allow at least one
hour for the cartridge temperature to equalize. If condensation occurs,
wait for 12 hours before installing the cartridge in the Printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
25-17
25. Maintenance
Storing the supplies
Copy/Print Cartridge
The Copy/Print Cartridge includes a light sensitive drum, a drum cleaner, and
the Dry Ink Waste Container.
•
Always store the Copy/Print Cartridge in the carton.
•
Store the Copy/Print Cartridge away from direct sunlight, in the following
environment:
•
Temperature = 3 to 35° Celsius
•
Humidity = 15 to 80% relative humidity, with no condensation
•
Avoid hot and humid locations
•
Avoid magnetic fields, such as computer screens and disk drives
•
Keep out of the reach of children
•
Keep the cartridge level, do not store on end.
Handling precautions
25-18
•
Never touch the blue surface of the drum. Never hit or rub the drum
surface. If scratched or contaminated with oil from your hand, printing
will be degraded.
•
Do not allow direct sunlight to strike the drum surface.
•
Do not attempt to reuse the Dry Ink collected in the waste container.
•
Always keep the Copy/Print Cartridge level.
•
Do not shake or tilt the cartridge.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26
Technical data
Printer specifications
Type ...............Color Page Printer
Print Method ...Semiconductor Laser Xerography
Speed .............
Sheet Type
Size
B&W
Color
Plain paper
A4, 8.5 x 11
B4, 8.5 x 14
26 ppm
6 ppm
Plain paper
A3, 11 x 17
13.8 ppm
3.0 ppm
Transparency or
thick paper
A4, 8.5 x 11
B4, 8.5 x 14
4.8 ppm
1.8 ppm
ppm = prints per minute
Warm-up.........Less than 300 seconds from power on, at 20° Celsius and 60% humidity
Resolution ......600 dots per inch (dpi), or 600 dots per 15.4 mm
Paper feed ......Automatic/Manual
Paper Trays ....
Feed Tray
Sheet Size
Quantity
Universal
Document
Tray
Envelope, A5, B5, A4, B4, A3, Letter,
Legal, 11 x 17 inches, 12 x 18 inches,
Custom sizes: width = 90 to 330,2 mm,
length = 139.7 to 457.2 mm
150 sheets
Paper Tray 1
B4, B5, A3, A4. Letter, Legal, 11 x 17
inches, 12 x 18 inches
250 sheets
Tray Module:
Paper Tray 2
Paper Tray 3
B4, B5, A3, A4. Letter, Legal, 11 x 17
inches, 12 x 18 inches
500 sheets
per tray
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-1
26. Technical Data
Output Trays...
Output Tray
Sheet Size
Quantity
Top Output Tray
Size: B5 or larger
Density: 10 gsm
250 sheets
Side Output Tray
All sizes
150 sheets
Scanner Document Feeder
Up to 30 documents of 75 gsm, or 20 pound bond. Handles paper
weights from 28 to 128 gsm
Language .......PCL5 – US English; Adobe PostScript™ 3 – US English
Memory ..........RAM: 64 Mbyte SDRAM DIMM
Program ROM: 16Mbyte
Font ROM: 16 Mbyte
Interface .........IEEE 1284 Standard Bi-directional Centronics interface EtherNet
network connection 10BASE-5, 10BASE-t, 100BASE-TX.
Host ................IBM PC-AT with 486SX processor or greater; or equivalent DOS/V
equipment, November 1993 PC-series or later version Macintosh,
installed EtherTalk Phase 2
Host OS..........Window 95/98, Windows NT 4.0, System 7.5 or later version Mac OS 8.0
– 8.1
Basic fonts ......Roman fonts: 136 PS, 46 PCL English
Roman Screen fonts: 136 PS for WIN/MAC
Noise level ......Power Saver: Max 52 35.0 dB (A)
Printing: Max 35.0 dB (A)
Environment ...Temperature 5 to 32° Celsius
Condition ........Humidity: 15 to 18% without condensation
Size: ...............Printer: 645 mm wide x 750 mm deep x 1160 mm high
*with the Document Input Tray and the Side Output Tray retracted
Scanner: 587 mm wide x 699 mm deep x 110 mm high
Weight ............Printer: 153 pounds, 69.5 kilograms
Scanner: 77 pounds, 35 kilograms
Scanner Stand: 77 pounds, 35 kilograms
Document Feeder: 24 pounds, 11 kilograms
26-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
Print area........
320 mm
4 mm
4 mm
297 mm
5 mm
5 mm
4 mm
431.8 mm
457.2 mm
4 mm
Less than A3 size
•
Dark gray area = Printable area
•
Light gray area = Non-assured print area
•
White area = Non-printable area
A3 or Larger
Electrical specifications
The DocuColor 2006 operates under the following conditions:
•
Single phase
•
100V Input voltage = 100-120V + 10 %
•
220V Input voltage = 220-240 + 10%
•
Frequency = 50 Hz + 0.5 Hz, 60 Hz + 0.5 Hz
•
Power Saver Mode = 35 Watts consumption
•
Copy Mode = 1400 Watts consumption
Emissions
Ozone = In accordance with the BAM (RAL-UZ 85) standard, the DocuColor
does not emit more than 0.01 ppm (parts per million).
Dust = In accordance with the BAM (RAL-UZ 85) standard, the DocuColor
does not emit more than 0.150 mg/m3 concentration of dust.
BTUs = 4781 per hour
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-3
26. Technical Data
Interface specifications
Interface = SCSI-2 Single-end, TWAIN compliant
Supported Hosts = IBM PC/AT compatibles and Macintosh
Supported Operating Systems = Windows 95/98, Windows NT 4.0, Windows
NT 4.0 with Service Pack5.0, Window 200, Mac OS 7.5 or later, and Unix
Reorder numbers
Number
26-4
Description
Number
Description
006R90307
1Black Dry Ink
Cartridge
006R90310
1 Yellow Dry Ink
Cartridge
006R90308
1 Cyan Dry Ink
Cartridge
013R90140
1 Print/Copy
Cartridge
006R90309
1 Magenta Dry Ink
Cartridge
008R12571
1 Dry Ink Waste
Container
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
Fiery Server hardware components
Component
Type
Configuration
Processor
Single R5000 MIPs
266 MHz
Cache
L2
N/A
Hard Drive
EIDE
3.2 GB (TBD)
CD-ROM
N/A
#DIMM slots
2
64 standard, 256MB max
SDRAM MHz
60 nanosecond in 168
pin DIMMs
Individual 64-128 MB
Flash memory
Flash
1MB
ASICs
3
IX, DX3, VX+
BUS
1xPCI
64-bit @ 33 MHz (complies
with PCL spec Rev. 2.1)
Internal slots
Scanner
For IEEE1394 card
32-bit PCI
Token Ring (option)
64-bit PCI
N/A
Video connector
For copier/printer engine
SCSI-II
N/A
Serial
RS422 for EPSV (TBD)
RJ-45
Ethernet 10/100 BaseT
AUI
N/A
Parallel (in)
IEEE 1284 Type B
Parallel (out)
N/A
External Ports
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-5
26. Technical Data
Font list
This section contains a list of all the fonts that are installed in the DocuColor
2006 in manufacturing.
PostScript printer fonts
Listed in this section are the 136 PostScript printer fonts installed in the
DocuColor 2006. In addition to the these fonts, two Adobe Multiple Master
fonts are included and are used for font substitution in PDF files.
For Mac OS computers, install the corresponding screen fonts from the User
Software CD. For instructions, go to the Downloading files and fonts chapter.
Adobe Type 1 Fonts
The DocuColor 2006 includes 126 Adobe Type 1 fonts:
The Mac OS column lists the name as it appears on the Font menu on a
Mac OS computer. For example, in most applications, to use Bodoni-Bold
select Bodoni Bold from the Font menu.
The Windows menu name is the name as it appears on the Font menu on a
Windows computer. The style refers to the style that must be selected in the
application to access the particular PostScript font. For example, in order to
use Bodoni-Bold select Bodoni from the Font menu and Bold from the Style
menu.
PostScript name
26-6
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
AlbertusMT-Light
Albertus MT Lt
Albertus MT Lt
AlbertusMT
Albertus MT
Albertus MT
AlbertusMT-Italic
Albertus MT It
Albertus MT, Italic
AntiqueOlive-Roman
Antique Olive Roman
Antique Olive Roman
AntiqueOlive-Bold
Antique Olive Bold
Antique Olive Roman,
Bold
AntiqueOlive-Italic
Antique Olive Italic
Antique Olive Roman,
Italic
AntiqueOlive-Compact
Antique Olive Compact
Antique Olive Compact
Arial-BoldItalicMT
Arial Bold Italic
Arial, Bold Italic
Arial-BoldMT
Arial Bold
Arial, Bold
Arial-ItalicMT
Arial Italic
Arial, Italic
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
PostScript name
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
ArialMT
Arial
Arial
AvantGarde-Book
Avant Garde
AvantGarde
AvantGarde-Demi
Avant Garde Demi
AvantGarde, Bold
AvantGardeBookOblique
Avant Garde
BookOblique
AvantGarde, Italic
AvantGardeDemiOblique
Avant Garde
DemiOblique
AvantGarde, Bold Italic
Bodoni
Bodoni
Bodoni
Bodoni-Bold
Bodoni Bold
Bodoni, Bold
Bodoni-Italic
Bodoni Italic
Bodoni, Italic
Bodoni-BoldItalic
Bodoni BoldItalic
Bodoni, Bold Italic
Bodoni-Poster
Bodoni Poster
Bodoni Poster
BodoniPosterCompressed
Bodoni
PosterCompressed
Bodoni
PosterCompressed
Bookman-Light
Bookman
Bookman
Bookman-Demi
Bookman Demi
Bookman, Bold
Bookman-LightItalic
Bookman LightItalic
Bookman, Italic
Bookman-DemiItalic
Bookman DemiItalic
Bookman, Bold Italic
Carta
Carta
Carta
Clarendon-Light
Clarendon Light
Clarendon Light
Clarendon
Clarendon
Clarendon
Clarendon-Bold
Clarendon Bold
Clarendon, Bold
CooperBlack
Cooper Black
Cooper Black
CooperBlack-Italic
Cooper Black Italic
Cooper Black, Italic
CopperplateThirtyThreeBC
Copperplate33bc
Copperplate33bc
CopperplateThirtyTwoBC
Copperplate32bc
Copperplate32bc
Coronet-Regular
Coronet
Coronet
Courier
Courier
Courier
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-7
26. Technical Data
PostScript name
26-8
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
Courier-Bold
Courier Bold
Courier, Bold
Courier-Oblique
Courier Oblique
Courier, Italic
Courier-BoldOblique
Courier BoldOblique
Courier, Bold Italic
Eurostile
Eurostile
Eurostile
Eurostile-Bold
Eurostile Bold
Eurostile Bold
Eurostile-ExtendedTwo
Eurostile ExtendedTwo
Eurostile ExtendedTwo
EurostileBoldExtendedTwo
Eurostile
BoldExtendedTwo
Eurostile ExtendedTwo,
Bold
GillSans
GillSans
GillSans
GillSans-Bold
GillSans Bold
GillSans, Bold
GillSans-Italic
GillSans Italic
GillSans, Italic
GillSans-BoldItalic
GillSans BoldItalic
GillSans, Bold Italic
GillSans-Light
GillSans Light
GillSans Light
GillSans-LightItalic
GillSans LightItalic
GillSans Light, Italic
GillSans-Condensed
GillSans Condensed
GillSans Condensed
GillSans-BoldCondensed GillSans BoldCondensed
GillSans Condensed,
Bold
GillSans-ExtraBold
GillSans ExtraBold
GillSans ExtraBold
Goudy
Goudy
Goudy
Goudy-Bold
Goudy Bold
Goudy, Bold
Goudy-Italic
Goudy Italic
Goudy, Italic
Goudy-BoldItalic
Goudy BoldItalic
Goudy Bold Italic
Goudy-ExtraBold
Goudy ExtraBold
Goudy, ExtraBold
Helvetica
Helvetica
Helvetica
Helvetica-Bold
Helvetica Bold
Helvetica, Bold
Helvetica-Oblique
Helvetica Oblique
Helvetica, Italic
Helvetica-BoldOblique
Helvetica BoldOblique
Helvetica, Bold Italic
Helvetica-Narrow
Helvetica Narrow
Helvetica-Narrow
Helvetica-Narrow-Bold
Helvetica Narrow Bold
Helvetica Narrow, Bold
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
PostScript name
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
Helvetica-NarrowOblique
Helvetica Narrow
Oblique
Helvetica-Narrow, Italic
Helvetica-NarrowBoldOblique
Helvetica Narrow
BoldObl
Helvetica-Narrow, Bold
Italic
Helvetica-Condensed
Helvetica Condensed
Helvetica Condensed
Helvetica-CondensedBold
HelveticaCondensedBold
Helvetica Condensed,
Bold
Helvetica-CondensedOblique
HelveticaCondensedOblique
Helvetica Condensed,
Italic
Helvetica-CondensedBoldObl
HelveticaCondensedBoldObl
Helvetica Condensed,
Bold Italic
HoeflerText-Ornaments
Hoefler Text Ornaments
Hoefler Text Ornaments
JoannaMT
Joanna MT
Joanna MT
JoannaMT-Bold
Joanna MT Bd
Joanna MT, Bold
JoannaMT-Italic
Joanna MT It
Joanna MT, Italic
JoannaMT-BoldItalic
Joanna MT Bd It
Joanna MT, Bold Italic
LetterGothic
Letter Gothic
Letter Gothic
LetterGothic-Bold
Letter Gothic Bold
Letter Gothic, Bold
LetterGothic-Slanted
Letter Gothic Slanted
Letter Gothic, Italic
LetterGothic-BoldSlanted Letter Gothic
BoldSlanted
Letter Gothic, Bold Italic
LubalinGraph-Book
Lubalin Graph
LubalinGraph
LubalinGraph-Demi
Lubalin Graph Demi
LubalinGraph, Bold
LubalinGraphBookOblique
Lubalin Graph
BookOblique
Lubalin Graph, Italic
LubalinGraphDemiOblique
Lubalin Graph
DemiOblique
Lubalin Graph, Bold Italic
Marigold
Marigold
Marigold
MonaLisa-Recut
Mona Lisa Recut
Mona Lisa Recut
NewCenturySchlbkRoman
New Century Schlbk
NewCenturySchlbk
NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
New Century Schlbk Bd
NewCenturySchlbk, Bold
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-9
26. Technical Data
PostScript name
26-10
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
New Century Schlbk
Italic
NewCenturySchlbk, Italic
NewCenturySchlbkBoldItalic
New Century Schlbk
BoldIt
NewCenturySchlbk, Bold
Italic
Optima
Optima
Optima
Optima-Bold
Optima Bold
Optima, Bold
Optima-Italic
Optima Italic
Optima, Italic
Optima-BoldItalic
Optima BoldItalic
Optima, Bold Italic
Oxford
Oxford
Oxford
Palatino-Roman
Palatino
Palatino
Palatino-Bold
Palatino Bold
Palatino, Bold
Palatino-Italic
Palatino Italic
Palatino, Italic
Palatino-BoldItalic
Palatino BoldItalic
Palatino, Bold Italic
StempelGaramondRoman
StempelGaramond
Roman
StempelGaramond
Roman
StempelGaramond-Bold
StempelGaramond Bold
StempelGaramond
Roman, Bold
StempelGaramond-Italic
StempelGaramond Italic
StempelGaramond
Roman, Italic
StempelGaramondBoldItalic
StempelGaramond
BoldItalic
StempelGaramond
Roman, Bold Italic
Symbol
Symbol
Symbol
Tekton
Tekton
Tekton
Times-Roman
Times
Times
Times-Bold
Times Bold
Times, Bold
Times-Italic
Times Italic
Times, Italic
Times-BoldItalic
Times BoldItalic
Times, Bold Italic
TimesNewRomanPSBoldMT
Times New Roman Bold
Times New Roman, Bold
TimesNewRomanPSBoldItalicMT
Times New Roman Bold
Italic
Times New Roman, Bold
Italic
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
PostScript name
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
TimesNewRomanPSItalicMT
Times New Roman Italic
Times New Roman, Italic
TimesNewRomanPSMT
Times New Roman
Times New Roman
Univers-Extended
Univers Extended
Univers Extended
Univers-BoldExt
Univers BoldExt
Univers Extended, Bold
Univers-ExtendedObl
Univers ExtendedObl
Univers Extended, Italic
Univers-BoldExtObl
Univers BoldExtObl
Univers Extended, Bold
Italic
Univers-Light
Univers 45 Light
Univers 45 Light
Univers-Bold
Univers 65 Bold
Univers 45 Light, Bold
Univers-LightOblique
Univers 45 LightOblique
Univers 45 Light, Italic
Univers-BoldOblique
Univers 65 BoldOblique
Univers 45 Light, Bold
Italic
Univers
Univers 55
Univers 55
Univers-Oblique
Univers 55 Oblique
Univers 55, Italic
Univers-CondensedBold
Univers 67
CondensedBold
Univers 47
CondensedLight, Bold
UniversCondensedBoldOblique
Univers 67
CondensedBoldObl
Univers 47
CondensedLight, Bold
Italic
Univers-Condensed
Univers 57 Condensed
Univers 57 Condensed
UniversCondensedOblique
Univers 57
CondensedOblique
Univers 57 Condensed,
Italic
ZapfChanceryMediumItalic
ZapfChancery
ZapfChancery
ZapfDingbats
ZapfDingbats
ZapfDingbats
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-11
26. Technical Data
PostScript TrueType fonts
The DocuColor 2006 includes 10 PostScript TrueType fonts:
PostScript name
26-12
Mac OS menu name
Windows menu name,
style
Apple-Chancery
Apple Chancery
Apple Chancery
Chicago
Chicago
Chicago
Geneva
Geneva
Geneva
HoeflerText-Black
Hoefler Text Black
Hoefler Text Black
HoeflerText-BlackItalic
Hoefler Text Black
Hoefler Text Black, Italic
HoeflerText-Italic
Hoefler Text
Hoefler Text, Italic
HoeflerText-Regular
Hoefler Text
Hoefler Text
Monaco
Monaco
Monaco
New York
New York
New York
Wingdings-Regular
Wingdings
Wingdings
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
PCL printer fonts
The DocuColor 2006 includes 46 PCL fonts:
•
Albertus Medium, Albertus Extra Bold
•
Antique Olive, Antique Olive Bold, Antique Olive Italic
•
Arial, Arial Bold, Arial Italic, Arial Bold Italic
•
CG Omega, CG Omega Bold, CG Omega Italic, CG Omega Bold Italic
•
CG Times, CG Times Bold, CG Times Italic, CG Times Bold Italic
•
Clarendon Condensed
•
Coronet
•
Courier, Courier Bold, Courier Italic, Courier Bold Italic
•
Garamond Antiqua, Garamond Halbfett, Garamond Kursiv, Garamond
Kursiv Halbfett
•
Letter Gothic, Letter Gothic Bold, Letter Gothic Italic
•
Line Printer
•
Marigold
•
Symbol
•
Times New Roman, Times New Roman Bold, Times New Roman Italic,
Times New Roman Bold Italic
•
Univers Medium, Univers Bold, Univers Medium Italic, Univers Bold
Italic, Univers Medium Condensed, Univers Bold Condensed, Univers
Medium Condensed Italic, Univers Bold Condensed Italic
•
Wingdings
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-13
26. Technical Data
Sorter/Stacker specifications
Dimensions
Width
17.2 inches (437mm)
Height
28 inches (710 mm)
Depth
19.1 inches (484 mm)
An additional 14 inches (356 mm) must be allowed to the left of the
Sorter/Stacker to enable jam clearance.
Weight: 37.5 lbs (17 kg)
Power
DC Input Power
24 V
Peak current
1A
Average current
0.5A or less
Environment
26-14
Temperature
(operating)
10-35º C
Humidity
(operating)
15-80 RH
Temperature
(non-operating)
0-40º C
Humidity
(non-operating)
15-90 RH
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26. Technical Data
Output Bins
Maximum output
•
Exit Tray (Bin 1): All Modes, 100 Sheets maximum
•
Bins 2-10: Plain Paper Mode Only, 30 Sheets maximum
•
High Capacity Bin: All Modes, 500 Sheets maximum
Transparencies
•
Exit Tray (Bin 1)
•
High Capacity Bin
Standard paper sizes
Exit Tray
(Bin 1)
Bins 2-10
High
Capacity
Bin
(gsm)
(gsm )
(gsm )
Size
SEF/
LEF
Dimensions
(inches)
Dimensions
(mm)
64-220
N/A
N/A
A3 Oversize
SEF
12.2 x 17
309.88 x 432
64-220
64-128
64-220
A3
SEF
11.7 x 16.5
297 x 420
64-220
64-128
64-220
Ledger
SEF
11 x 17
279.4 x 431.8
64-220
64-128
64-220
B4
SEF
10.1 x 14.3
257.0 x 364.0
64-220
64-128
64-220
LGL
SEF
8.5 x 14
215.9 x 355.6
64-220
64-128
64-220
A4
LEF
11.7 x 8.3
297 x 210.0
64-220
64-128
64-220
A4-R
SEF
8.3 x 11.7
210 x 297
64-220
64-128
64-220
LTR
LEF
11 x 8.5
279.4 x 215.9
64-220
64-128
64-220
LTR-R
SEF
8.5 x 11
215.9 x 279.4
64-98
64-98
64-98
B5
LEF
257.0 x 182.0
64-80
64-80
64-80
A5
LEF
210.0 x 148.5
Custom sizes
•
Width = 3.9 to 11.7 inches (100 to 297 mm)
•
Length = 7.5 to 17.7 inches (191 to 450 mm)
Xerox DocuColor 2006
26-15
26. Technical Data
26-16
Xerox DocuColor 2006
A
System Administrator tips
The DocuColor 2006 does not require extensive maintenance. Beyond the
obvious requirements of servicing and maintaining the printer and
replenishing consumables, there are a few things the System Administrator
can do to improve the overall performance of your system:
●
Make the best use of network connections.
Publish only the connections that will be used. The DocuColor 2006
constantly checks all published connections, even if they are inactive.
Match the NetWare polling interval and the number of queues or
connections to the demand for printing.
Review the published connections by printing a Configuration Page.
Eliminate the connections that are not being used and re-establish them
only when needed. In general, network connections provide superior
throughput than a parallel port connection.
●
Reduce unnecessary two-way communication.
If users notice that the server is frequently too busy to receive jobs, it
may be because several users are running utilities that are updated
often. Large numbers of remote users running the Fiery WebTools may
have a significant effect on printer performance. Remember, there is a
maximum number of eight simultaneous connections to the printer.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
A–1
1
A. System Administrator tips
●
Ensure that you have adequate disk space on the printer.
Periodically review the list of jobs in the Hold queue and the number of
jobs being retained in the Printed queue.
As System Administrator, you can print or delete jobs that are in the
Printed and Hold queues. Consider printing or offloading inactive jobs. If
disk space is frequently low, disable the Printed queue (in Server Setup)
and do not publish the Hold queue (in Printer Setup).
To move or remove queued jobs, use the job management tools. When
you free up disk space by removing inactive jobs, new jobs are spooled
and printed more quickly.
●
Avoid printing with the server Disk full warning.
If you see this warning, delete jobs from the Queues window that have
been held for a long time and are not likely to be needed. Avoid this
condition by deleting old jobs on a regular basis. The date associated
with a job is the original date it was sent.
●
Reduce the number of printed pages by not printing cover pages
by default unless they are required for record keeping.
Printing cover pages by default is a Printer Setup option.
●
Print jobs that are not urgent when there is less network traffic or
printing.
Recurring print jobs or jobs that are not urgent can be printed to the Hold
queue. At low-traffic times, the administrator or user of the job
management tools can move (or copy) all the Hold queue jobs to the
Print queue for printing. (If printing is done during off-hours, ensure that
there is sufficient paper and consumable supplies loaded to handle the
jobs.)
●
Check job ticket information before printing.
Print jobs with the same output and paper specifications together to
minimize paper changes. Also, print routine jobs while you prepare to
print jobs with special instructions or special media.
A–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B
Print options
The print options provide you access to all the special features of the
DocuColor 2006. Print options can be specified in several places—in
Printer Setup, from the printing application, from ColorWise Pro Tools,
and from Fiery WebSpooler.
The table in this chapter briefly describes each print option, gives its
default setting, and provides information on any constraints or
requirements in effect.
Where to set print options
•
During Setup
Some settings are specified during Setup. For information on the
current default printer settings, check with the system
administrator or the printer operator.
•
From applications
With the Adobe PostScript and PCL printer drivers, you can
specify job settings when you print a job. Refer to the chapter
Printing from the Windows workstations or Printing from the Mac
OS workstations for more information.
•
From ColorWise Pro Tools
Refer to the chapter Using ColorWise Pro Tools to set the default
RGB Source Profile, CMYK Simulation Profile, Output Profile,
CMYK Simulation Method, and RGB Separation settings.
•
Overrides from the Fiery WebSpooler
To change job settings from Fiery WebSpooler, double-click a job
to display the Override Print Settings dialog box. For more
information, refer to the chapter Using Fiery WebSpooler.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–1
B. Print options
Print option override hierarchy
Print options can be overridden in the following cases:
•
Application settings will override the Printer Setup and ColorWise
Pro Tools settings
•
Settings made from the Fiery WebSpooler will override user
printer driver settings
Default settings
In the following table, underlined settings in the Option and settings
column indicate default printer driver settings (PPD/PDD defaults). If
you do not use the printer driver interface to configure a particular
option, the DocuColor 2006 prints the job with the default setting.
For options that can be configured during Setup from the Control
Panel, WebSetup, or ColorWise Pro Tools selecting Printer default
results in a print job that uses the Setup settings. For options that
cannot be configured during Setup, the DocuColor 2006 prints the job
with a pre-configured printer default setting. Some options are not
supported by various operating system. For more information, refer to
the Requirements, constraints, and information column.
To review the current Printer Setup defaults, print the Configuration
page from the Printer Control Panel.
B–2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
Print options table
Options and settings
(Default setting underlined)
Description
(Other) Gamma
Printer default/1.0/1.2/1.4/1.6/
1.8/2.0/2.2/2.4/2.6/2.8/3.0
Specify a source gamma value
for printing RGB images,
objects, and text.
Requirements, constraints,
and information
Setting this option to Printer
default produces the same
result as the 2.2 setting.
To enable this option, RGB
Source Profile must be set to
Other.
For more information, refer to
Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
(Other) Phosphors
Printer default/Hitachi EBU/
Hitachi-Ikegami/NTSC/
Radius Pivot/SMPTE/Trinitron
Specify a source phosphors
value for printing RGB images,
objects, and text.
Setting this option to Printer
default produces the same
result as the SMPTE setting.
To enable this option, RGB
Source Profile must be set to
Other.
For more information, refer to
Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
This option is not available for
PCL printing
(Other) White Point
Printer default/5000 K (D50)/
5500 K/6500 K (D65)/7500
K/9300 K
Specify a source white point
value for printing RGB images,
objects, and text
Setting this option to Printer
default produces the same
result as the 5000 K (D50)
setting.
To enable this option, RGB
Source Profile must be set to
Other.
For more information, refer to
Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
This option is not available for
PCL printing
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–3
B. Print options
Black Overprint
Printer default/Off/On
Select Off to print black text
with knockouts.
Select On to overprint black
text.
The Printer default setting
reflects the setting specified
in Printer Setup.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
If this option is set to On, the
Combine Separations option
must be set to Off.
Setting this option to On
automatically sets the Pure
Black Text/Graphics option to
On.
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Brightness
Printer default/85% Lightest/
90% Lighter/95% Light/
100% Normal/105% Dark/
110% Darker/115% Darkest
Select 85% for a substantially
lighter image, 115% for a
substantially darker image, or
use one of the settings in
between.
Setting this option to Printer
default produces the same
result as the 100% Normal
setting.
CMYK Simulation Method
Quick/Full
Select Quick to utilize
one-dimensional transfer
curves to adjust density output
of individual color channels.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
Select Full to utilize fourdimensional transfer curves,
which adjust for hue as well as
density of individual color
channels.
B–4
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
For more information, refer to
Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
CMYK Simulation Profile
SWOP-Coated/
DIC/Euroscale/Simulation-1/
Simulation-2/Simulation-3/
Simulation-4/Simulation-5/
Simulation-6/Simulation-7/
Simulation-8/Simulation-9/
Simulation-10/None
Specify the simulation goal to
be used for the current print
job.
Electronic Collation
Off/On
Specify how to output multiplepage/multiple-copy jobs.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Color Mode
CMYK/Grayscale
(from the Mac OS driver)
OR
Standard Color/Expert
Color/Grayscale
(from the Windows drivers)
Specify the color mode for the
current print job.
Select CMYK, Standard
Color, or Expert Color for a
full-color document.
Select Grayscale for a
grayscale or black-and-white
document.
For Windows, you must
select Expert Color to set
other color print options,
including Pure Black Text/
Graphics.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Copies
1-999
Specify the number of copies
of the job to print.
Do not enter a value greater
than 999.
Duplex
Off/Long Edge Binding/Short
Edge Binding
Specify whether the job should
print one-sided or two-sided
(duplex), by specifying the
orientation of printed images.
The Duplex option cannot be
selected with the 12x18
Paper Size or the
Heavyweight Media Type.
Face-Down Printing must be
set to On and Page Order set
to Forward for all two-sided
jobs.
More information follows this
table.
Layout
1-up through 16-up
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Select the Layout print bar and
the desired orientation. Select
the desired Layout setting to
place multiple pages on a
single sheet of paper.
B–5
B. Print options
PCL supports only Normal
and Transparency.
Media Type (Paper Type)
Plain Paper /Transparency/
Cover/Glossy/Coated/Labels/
Heavyweight/Card/Envelope/
Side 2 Plain Paper/Side 2
Cover/Side 2 Coated/Side 2
Glossy/Side 2 Heavyweight
Select Transparency if you will
be printing on transparencies.
Mirror
On/Off
Select the Layout print bar and
the desired orientation. Select
the Mirror check box to print a
backward or mirror image of
the page or document.
Negative
On/Off
Select the Layout print bar and
the Negative check box to
reverse colors in printing.
Not available in Windows
NT 4.0
Orientation
Portrait/Landscape
Select the Layout print bar and
specify whether the job should
be printed long-edge feed
(portrait) or short-edge feed
(landscape).
The Printer default setting
reflects the setting specified
in Printer Setup
Output
Top Output Tray (FaceDown)
Side Output Tray (Face-Up)
Select Off to print your
document on the top of the
paper.
The Printer default setting
reflects the setting specified
in Printer Setup.
Select On to print your
document on the bottom of the
paper (i.e., the document will
output from the copier with the
text facing down).
The Media Type option must
be set to Plain Paper or
Heavyweight if Face-Down
Printing is set to On.
Output Profile
Printer default/
Output-1/Output-2/
Output-3/Output-4/Output-5/
Output-6/Output-7/Output-8/
Output-9/Output-10
Select Transparency
Interleave to print multiple
transparency sheets with a
blank, plain paper sheet
inserted between each
transparency.
Specify the output profile to be
used for the current print job.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
The Printer default setting
reflects the setting specified
in ColorWise Pro Tools.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
B–6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
Page Order
Forward/Reverse
Select Forward to print the
pages of your job from first to
last.
Select Reverse to print the
pages of your job from last to
first.
Page Range
All/From/To
Specify which pages of the
document to print.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Note: If you set Page Order to
Reverse and print a job with
more than 1000 pages, or a
job that is too large to be
saved to the printer memory
and disk (based on currently
available space), then the job
may print in sections that
have to be manually
rearranged after printing.
For example, if you print a
1500-page document in
reverse order, the printer
might divide the job into two
portions, first printing page
1000 to page 1, and then
page 1500 to page 1001.
This option is available only
as an override from Fiery
WebSpooler.
More information follows this
table.
Paper Size
Standard sizes include:
11x17-Tabloid/
12x18-Tabloid extra
13x18-inch/
A3/A4/ A4-SEF/A5/ B4/B5/
Legal/Letter/Letter-SEF/
A3 Over/ Executive/DL/
Monarch/Comm10
Custom page 1/
Custom page 2/
Custom page 3
Specify the size of the paper
on which to print the
document.
For a complete list of
supported media, refer to the
Recommended Materials List
for this product.
Paper Source
AutoSelect/Tray 1/ Tray 2/
Tray 3/ Bypass Tray/
A3 OversizeTray/
Transparency Tray
Specify the paper tray to use
for your job.
The AutoSelect setting
automatically selects the tray
containing the paper size
specified for the job.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–7
B. Print options
Pure Black Text/Graphics
Off/On
Select Off to print black text
and graphics as a four color
black using C, M, Y, and K dry
ink, and to use normal
PostScript rendering.
Select On to print black text
and graphics as a one color
black, using 100% black dry
ink only.
Rendering Style
Photographic/
Presentation/
Relative Colorimetric/
Absolute Colorimetric
Specify a default color
rendering dictionary (CRD) to
be used when you print RGB
images, objects, and text.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
This option is automatically
set to On if the Black
Overprint option is set to On.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Select Output for RGB jobs
which you are printing to the
final output device.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
Select Simulation for RGB
jobs for which you want to
simulate an output device that
is not the device to which you
are printing.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
RGB Source Profile
EFIRGB/sRGB (PC)/
Apple Standard/
Other/Source-1/
Source-2/Source-3/
Source-4/Source-5/
Source-6/Source-7/
Source-8/Source-9/
Source-10/None
Specify a source color space
definition for printing RGB
images, objects, and text.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
Scale
25 through 400%
Select the Layout print bar and
specify whether the job should
be reduced or enlarged when
printed.
RGB Separation
Output/Simulation
B–8
More information follows this
table.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Printer default is 100%.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
Spot Color Matching
Off/On
Select Off to print specified
PANTONE colors in your job
using the current
CMYK Simulation and CMYK
Simulation Method.
For Windows, select Expert
Color as the Color Mode to
access this option.
This option is not available for
PCL printing.
Select On to activate the
PANTONE Lookup Table. The
printer uses specified
PANTONE colors in your job
by matching the CMYK print
blend to the same color from
the PANTONE library.
More about print options
The following sections provide additional information about print
options. See the table above for information on the settings,
requirements, and constraints in effect for these options.
Black Overprint
When printing black text in combination with a color background or
graphics, the text can be printed in one of two ways: either as part of
the color background, or on top of the color background. Black
Overprint allows you to select a specific way to print the black text for
such a job.
•
Off—Prints the black text with knockouts. The DocuColor 2006
first prints the color background with the black text areas knocked
out (no color is printed in the text areas); the black text is then
printed in the knocked out area, filling in the areas not printed in
color. The result is a flatter appearance for the black text.
•
On—Overprint the black text. Used in combination with the Pure
Black Text/Graphics option, the DocuColor 2006 first prints the
full color background, then lays the black text on top of the color
background as 100% K dry ink. The result is a darker and glossier
appearance for the black text. Overprinting also minimizes
misregistration and ‘haloing’ problems.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–9
B. Print options
CMYK Simulation Profile
You can use the DocuColor 2006 to proof offset press jobs or to
simulate the output of other print devices by specifying settings for two
print options: CMYK Simulation Profile and CMYK Simulation Method.
These options affect CMYK data only.
CMYK Simulation Profile allows you to change the simulation goal for
the current print job. As the job begins processing, the simulation goal
selected in CMYK Simulation Profile is applied before printing.
Selecting the Printer default results in the job being printed with the
simulation goal currently set on the DocuColor 2006.
When printing simulations on the DocuColor 2006, select the CMYK
Simulation Profile setting corresponding to the press standard for
which the CMYK data was prepared, or select a custom simulation
profile. You can also create, save, and import custom simulation
profiles using ColorWise Pro Tools.
B–10
•
SWOP-Coated—Uses the United States press standard.
•
DIC—Uses the Japanese press standard.
•
Euroscale—Uses the European press standard.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
•
Simulation-1 (2,3,4,5...10)—Uses a custom simulation goal.
Before selecting this setting, you are required to create a new
simulation goal with ColorWise Pro Tools and link the new
simulation to one of the custom simulation names, e.g.,
Simulation-1.
•
None—Uses no simulation goal. Select this setting when the
CMYK data for your job has already been separated for your
specific printer (for example, when using the Color Management
System built into your computer to convert the CMYK data to the
color space of the printer).
Use the CMYK Simulation Method print option to specify the quality of
simulation desired: Quick or Full.
For more information, refer to the chapter Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
Electronic Collation
Use this option to specify sorting options.
•
Off—Copies of a complete job are output, uncollated into the top
tray.
•
On—Copies of a complete job are collated and output into the top
tray.
Custom Output Direction
You can specify whether a custom page size job prints with the short
edge first (SEF) or the long edge first (LEF) along the width of the
media.
To specify the output direction of a standard page size, use the
corresponding page size. Page sizes such as Letter and A4 print with
the long edge first. Page sizes that have SEF as part of their names
print with the short edge first.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–11
B. Print options
Duplex
If your DocuColor 2006 has a duplexing unit for two-sided printing, you
can print with the Duplex Long Edge Binding or Short Edge Binding
settings.
To print two-sided pages using a duplexing unit:
1.
Select Print in your application, and locate the Duplex print
option.
The location of DocuColor 2006 print options varies, depending
on the printer driver you are using.
2.
Select one of the Duplex settings:
•
Long Edge Binding—Prints the top of the long edge side 1
image on the same edge of the page as the top of the side 2
image. For Portrait documents, this creates a book effect.
For Landscape documents, this creates a landscape effect.
•
Short Edge Binding—Prints the top of the side 1 short edge
image on the opposite edge of the page from the top of the
side 2 image. For Portrait documents, this creates a
calendar effect. For Landscape documents, this creates a
book effect.
3.
Set other options and select OK.
4.
Select Print.
5.
Print the job.
The following table shows how the Duplex settings correspond to
printed output:
Long Edge Binding
Short Edge Binding
Portrait
Landscape
B–12
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B. Print options
Output Profile
Output-1 through Output-10—Uses a custom output profile. Before
selecting this setting, you are required to download or create the output
profile with ColorWise Pro Tools, then link it with one of the custom
output profile names, e.g., Output-1.
Page Range
The operator can specify a page range override, but this range applies
only to the pages included in the active job. For example, if a user
specifies Odd for Page Range in the original job, even if the operator
specifies a Page Range override of All, only the odd pages of the
original document are printed (all the odd pages).
Rendering Style
Use this option to select a default color rendering dictionary (CRD) to
be used when you print RGB images, objects, and text.
•
Photographic—Optimizes the range of colors on the DocuColor
2006 to produce the best results for photographic or bitmapped
images.
•
Presentation—Optimizes the output of pure, saturated colors
such as those used in business presentations.
•
Relative Colorimetric— Provides a close match to the CMYK
device being simulated, regardless of the media being used.
•
Absolute Colorimetric— Provides the closest match to the
CMYK device being simulated, including rendering the paper
color as the background.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
B–13
B. Print options
RGB Source Profile
This option is used to specify a source color space for RGB data.
•
EFIRGB—Optimal source space for printing to the DocuColor
2006. This setting provides consistent output across platforms.
•
sRGB (PC)—Specifies the source space of a generic Windows
computer monitor.
•
Apple Standard—Specifies the source space of a Mac OS
computer monitor.
•
Other—Allows you to specify a custom RGB source setting using
the (Other) Gamma, (Other) Phosphors, and (Other) White Point
print options.
•
Source-1 through Source-10—Uses a custom source profile.
Before selecting this setting, you are required to download the
source profile to the printer with ColorWise Pro Tools, then link it
with one of the custom source profile names, e.g., Source-1.
For information more information about color management, refer to the
chapter Using ColorWise Pro Tools.
B–14
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
2 Tray Module, installation:
1-5, 2-9
2 Up option: 22-19. See also
Advanced Features.
2-Sided feature: 22-19. See
also Advanced Features.
Access: 6-1
Passwords: 6-3
Printer connection: 6-2
Accessories: 2-9
Administrator Password:
23-13. See also Administrative
Features.
Administrative Features: 23-2
Advanced Features: 22-19
Advanced Features button:
2-7, 21-2. See also Advanced
Features.
Anti-rotation button: 2-3
AppleTalk cabling diagram:
5-6
Area 1: 24-9. See also Bypass
Tray.
Area 2: 24-13
Area 3: 24-15
Area 4: 2-2, 24-17
Area 5: 24-19. See also Fuser
Area or Upper Inverter.
Area 6: 24-25
Arrow buttons: 21-2
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Audio Tones: 23-16. See also
Administrative Features.
Auto Mode Change: 23-12.
See also Administrative
Features.
Auto Start: 21-4
Automatic Color Adjust: 23-9.
See also Administrative
Features.
Background Suppression:
22-16. See also Quality
Adjustment.
Basic Copying: 21-1
Bindery
Context, NetWare 4.x or
5.x: 8-6
Print queue for: 8-7
Setup: 7-13
Black overprint print option:
B-4, B-9
Brightness print option: B-4
Bypass Transport: 2-1.
See also Area 1.
Bypass Tray: 2-1, 22-4, 22-9.
See also Paper Supply and
Area 1.
Cabling diagrams
AppleTalk: 5-6
Parallel cable: 5-11
Windows, Novell
environment: 5-7
Index–1
Index
Windows NT 4.0: 5-8
Windows printing: 5-9
Unix: 5-10
Calibrator: 20-1, 20-5. See
also ColorWise Pro Tools.
Changing Global Settings:
20-17. See also Profile
Manager.
Checking Edited Profiles:
20-11. See also Editing
Profiles.
Chooser (Macintosh OS)
Selecting the printer: 15-1
Setting up printer in: 12-4
Cleaning procedures: 25-1
Clear All: 21-1
CMYK Simulation Method
print option: B-4
CMYK Simulation Profile
print option: B-5, B-10
Color: 23-5. See also
Administrative Features.
Color adjustment: 24-29
Color Editor: 20-6. See also
ColorWise Pro Tools.
Color Level: 22-174. See also
Quality Adjustment.
Color Mode: 23-5
Color Mode button: 2-8
Color Mode print option: B-5
ColorSync System Profile,
setting the: 12-9
ColorWise Pro Tools: 13-12,
20-1, 20-6
Configuring a connection
for: 13-12
Index–2
Configuration page
Printing from the Printer
Control Panel: 7-16
Connecting to the network:
5-1, 5-12
Contrast Dial: 21-2
Copier Control Panel: 21-1
Copier Main Screen: 21-4
Copier Screen: 21-1. See also
Copier Main Screen.
Copies print option: B-5
Copy button: 2-7
Copy button: 21-1. See also
Copy Mode.
Copy Features: 22-1
Copy Mode: 21-3
Copy/Print Cartridge: 25-9,
25-18
Copy/print quality problems:
24-27, 24-60
Custom Output Direction
print option: B-11
Custom page sizes
Macintosh OS: 15-6
Windows, defining: 14-13
Windows, printing: 14-14
Default Profiles: 20-12. See
also Profile Manager.
Default settings for print
options: B-2
Defaults for Copy: 23-4 See
also Administrative Features.
Defining Profiles: 20-16. See
also Profile Manager.
Densitometer: 20-4
Density: 23-4
Document Cover: 2-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
Document Feeder: 1-49, 21-5,
25-3, 26-2
Document Feeder Belt: 25-3
Document Feeder Cover:
25-4
Document Glass: 2-6, 21-5,
25-2
Document Glass Cover: 25-2
Document Input Tray: 2-5
Downloading Profiles: 20-13.
See also Profile Manager.
Dry Ink Carrousel access: 2-3
Dry Ink Cartridges: 25-5,
25-17
Duplex print option: B-5, B-12
Duplex Tray: 1-27, 2-1, 2-9,
24-7
Editing Profiles: 20-7
Electrical specifications: 26-3
Electronic Collation print
option: B-5, B-11
Envelopes: 22-10. See also
Bypass Tray.
Erase option: 22-19, 23-5. See
also Advanced Features.
Ethernet cabling diagram: 5-4
Exit button: 21-2
Expert Mode: 20-6
Feed rollers: 25-4
Fiery Link
Configuring a connection
for: 13-3, 13-6, 13-9
My Fiery List: 17-8
Setting preferences for:
17-6
Tools: 17-4
Using: 17-1—17-8
Fiery Server hardware: 26-5
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Fiery software
Configuring ColorWise Pro
Tools connection: 13-12
Configuring Fiery Link
connection: 13-2, 13-11
Downloading installers
with Fiery WebTools: 13-15
Installing overview: 12-6,
13-1
Installing ColorWise Pro
Tools: 13-12
Installing Fiery Link: 13-1
Installing on Macintosh
OS: 12-6
Server support for: 8-1
Setting up Fiery WebTools:
13-15—13-16
WebDownloader: 14-20
Fiery WebDownloader: 14-20,
16-7
Fiery WebLink
Destination change: 8-13
Using: 16-4
Fiery WebSetup
Accessing: 19-1, 19-3
Enabling Java services:
19-2
Exiting: 19-24
General Setup options:
19-4
Network Setup: 19-8
Printer Setup: 19-21
Server Setup: 19-5
Fiery WebSpooler
Accessing: 18-2
Managing jobs: 18-1
Manipulating job options
Index–3
Index
and job flow: 18-4
Overriding job options:
18-6
Tracking jobs: 18-1
Using the Job Log: 18-7
Window, about: 18-3
Fiery WebTools: 6-6
Accessing: 8-13, 16-3
Configuring for: 8-12
Downloading installers
with: 13-15
Fiery Link: 17-1—17-8
Font Manager: 16-8
Installer WebTool: 16-5
Overview of use: 16-1
Setting up on client: 8-12,
13-16
Setting up on printer: 8-12,
13-15
Status WebTool: 16-14
WebLink: 8-13, 16-4
WebDownloader: 14-20,
16-7
WebSetup: 19-1—19-26
WebSpooler: 18-1—18-8
Font Manager: 16-8
Fonts list: 26-6
Frame types: 5-3
Front Cover: 2-1
Fuser area: 2-3, 24-19.
See also Area 5.
Gamma print option: B-3
ICC printer profile, loading
Photoshop 4.0: 12-11
Photoshop 5.0: 12-12
ICM profile, loading
Windows 95/98: 9-24, 9-26
Index–4
Windows 2000: 10-32,
10-34
Windows NT 4.0: 11-26,
11-28
Information pages: 7-16
Installation, hardware: 1-1
Installer WebTool: 16-5
Installing user software
ColorWise Pro Tools:
13-12
Downloading installers
with Fiery WebTools: 13-15
Fiery software: 13-1—13-16
For Macintosh OS:
12-1—12-12
For Windows 95/98: 9-1—
9-26
For Windows 2000: 10-1—
10-34
For Windows NT 4.0:
11-1—11-28
Interface specifications: 26-4
IPX printing overview: 8-3
IPX/SPX printing
Windows 95/98: 9-14
Windows 2000: 10-15
Windows NT 4.0: 11-9
Java
Enabling Java services:
19-2
Installing Runtime
(Macintosh OS): 12-7
Job Log
Deleting: 18-8
Displaying: 18-7
Printing: 18-8
Updating: 18-8
Using the: 18-7
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
Job Management error
messages: 24-63
Knob, Dry Ink Carrousel: 2-3
Layout print option: B-5
Lever A: 2-3
Lever B: 2-3
Lighten/Darken: 22-15.
See also Density.
Lighten/Darken button: 21-2.
See also Lighten/Darken.
Limit Copy Set: 23-13. See
also Administrative Features.
Lower Inverter: 1-31. See also
Area 6.
LPR printing
Windows 2000 new
installation: 10-9
Windows 2000 upgrade
installation: 10-13
Windows NT 4.0: 11-15
Macintosh OS
Application printing: 15-1,
15-5
Cabling with AppleTalk:
5-6
Custom page size: 15-6
Installing user software:
12-1—12-12
Installing Fiery software
and fonts: 12-6
Installing Mac OS Runtime
for Java: 12-7
Installing Mac OS
software: 12-6
Loading the monitor
settings file (Photoshop
5.0): 12-10
Loading the ICC printer
Xerox DocuColor 2006
profile (Photoshop 4.0):
12-11
Loading the ICC printer
profile (Photoshop 5.0):
12-12
Printing: 15-1—15-6
Selecting the printer: 15-1
Setting print options: 15-3
Setting the ColorSync
System Profile: 12-9
Setting up the printer as a
PostScript printer: 12-2
Setting up the printer in
the Chooser: 12-4
Macintosh print driver: 3-11
Maintenance: 25-1
Making a Copy: 21-10
Managing Profiles: 20-15.
See also Profile Manager.
Map to networking chapters:
4-2
Max guideline: 1-36
Media Type print option: B-6
Menus, top-level printer: 7-2
Metal Plate: 1-35
Meter Check: 23-1
Mirror print option: B-6
Monitor settings file, loading
(Photoshop 5.0): 12-9
My Fiery List: 17-8
NDS
Connection: 8-6
Setup: 7-10
Negative print option: B-6
NetWare 3.x, 4.x, 5.x
Bindery context, 4.x or 5.x:
8-6
Configuring server: 8-4
Index–5
Index
NDS connection: 8-6
Printing: 8-2
Print queue for bindery:
8-7
Setting up clients: 8-7
NetWare clients Setup: 8-7
Network
Options: 7-8
Protocols: 5-3, 7-8
Network problem solving:
24-45
Network Protocol setup
messages: 24-46
Network server
Fiery utilities, support for:
8-1
NetWare 3.x, 4.x, 5.x
printing: 8-2, 8-4—8-7
Setup: 8-1—8-16
Setup requirements: 6-7
Network Services Setup
At Printer Control Panel:
7-10
Remote: 19-8
Novell cabling for Windows:
5-7
Novell error messages: 24-51
Novell problems during
network setup: 24-48
Number buttons: 2-7
Numeric Keypad: 21-2
Orientation print option: B-6
Original Exit Tray: 2-5
Output option: 22-20, 23-5.
See also Advanced Features.
Output print option: B-6
Output Profile print option:
B-6, B-13
Index–6
Overriding print options: B-2
Oversize Paper Tray: 2-9
Page Order print option: B-7
Page Range print option: B-7,
B-13
Paper Feed Roller access
cover: 2-5
Paper Guides: 1-36
Paper Size print option: B-7
Paper Source print option:
B-7
Paper Stop: 2-1
Paper Supply: 22-3, 23-4
Paper Supply arrow buttons:
2-7, 21-2. See also Paper
Supply.
Paper Supply Indicators:
21-2. See also Paper Supply.
Paper Tray 1: 1-35, 2-1, 26-1
Paper Tray 2: 26-1
Paper Tray 3: 26-1
Paper tray jam: 24-5
Paper Trays: 22-4. See also
Paper Supply.
Paper, loading: 1-35
Parallel port printing
Cable connection diagram:
5-4, 5-11
Windows 95/98: 9-7, 9-9,
9-12
Windows 2000: 10-3
Windows NT 4.0: 11-3
Passwords
Control level scenarios:
6-4
Setting: 6-3
PCL Setup at the Printer
Control Panel: 7-6
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
Phosphors print option: B-3
Photoshop 4.0, loading the
ICC printer profile: 12-12
Photoshop 5.0
Loading the ICC printer
profile (Macintosh OS):
12-12
Loading the monitor
settings file (Macintosh
OS): 12-9
Loading the Working
space profile
Windows 95/98: 9-25
Windows 2000: 10-33
Windows NT 4.0: 11-27
Positioning Originals See
Document Glass or Document
Feeder.
Postcards: 22-7. See also
Bypass Tray.
PostScript or PCL drivers in
Windows 95/98: 9-3
PostScript Setup at the
Printer Control Panel: 7-5
Power OFF: 1-56
Power ON: 1-55
Print area: 26-3
Print options
Black overprint: B-4, B-9
Brightness: B-4
Check on Print: B-4
CMYK Simulation Method:
B-4
CMYK Simulation Profile:
B-5, B-10
Color Mode: B-5
Copies: B-5
Custom Output Direction:
B-11
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Default settings: B-2
Duplex: B-5, B-12
Electronic Collation: B-5,
B-11
Gamma: B-3
Layout: B-5
Media Type: B-6
Mirror: B-6
Negative: B-6
Orientation: B-6
Output: B-6
Output Profile: B-6, B-13
Override hierarchy: B-2
Page Order: B-7
Page Range: B-7, B-13
Paper Size: B-7
Paper Source: B-7
Phosphors: B-3
Pure Black Text/Graphics:
B-8
Rendering Style: B-8, B-13
RGB Separation: B-8
RGB Source Profile: B-8,
B-13
Scale: B-8
Spot Color Matching: B-9
Table: B-3
Where to set: B-1
White point: B-3
Printer: 1-1, 1-9, 1-19
Printer connection
Access: 6-2
Ensuring: 6-8
Printer Control Panel: 2-1,
2-4
Index–7
Index
Printer Control Panel
Bindery Setup: 7-13
NDS Setup: 7-10
Network Protocol options:
7-8
Network Services Setup:
7-10
PCL Setup: 7-6
PostScript Setup: 7-5
Printer Setup: 7-4
Printing information
pages: 7-16
Setup from: 7-1
SMB Setup: 7-15
System Setup: 7-3
Top-level menus: 7-2
Printer description files
Windows 95/98: 9-24
Windows 2000: 10-32
Windows NT 4.0: 11-26
Printer drivers
Windows 95/98: 9-1—9-26
Windows 2000: 10-1—
10-34
Windows NT 4.0: 11-1—
11-28
Printer error codes: 24-37
Printer error messages: 24-33
Printer memory card: 1-73,
2-9
Printer memory card,
installation: 1-73
Printer options, setting
Windows 95/98: 9-22
Windows 2000: 10-30
Windows NT 4.0: 11-24
Printer Output Tray: 2-1
Index–8
Printer Paper Feed Area: 2-1.
See also Area 2.
Printer power switch: 2-2
Printer problems: 24-56
Printer Setup: 7-4
Printer Setup, remote: 19-21
Printer specifications: 26-1
Printer, components: 2-1
Printing
From applications: 14-2,
15-1
From Macintosh OS:
15-1—15-6
From Windows:
14-1—14-20
Custom page sizes: 14-13,
15-6
Remote: 14-15
Using saved settings: 14-9
WebDownloader: 14-20
Windows 95/98: 14-2—14-6
Windows 2000: 14-7
Windows NT 4.0: 14-15
Printing options, setting
Windows 95/98 PostScript
options: 14-2, 14-3
Windows 95/98 PCL
options: 14-2, 14-5
Windows 2000: 14-7
Windows NT 4.0: 14-16
Profile Manager: 20-11. See
also ColorWise Pro Tools.
Pure Black Text/Graphics
print option: B-8
Quality Adjustment: 22-16
Quality Adjustment button:
2-7, 21-2. See also Quality
Adjustment.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
Reduce/Enlarge: 22-1, 23-4
Reduce/Enlarge arrow
buttons: 2-8, 21-2. See also
Reduce/Enlarge.
Reduce/Enlarge Indicators:
21-2. See also
Reduce/Enlarge.
Registration corner: 2-6
Remote printing, saving files
for: 14-15
Rendering Style print option:
B-8, B-13
Reorder numbers: 2-10, 26-4
RGB Separation print option:
B-8
RGB Source Profile print
option: B-8, B-14
Runtime for Java, installing
(Macintosh OS): 12-7
Runtime Printer error
messages: 24-53
Saved settings
Creating: 14-9
Deleting: 14-10
Exporting: 14-11
Importing: 14-11
Loading: 14-9
Modifying: 14-10
Scale print option: B-8
Scanner Control Panel
components: 2-7
Scanner error messages:
24-39
Scanner memory card,
installation: 1-79, 2-9
Scanner Stand, installation:
1-39
Scanner, components: 2-5
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Scanner, installation: 1-45
Select button: 21-2
Self Diagnostics: 23-21. See
also Administrative Features.
Setup
From Printer Control
Panel: 7-1—7-16
Preparing for: 6-1
Printer Control Panel: 7-1
Remote, from WebSetup:
19-1—19-7
Sharpness: 22-16. See also
Quality Adjustment.
Shortcuts: 14-12
Side Output Tray: 2-2, 26-2
Simulation Edits: 20-10. See
also Editing Profiles.
SMB printing
Setup: 7-15
Windows 95/98: 9-17
Windows 2000: 10-24
Windows NT 4.0: 11-18
Sorter/Stacker: 2-9
Space requirements: 1-2
SPM printing for
Windows 2000: 10-22
Spot Color Matching print
option: B-9
Start button: 2-7, 21-2
Status WebTool: 16-4
Stop button: 2-7, 21-1
System Administrator
Functions: 4-1
Tips: A-1
System Setup: 7-3
TCP/IP
Windows 2000 new
Index–9
Index
installation: 10-9
Windows 2000 upgrade
installation: 10-13
Windows NT 4.0: 11-15
TCP/IP network
Adding a printer: 8-9
Configuring clients
(Windows NT 4.0/2000):
8-11
Configuring Windows NT
4.0 server: 8-9
Sharing a printer: 8-10
UNIX: 8-14—16
Windows NT 4.0: 8-8
Test Page: 1-57
Timers: 23-14. See also
Administrative Features.
Token Ring kit: 2-9, 3-1
Tools button: 2-7, 21-1. See
also Tools Mode.
Tools Mode: 23-1
Top Right-hand Cover: 2-1.
See also Area 4.
Top-level menus: 7-2
Transparencies: 22-8. See
also Bypass Tray.
Transparency Tray: 2-9
Transporting Scanner: 23-22.
See also Administrative
Features.
Universal Paper Tray: 2-9,
26-1
UNIX
Cabling diagram, TCP/IP:
5-10
Network: 8-14
Setting up printer (TCP/IP):
8-15
Index–10
Setting up TCP/IP: 8-16
Upper Inverter: 1-32, 24-21.
See also Area 5.
User Password: 23-17. See
also Administrative Features.
Version Information: 23-20.
See also Administrative
Features.
VisualCal: 24-29
Waste Container: 25-15
WebDownloader See Fiery
WebDownloader.
WebLink See Fiery WebLink.
WebSetup See Fiery
WebSetup.
WebSpooler See Fiery
WebSpooler.
WebTools See Fiery
WebTools.
Windows
Cabling diagram, Novell
environment: 5-7
Cabling diagram, NT 4.0:
5-8
Cabling diagram, Windows
printing: 5-9
Printing from: 14-1—14-20
Windows 2000
Configuring clients of a
server (TCP/IP): 8-11
Custom page sizes: 14-13
ICM profile, loading: 10-32,
10-34
Installation of user
software for printing:
10-1—10-34
IPX/SPX printing: 10-15
LPR printing (new
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Index
installation): 10-9
LPR printing (upgrade
installation): 10-13
Parallel port printing: 10-3
Printer description files:
10-32
Printing from: 14-7
Setting print options: 14-7
Setting printer options:
10-30
SMB printing: 10-24
SPM printing: 10-22
TCP/IP printing (new
installation): 10-9
TCP/IP printing (upgrade
installation): 10-13
Working space profile
(Photoshop 5.0), loading:
10-33
Windows 2000 print driver:
3-7
Windows 95/98
Custom page sizes: 14-13
ICM profile, loading: 9-24,
9-26
Installation of user
software for printing:
9-1—9-26
IPX/SPX printing: 9-14
Parallel port printing: 9-7,
9-9, 9-12
PostScript or PCL drivers:
9-3
Printer description files:
9-24
Printing from: 14-2
Setting PCL print options:
14-5
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Setting PostScript print
options: 14-3
Setting printer options:
9-22
SMB printing: 9-17
Working space profile
(Photoshop 5.0), loading:
9-25
Windows 95/98 print driver:
3-5
Windows NT 4.0
Adding a printer: 8-9
Cabling diagram, TCP/IP:
5-8
Configuring clients: 8-11
Configuring server: 8-9
ICM profile, loading: 11-26,
11-28
Installation of user
software for printing:
11-1—11-28
IPX printing: 11-9
LPR printing: 11-15
Parallel port printing: 11-3
Printer description files:
11-26
Printing from: 14-15
Setting PCL print options:
14-18
Setting PostScript print
options: 14-16
Setting printer options:
11-24
Sharing a printer SMB
printing: 8-10
SMB printing: 11-18
TCP/IP network: 8-8
TCP/IP printing: 11-15
Working space profile
Index–11
Index
(Photoshop 5.0), loading:
11-27
Windows NT 4.0 server
cabling diagram: 5-8
Windows NT print driver: 3-9
Working space profile
Windows 95/98: 9-25
Windows 2000: 10-33
Index–12
Windows NT 4.0: 11-27
X-Rite DTP32 See
Densitometer.
Zoom Arrow buttons: 2-7,
21-2. See also
Reduce/Enlarge.
Xerox DocuColor 2006
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement